Sri Sivasubramaniya Nadar College of
Engineering
(An Autonomous Institution, Affiliated to Anna University, Chennai)
Regulation 2021
Curriculum and Syllabus for
B.E. in Mechanical Engineering
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (B.E) IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Curriculum - R2021
Choice Based Credit System
I to VIII Semesters Curriculum
The Vision of the Department of Mechanical Engineering
To be an eminent Centre of Excellence in the field of Mechanical Engineering, where teaching,
learning and research synergize to deliver technical education and scientific research for public
good
The Mission of the Department of Mechanical Engineering
•
To impart quality education to create efficient Mechanical Engineers who can compete at
the global level.
•
To build State-of-the-art research facilities in Mechanical Engineering in order to enable
the faculty and students to learn and disseminate knowledge and innovate in their
applications.
•
To foster the spirit of entrepreneurship and encourage consultancy to enable all round
personality development in students.
•
To improve communication skills to excel in higher studies and placements.
•
To facilitate teamwork culture and improve the social standards and quality of life of
graduates.
•
To improve the research activities of the students
Program Educational Objectives (PEO):
PEO1: Have a successful professional career as a Mechanical engineer in core/allied industries,
either by employment or through entrepreneurship
PEO2: Demonstrate an ability for higher studies, research and lifelong learning.
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Program Outcomes (PO’s)
Program outcomes are the skills and knowledge which the students should have acquired at the
time of graduation. A program outcome indicates what a student can do from course-wise
knowledge acquired during the program. Students who graduate from this program shall exhibit
the following:
PO
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Graduate Attribute
Engineering Knowledge
Programme Outcome
Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science,
engineering fundamentals, and an engineering
specialization for the solution of complex
Mechanical engineering problems
Problem Analysis
Identify, formulate, research literature, and
analyse complex Mechanical engineering
problems reaching substantiated conclusions
using first principles of mathematics, natural
sciences, and engineering sciences
Design/Development of solutions
Design solutions for complex Mechanical
engineering problems and design system
components or processes that meet the specified
needs with appropriate consideration for public
health and safety and cultural, societal, and
environmental considerations
Investigation of complex problems Conduct investigations of complex Mechanical
Engineering problems using research- based
knowledge and research methods including design
of experiments, analysis and interpretation of
data, and synthesis of information to provide valid
conclusions.
Modern tool usage
Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques,
resources, and modern engineering and IT tools,
including prediction and modeling to complex
Mechanical engineering activities, with an
understanding of the limitations
The Engineer and society
Apply reasoning informed by contextual
knowledge to assess societal, health, safety, legal
and cultural issues and the consequent
responsibilities
relevant
to
professional
engineering practice and solutions to complex
Mechanical engineering problems
Environment and sustainability
Understand and evaluate the sustainability and
impact of professional engineering work in the
solution of complex Mechanical engineering
problems in societal and environmental contexts
Ethics
Apply ethical principles and commit to
professional ethics and responsibilities and norms
of engineering practice
Individual and teamwork
Function effectively as an individual, and as a
member or leader in diverse teams, and in
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
10
Communication
11
Project management and finance
12
Life-long learning
multidisciplinary setting
Communicate effectively on complex engineering
activities with the engineering community and
with the society at large, such as, being able to
comprehend and write effective reports and
design
documentation,
make
effective
presentations, and give and receive clear
instructions
Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of
engineering management principles and economic
decision-making and apply these to one’s own
work, as a member and leader in a team, to
manage projects and in multidisciplinary
environments
Recognize the need for, and have the preparation
and ability to engage in independent and life-long
learning in the broadest context of technological
change
Program Specific Outcomes (PSO’s):
PSO1: Apply knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering fundamentals to model,
design and analyse components or processes of thermal and mechanical systems
PSO2: Identify, formulate, review research literature and analyses complex problems in
processing and manufacturing of Materials, reaching substantiated conclusions using
principles of mathematics, science and engineering management
PEO - PO/PSO Mapping
PEO/
PO
PEO1
PEO2
PO1
PO2
3
3
3
3
PO3 PO4
2
3
1
1
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
2
3
1
1
2
1
3
3
3
3
PO
10
3
3
PO
11
3
1
PO
12
1
3
PSO
1
3
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
PSO
2
1
3
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
MAPPING OF COURSES WITH PO’s AND PSO’s
COURSE NAME
1
2 3 4 5
I year/I semester
PO
6 7 8
9
10
2
3
11
12
PSO
1
2
1
Technical English
2
Matrices and Calculus
3
3
3
Engineering Physics
3
2
1
1
4
Engineering Chemistry
3
2
1
1
5
Problem Solving and
Programming in Python
2
2
1
6
Engineering Graphics
3
2
2
3
3
7
8
Programming in Python
Lab
Physics and Chemistry
Lab
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
3
1
1
I year/II semester
Complex Functions and
Laplace Transforms
Fundamentals of
10 Mechanical Engineering
and practices
9
3
3
1
3
1
11 Environmental Science
3
1
12 Engineering Mechanics
3
2 2
3
2
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
3
13 Humanities I Elective
Basic Electrical and
14 Electronics Engineering
Design Thinking and
15
Engineering Practices Lab
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
II year/III semester
Statistics and Numerical
16 Methods for Mechanical
3
3
3
3
3
1
3
3
3
1
3
Engineering
Engineering
Thermodynamics
Fluid Mechanics and
18
Machinery
17
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
19 Manufacturing Processes I
20 Mechanics of Solids
UHV: Understanding
21
Harmony
Fluid Mechanics&
22
Machinery Lab
23 Mechanics of Solids Lab
3 3 1
3 2 2
24 Kinematics of Machinery
Manufacturing Processes
25
II
26 Thermal Engineering
Metrology and
27
Measurements
Material Science &
28
Engineering Metallurgy
3
2
2
3
3
1
3
2
1
3
2
2
1
3
2
3
2
2
II year/IV semester
1
3
3
2
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
3
2
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
3
3
2
3
2
29 Indian Constitution
30 Thermal Engineering Lab
Industrial Analytics Lab –
31
I
1
3
2
3
2 1
2
3
2
2
3
2
2 3
2
2
2
2
2
1
3
3
3
III year/V semester
32 Dynamics of Machines
Computer Aided Design
33
and Manufacturing
Design of Machine
34
Elements
Fundamentals of Heat
35
Transfer
Total Quality
36
Management
37 Professional Elective - I
38 Dynamics Lab
Computer Aided Design
39
and Manufacturing lab
3
2
2
3
3
2
3
2
2
3
3 1
2
2
1
1
3
2
1
1
1
3
1
3
1
1
3
3
3
2
III year/VI semester
40
41
42
43
44
45
Design of Mechanical
Drives
Mechatronics and
Automation
Automobile Engineering
Optimization Techniques
Professional Elective - II
Open Elective – I
3
3
3
2
3
3
2
1
1
2
1
1
3
2
2
2
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Industrial Analytics Lab –
II
Design and Fabrication
47
Project
46
3
2
2
3
2 3
3
2
2
3
3
1
3
2
3
3
3
IV year/VII semester
48
49
50
51
52
53
Industrial Practices
Robot Technology
Finite element Analysis
Professional Elective - III
Professional Elective - IV
Professional Elective - V
2
3
3
3
2
2
2
1
54 Simulation Laboratory
3
1
3
55 Project work – Phase I
Industrial Training
56
/Internship*
3
1
1
1
1
3
2
3
3
3
1
1
3
3
3
1
1
1
3
2
1
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
1
IV year/VIII semester
57 Professional Elective - VI
58 Open Elective – II
59 Project work – Phase II
2
2
3
2
3
3
3
3
3
2
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Refrigeration and Air
Conditioning
Gas Dynamics & Jet
Propulsion
Unconventional
Machining Processes
Hydraulics and
Pneumatics
Geometric Dimensioning
and Tolerancing
1 2
3
2
3
2
3
3
3
1
3
3
4
5
PO
6 7 8
11
12
1
3
1
1
2
3
1
1
1
10
1
Human Factors for Design
Preventive Maintenance
Engineering
Principles of Quality
Control
9
PSO
1
2
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
9
Power Plant Engineering
3
1
1
1
10
Renewable Sources of
Energy
3
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
11
12
13
Welding Technology
Sustainable Manufacturing
System
Design Concepts in
Engineering
1
1
3
2
2
14
Tribology in Design
3
15
Reliability Engineering
3
19
Expert Decision and
Support Systems
Alternative Fuels &
Emission Control for
Automobile
Computational Fluid
Dynamics
Additive Manufacturing
20
Industrial Safety
16
17
18
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
Noise and Vibration
Control
Product Design and
Development
Process planning and Cost
Estimation
Advanced Optimization
Techniques
Electric Vehicles
Energy Efficient Buildings
Fundamentals of Nano
Science
Micro Electromechanical
Systems
Vehicle Dynamics
&Design
2
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
1
2
1
2
2
1
3
3
1
3
2
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
3
3
1
3
2
3
2
1
3
3
3
2
2
3
3
3
2
2
1
3
2
2
3
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
3
2
2
30
Fatigue and Fracture
Mechanics
3
31
Design of Experiments
3
32
Supply Chain
Management
2
33
Advanced IC Engines
3
34
Principles of Energy
Conservation, Audit and
Management
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
3
2
1
3
3
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
35
3
2
3
3
41
42
43
Design for Manufacturing
Design of Jigs and
Fixtures
Surface Engineering
Industry 4.0
Machine Learning
Algorithms
Production and Operations
Management
Nuclear Engineering
Solar Energy Technology
Mobile Robotics
44
Non-Destructive Testing
3
45
Machine Tool Design
Advanced Strength of
Materials
Lean Manufacturing and
Six Sigma
3
3
3
2
Engineering Economics
3
36
37
38
39
40
46
47
48
1
1
1
2
1
3
2
1
1
2
2
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
2
3
2
1
2
3
2
2
1
3
1
3
3
3
1
2
3
2
2
1
3
3
2
2
2
1
3
1
11
PSO
1
2
ELECTIVES FOR HONORS
COURSE OUTCOMES
1
2
Manufacturing
Automation
Industrial Robotics
Technology
1
2
3
3
2
3
3
4
5
PO
6 7 8
1
9
10
12
3
2
3
Machine Vision
3
2
2
4
Bio mechatronics
3
2
2
2
1
2
5
Analytical Robotics
3
2
2
2
1
2
6
Computer Aided
Inspection
3
2
7
Control System Design
3
2
1
3
2
3
2
2
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT GOALS (SDG)
SDG1
SDG 2
SDG 3
SDG 4
SDG 5
SDG 6
SDG 7
SDG 8
SDG 9
SDG 10
SDG 11
SDG 12
SDG 13
SDG 14
SDG 15
SDG 16
SDG 17
SDG
No Poverty
Description
End poverty in all its forms everywhere
End hunger, achieve food security and improved nutrition,
Zero Hunger
and promote sustainable agriculture
Good health and well
Ensure healthy lives and promote well-being for all at all
being
ages
Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and
Quality education
promote lifelong learning opportunities for all
Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls
Gender Equality
Clean water and
Ensure availability and sustainable management of water
sanitation
and sanitation for all
Affordable and clean
Ensure access to affordable, reliable, sustainable and
energy
modern energy for all
Promote sustained, inclusive and sustainable economic
Decent work and
growth, full and productive employment and decent work
Economic Growth
for all
Industry, Innovation and Build resilient infrastructure, promote inclusive and
Infrastructure
sustainable industrialization, and foster innovation
Reduce income inequality within and among countries
Reducing Inequality
Sustainable cities and
Make cities and human settlements inclusive, safe,
communities
resilient, and sustainable
Responsible consumption Ensure sustainable consumption and production patterns
and production
Take urgent action to combat climate change and its
Climate action
impacts by regulating emissions and promoting
developments in renewable energy
Conserve and sustainably use the oceans, seas and marine
Life below water
resources for sustainable development
Protect, restore and promote sustainable use of
terrestrial ecosystems, sustainably manage forests, combat
Life on Land
desertification, and halt and reverse land degradation and
halt biodiversity loss
Promote peaceful and inclusive societies for sustainable
Peace, justice and string
development, provide access to justice for all and build
Institutions
effective, accountable and inclusive institutions at all levels
Strengthen the means of implementation and revitalize the
Partnerships for the goals
global partnership for sustainable development
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
MAPPING OF SUBJECTS RELEVANT TO SDG
COURSE NAME
1
2
3
4
1
Technical English
✓
2
Matrices and Calculus
✓
3
Engineering Physics
✓
4
Engineering Chemistry
✓
5
Problem Solving and
Programming in Python
✓
6
Engineering Graphics
✓
7
Programming in Python
Lab
✓
Physics and Chemistry
Lab
Complex Functions
and Laplace
Transforms
Fundamentals of
Mechanical
Engineering and
practices
✓
11
Environmental Science
✓
12
Engineering
Mechanics
✓
8
9
10
13
14
15
16
Basic Electrical and
Electronics
Engineering
Design Thinking and
Engineering Practices
Lab
Statistics and
Numerical Methods
for Mechanical
Engineering
Engineering
Thermodynamics
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT GOALS
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15
16
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
17
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
Fluid Mechanics and
Machinery
Manufacturing
Processes I
Mechanics of Solids
Universal Human
Values
Fluid Mechanics&
Machinery Lab
Mechanics of Solids
Lab
Kinematics of
Machinery
Manufacturing
Processes II
Thermal Engineering
Metrology and
Measurements
Material Science &
Engineering
Metallurgy
Indian Constitution
Thermal Engineering
Lab
Industrial Analytics
Lab – I
Dynamics of Machines
Computer Aided
Design and
Manufacturing
Design of Machine
Elements
Fundamentals of Heat
Transfer
Dynamics Lab
Computer Aided
Design and
Manufacturing lab
Design of Mechanical
Drives
Mechatronics and
Automation
Automobile
Engineering
Optimization
Techniques
Industrial Analytics
Lab – II
Design and
Fabrication Project
Industrial Practices
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓ ✓
✓
✓ ✓
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
Robot Technology
Finite element
Analysis
Simulation Laboratory
Project work – Phase I
Industrial Training
/Internship*
Project work – Phase
II
Language and
Communication
Fundamentals of
Linguistics
Film Appreciation
Human relations at
work
Application of
Psychology in
everyday life
Understanding Society
and Culture through
Literature
Principles of
Management
Total quality
Management
Work ethics,
Corporate social
responsibility and
Governance
Refrigeration and Air
Conditioning
Gas Dynamics & Jet
Propulsion
Unconventional
Machining Processes
Hydraulics and
Pneumatics
Geometric
Dimensioning and
Tolerancing
Human Factors for
Design
Preventive
Maintenance
Engineering
Principles of Quality
Control
Power Plant
Engineering
Renewable Sources of
Energy
Welding Technology
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Sustainable
Manufacturing System
Design Concepts in
Engineering
✓
72
Tribology in Design
✓
73
Reliability
Engineering
Expert Decision
support systems
Alternative Fuels &
Emission Control for
Automobile
Computational Fluid
Dynamics
Additive
Manufacturing
✓
70
71
74
75
76
77
78
79
Industrial Safety
Noise and Vibration
Control
✓
✓
✓
✓
Process planning and
Cost Estimation
✓
85
86
87
88
Micro
Electromechanical
Systems
Vehicle Dynamics
&Design
Fatigue and Fracture
Mechanics
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
89
Design of Experiments
✓
90
Supply Chain
Management
Advanced IC Engines
Principles of Energy
Conservation, Audit
and Management
Design for
Manufacturing
Design of Jigs and
Fixtures
Surface Engineering
✓
91
92
93
94
95
96
Industry 4.0
✓
✓
81
84
✓
✓
✓
83
✓
✓
Product Design and
Development
Advanced
Optimization
Techniques
Electric Vehicles
Energy Efficient
Buildings
Fundamentals of Nano
Science
✓
✓
80
82
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
Machine Learning
Algorithms
Production and
Operations
Management
Nuclear Engineering
Solar Energy
Technology
Mobile Robotics
Non-Destructive
Testing
Machine Tool Design
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
104
Advanced Strength of
Materials
✓
105
Lean Manufacturing
and Six Sigma
✓
106
Engineering
Economics
✓
✓
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
I to VIII semesters Curriculum
SEMESTER I
S.
No.
COURSE
CODE
TEGORY
CONTACT
PERIODS
1
UEN2176
Technical English
HS
2
UMA2176
Matrices and Calculus
3
UPH2176
4
UCY2176
5
UGE2176
6
UGE2177
COURSE TITLE
L T
P EL
C
4
2
0
2
0
3
BS
4
3
1
0
0
4
Engineering Physics
BS
3
3
0
0
0
3
Engineering Chemistry
Problem solving and
Programming in Python
BS
3
3
0
0
0
3
ES
3
3
0
0
0
3
Engineering Graphics
ES
5
1
0
4
0
3
ES
3
0
0
3
0
1.5
BS
3
0
0
3
0
1.5
TOTAL
28
15
1
12
0
22
CATEGORY
CONTACT
PERIODS
L
T P
EL
C
HS
3
3
0
0
0
3
BS
4
3
1
0
0
4
ES
5
2
0
3
3
4.5
PRACTICALS
7
UGE2197
8
UGS2197
Programming in Python
laboratory
Physics and Chemistry
Laboratory
SEMESTER II
S.
No.
COURSE
CODE
1
COURSE TITLE
Humanities I Elective
Complex Functions and
Laplace Transforms
Fundamentals of
Mechanical Engineering
and Practices
2
UMA2276
3
UME2201
4
ACY2276
Environmental Science
MC
3
3
0
0
0
0
5
UME2202
Engineering Mechanics
ES
3
3
0
0
0
3
6
UEE2276
Basic Electrical and
Electronics Engineering
ES
3
3
0
0
0
3
ES
3
0
0
3
0
1.5
TOTAL
24
17
1
6
3
19
PRACTICALS
7
UGE2297
Design Thinking and
Engineering Practices
Lab
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
SEMESTER III
S.
No.
COURSE
CODE
UMA2352
1
CONTACT
PERIODS
L
T
P
EL
C
3
2
1
0
0
3
PC
4
3
1
0
0
4
PC
3
3
0
0
0
3
CATEGORY
Statistics and Numerical
Methods for Mechanical
Engineering
Engineering
Thermodynamics
Fluid Mechanics and
Machinery
BS
2
UME2301
3
UME2302
4
UME2303
Manufacturing Processes I
BS
5
3
0
2
0
4
5
UME2304
Mechanics of Solids
PC
3
3
0
0
0
3
6
UHS2376
Humanities II -UHV:
Understanding Harmony
HS
3
2
0
2
0
3
PC
3
0
0
3
0
1.5
PC
3
0
0
3
0
1.5
28
17
2
8
0
23
PRACTICALS
7
UME2311
8
UME2312
Fluid Mechanics &
Machinery Laboratory
Mechanics of Solids
Laboratory
TOTAL
SEMESTER IV
S.
No.
COURSE
CODE
1
UME2401
2
CATEGORY
CONTACT
PERIODS
L
T P EL
C
Kinematics of Machinery
PC
3
3
0
0
0
3
UME2402
Manufacturing Processes II
BS
5
3
0
2
0
4
3
UME2403
Thermal Engineering
PC
3
3
0
0
0
3
4
UME2404
Metrology and Measurements
PC
5
3
0
2
0
4
5
UME2405
PC
3
3
0
0
0
3
6
UHS2476
Material Science &
Engineering Metallurgy
Indian Constitution
MC
3
3
0
0
0
0
0 0
3
0
1.5
0 0
3
0
1.5
COURSE TITLE
PRACTICALS
7
UME2411
Thermal Engineering
Laboratory
PC
3
8
UME2412
Industrial Analytics
Laboratory - I
PC
3
TOTAL
28
18
0 10
0
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
20
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
SEMESTER V
S.
No.
COURSE
CODE
1
UME2501
2
UME2502
3
UME2503
4
UME2504
5
UBA2542
6
CATEGORY
CONTACT
PERIODS
L
T
P
EL
C
PC
3
3
0
0
0
3
PC
3
3
0
0
0
3
PC
3
3
0
0
0
3
Fundamentals of Heat
Transfer
PC
5
3
0
2
0
4
Management Elective –
Total Quality Management
HS
3
3
0
0
0
3
Professional Elective - I
PE
3
3
0
0
0
3
PC
3
0
0
3
0
1.5
PC
3
0
0
3
0
1.5
26
18
0
8
0
22
CONTACT
PERIODS
L
T
P EL
C
3
3
0
0
0
3
5
3
0
2
0
4
COURSE TITLE
Dynamics of Machines
Computer Aided Design
and Manufacturing
Design of Machine
Elements
PRACTICALS
7
UME2511
8
UME2512
Dynamics Laboratory
Computer Aided Design
and Manufacturing
Laboratory
TOTAL
SEMESTER VI
COURSE
CODE
COURSE TITLE
1
UME2601
Design of Mechanical
Drives
2
UME2602
Mechatronics and
Automation
PC
3
UME2603
Automobile Engineering
PC
3
3
0
0
0
3
4
UME2604
Optimization Techniques
PC
3
3
0
0
0
3
5
Professional Elective - II
PE
3
3
0
0
0
3
6
Open Elective -I
OE
3
3
0
0
0
3
3
0
0
3
0
1.5
3
0
0
3
0
1.5
26
18
0
8
0
22
S.
No.
CATEGORY
PC
PRACTICALS
7
UME2611
8
UME2617
Industrial Analytics
Laboratory – II
Design and Fabrication
Project
PC
EEC
TOTAL
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
SEMESTER VII
S.
No
.
COURSE
CODE
1
UME2701
Industrial Practices
EEC
2
UME2702
Robot Technology
3
UME2703
COURSE TITLE
CATEGORY
CONTACT
PERIODS
L
T
P
EL
C
3
3
0
0
0
3
PC
3
3
0
0
0
3
Finite element Analysis
PC
3
3
0
0
0
3
4
Professional Elective - III
PE
3
3
0
0
0
3
5
Professional Elective - IV
PE
3
3
0
0
0
3
6
Professional Elective - V
PE
3
3
0
0
0
3
PRACTICALS
7
UME2711
Simulation Laboratory
PC
3
0
0
3
0
1.5
8
UME2717
Project Work – Phase I
EEC
3
0
0
3
0
1.5
9
UME2716
Industrial Training
/Internship*
EEC
0
0
0
0
0
2
TOTAL
24
18 0
* The students will undergo 4 weeks Industrial training / Internship during previous vacation
6
0
23
SEMESTER VIII
S.
No.
COURSE
CODE
COURSE TITLE
CATEGORY
CONTACT
PERIODS
L T
P
EL
C
1
Professional Elective - VI
PE
3
3
0
0
0
3
2
Open Elective - II
OE
3
3
0
0
0
3
EEC
16
0
0
16
0
8
22
6
0
16
0
14
PRACTICALS
3
UME2818
Project Work – Phase II
TOTAL
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
HSMC – ELECTIVES –HUMANITIES I (II SEMESTER)
COURSE
CODE
S. No.
CONTACT
PERIODS
4
COURSE TITLE
1
UEN2241
Language and Communication
2
3
4
5
UEN2242
Fundamentals of Linguistics
Film Appreciation
Human relations at work
Application of Psychology in everyday life
Understanding Society and Culture through
Literature
UHS2243
UHS2241
UHS2242
UEN2243
6
4
4
4
4
4
L
T
P
C
2
0
2
3
2
2
2
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
HSMC – ELECTIVES –MANAGEMENT (V SEMESTER)
S. No.
COURSE
CODE
CONTACT
PERIODS
3
COURSE TITLE
1
UBA2541
Principles of Management
2
UBA2542
3
UBA2543
Total quality Management
Work ethics, Corporate social
responsibility and Governance
L
T
P
C
3
0
0
3
3
3
0
0
3
3
3
0
0
3
BASIC SCIENCE COURSES (BS)
S.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
COURSE
CODE
UMA2176
COURSE TITLE
CATEGORY
CONTACT
PERIODS
L
T
P
C
SEM.
Matrices and Calculus
BS
4
3
1
0
UPH2176
Engineering Physics
BS
3
3
0
0
UCY2176
Engineering Chemistry
Physics and Chemistry
Laboratory
Complex Functions
and Laplace
Transforms
Statistics and
Numerical Methods
for Mechanical
Engineering
BS
3
3
0
0
4
3
3
I
I
I
BS
3
0
0
3
1.5
I
BS
4
3
1
4
II
2
1
0
3
III
5
3
0
2
4
III
5
3
0
2
4
IV
UGS2197
UMA2276
UMA2352
6
BS
3
7
UME2303
Manufacturing
Processes I
BS
8
UME2402
Manufacturing
Processes II
BS
0
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
ENGINEERING SCIENCE COURSES (ES)
CATEGORY
CONTACT
PERIODS
Problem solving and
Programming in
Python
ES
3
UGE2177
Engineering Graphics
ES
UGE2197
Programming in
Python laboratory
Fundamentals of
Mechanical
Engineering and
practices
ES
S.
No.
COURSE
CODE
1
UGE2176
2
3
UME2201
4
5
Engineering
Mechanics
UEE2276
Basic Electrical and
Electronics
Engineering
Design Thinking and
Engineering
Practices Lab
UGE2297
L
T
P
EL
C
SEM
.
3
0
0
0
3
I
5
1
0
4
0
3
I
3
0
0
3
0
1.5
I
5
2
0
3
3
4.5
II
ES
3
3
0
0
0
3
II
ES
3
3
0
0
0
3
II
ES
3
0
0
3
0
1.5
II
ES
UME2202
6
7
COURSE TITLE
PROFESSIONAL CORE COURSES (PC)
CATEGORY
CONTACT
PERIODS
L
T
P
EL
C
SEM
.
PC
4
3
1
0
0
4
III
PC
3
3
0
0
0
3
III
PC
3
3
0
0
0
3
III
PC
3
0
0
3
0
1.5
III
PC
3
0
0
3
0
1.5
III
Kinematics of
Machinery
PC
3
3
0
0
0
3
IV
UME2403
Thermal Engineering
PC
3
3
0
0
0
3
IV
8
UME2404
Metrology and
Measurements
PC
5
3
0
2
0
4
IV
9
UME2405
Material Science &
Engineering
Metallurgy
PC
3
3
0
0
0
3
IV
10
UME2411
Thermal Engineering
Laboratory
PC
3
0
0
3
0
1.5
IV
11
UME2412
PC
3
0
0
3
0
1.5
IV
12
UME2501
PC
3
3
0
0
0
3
V
S.
No.
COURSE
CODE
1
UME2301
2
UME2302
3
UME2304
4
UME2311
5
UME2312
6
UME2401
7
COURSE TITLE
Engineering
Thermodynamics
Fluid Mechanics and
Machinery
Mechanics of Solids
Fluid Mechanics &
Machinery Laboratory
Mechanics of Solids
Laboratory
Industrial Analytics
Laboratory - I
Dynamics of
Machines
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
13
UME2502
14
UME2503
15
UME2504
16
UME2511
17
UME2512
18
UME2601
19
UME2602
20
UME2603
21
Computer Aided
Design
and Manufacturing
Design of Machine
Elements
Fundamentals of Heat
Transfer
Dynamics Laboratory
Computer Aided
Design and
Manufacturing
Laboratory
Design of Mechanical
Drives
PC
3
3
0
0
0
3
V
PC
3
3
0
0
0
3
V
PC
5
3
0
2
0
4
V
PC
3
0
0
3
0
1.5
V
PC
3
0
0
3
0
1.5
V
PC
3
3
0
0
0
3
VI
3
0
2
0
4
VI
3
0
0
3
VI
3
0
0
0
3
VI
3
0
0
3
0
1.5
VI
PC
3
3
0
0
0
3
VII
PC
3
3
0
0
0
3
VII
PC
3
0
0
3
0
1.5
VII
Mechatronics and
Automation
Automobile
Engineering
PC
PC
3
UME2604
Optimization
Techniques
PC
3
22
UME2611
PC
23
UME2702
Industrial Analytics
Laboratory – II
Robot Technology
24
UME2703
25
UME2711
Finite element
Analysis
Simulation Laboratory
0
EMPLOYABILITY ENHANCEMENT COURSES (EEC)
S.
No.
1
COURSE
CODE
UME2617
COURSE TITLE
Design and
Fabrication
Project
CATEGORY
EEC
CONTACT
PERIODS
L
T
P
EL
C
SEM
.
3
0
0
3
0
1.5
VI
2
UME2701
Industrial Practices
EEC
3
3
0
0
0
3
VII
3
UME2717
Project Work – Phase
I
EEC
3
0
0
3
0
1.5
VII
4
UME2716
EEC
0
0
0
0
0
2
VII
5
UME2818
EEC
16
0
0
16
0
8
VIII
Industrial Training
/Internship*
Project Work –
Phase II
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE I (V semester)
S.
No
.
COURSE
CODE
1
UME2521
COURSE TITLE
3
Refrigeration and Air
Conditioning
Gas Dynamics & Jet
UME2522 Propulsion
Unconventional
UME2523 Machining Processes
4
UME2524 Hydraulics and
2
SPECIALIZATION CATEGORY
CONTACT
PERIODS
L T
P C
Thermal
PE
3
3
0 0
3
Thermal
PE
3
3
0 0
3
Manufacturing
PE
3
3
0 0
3
PE
3
3
0 0
3
Manufacturing
5
Pneumatics
Geometric Dimensioning
UME2525
and Tolerancing
Design
PE
3
3
0 0
3
6
UME2526 Human Factors for Design
Design
PE
3
3
0 0
3
7
UME2527 Preventive Maintenance
PE
3
3
0 0
3
8
UME2528 Principles of Quality
PE
3
3
0 0
3
Engineering
Industrial
Engineering
Control
Industrial
Engineering
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE II (VI semester)
S.
No
.
COURSE
CODE
COURSE TITLE
1
UME2621 Power Plant Engineering
2
UME2622 Energy
3
SPECIALIZATION CATEGORY
CONTACT
PERIODS
L T
P C
Thermal
PE
3
3
0 0
3
Thermal
PE
3
3
0 0
3
UME2623 Welding Technology
Manufacturing
PE
3
3
0 0
3
4
UME2624 Sustainable
Manufacturing
PE
3
3
0 0
3
5
UME2625
Design
PE
3
3
0 0
3
6
UME2626 Tribology in Design
Design
PE
3
3
0 0
3
7
UME2627 Reliability Engineering
PE
3
3
0 0
3
8
UME2628 systems
PE
3
3
0 0
3
Renewable Sources of
Manufacturing System
Design Concepts in
Engineering
Expert Decision support
Industrial
Engineering
Industrial
Engineering
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE III (VII semester)
S.
No
COURSE
CODE
COURSE TITLE
SPECIALIZATION CATEGORY
CONTACT
PERIODS
L T
P C
2
Alternative Fuels &
UME2721 Emission Control for
Automobile
Computational Fluid
UME2722 Dynamics
3
UME2723 Additive Manufacturing
Manufacturing
PE
3
3 0
0
3
4
UME2724 Industrial Safety
Manufacturing
PE
3
3 0
0
3
5
Noise and Vibration
UME2725
Control
Design
PE
3
3 0
0
3
6
UME2726 Product Design and
Design
PE
3
3 0
0
3
7
UME2727 Process planning and
PE
3
3 0
0
3
8
UME2728 Advanced Optimization
PE
3
3 0
0
3
L T
P C
1
Development
Cost Estimation
Techniques
Thermal
PE
3
3 0
0
3
Thermal
PE
3
3 0
0
3
Industrial
Engineering
Industrial
Engineering
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE IV (VII semester)
S.
No
COURSE
CODE
COURSE TITLE
SPECIALIZATION CATEGORY
CONTACT
PERIODS
1
UME2746 Electric Vehicles
Thermal
PE
3
3
0 0
3
2
UME2729 Buildings
Energy Efficient
Thermal
PE
3
3
0 0
3
3
UME2731 Science
Manufacturing
PE
3
3
0 0
3
4
UME2732 Micro Electromechanical
Manufacturing
PE
3
3
0 0
3
Design
PE
3
3
0 0
3
Design
PE
3
3
0 0
3
PE
3
3
0 0
3
PE
3
3
0 0
3
Fundamentals of Nano
6
Systems
Vehicle Dynamics
UME2733
&Design
Fatigue and Fracture
UME2734
Mechanics
7
UME2735 Design of Experiments
8
UME2736 Supply Chain
5
Management
Industrial
Engineering
Industrial
Engineering
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE V (VII semester)
S.
No
COURSE
CODE
COURSE TITLE
CONTACT
PERIODS
SPECIALIZATION CATEGORY
Thermal
1
UME2737 Advanced IC Engines
2
Principles of Energy
UME2738 Conservation, Audit and
Management
3
UME2739 Design for Manufacturing
4
UME2741 Design of Jigs and Fixtures
5
L T
P C
PE
3
3
0 0
3
PE
3
3
0 0
3
Design
PE
3
3
0 0
3
Design
PE
3
3
0 0
3
UME2742 Surface Engineering
Manufacturing
PE
3
3
0 0
3
6
UME2743 Industry 4.0
Manufacturing
PE
3
3
0 0
3
7
UME2744
PE
3
3
0 0
3
8
UME2745
PE
3
3
0 0
3
Machine Learning
Algorithms
Production and Operations
Management
Thermal
Industrial
Engineering
Industrial
Engineering
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE VI (VIII) semester)
S.
No
COURSE
CODE
COURSE TITLE
SPECIALIZATION
CATEGO
RY
CONTACT
PERIODS
L T
P C
1
UME2821 Nuclear Engineering
Thermal
PE
3
3
0 0
3
2
UME2822 Solar Energy Technology
Thermal
PE
3
3
0 0
3
3
UME2823 Mobile Robotics
Manufacturing
PE
3
3
0 0
3
4
UME2824 Non-Destructive Testing
Manufacturing
PE
3
3
0 0
3
5
UME2825 Machine Tool Design
Design
PE
3
3
0 0
3
6
UME2826 Advanced Strength of
Materials
Design
PE
3
3
0 0
3
7
UME2827 Lean Manufacturing and Six
Sigma
PE
3
3
0 0
3
8
UME2828 Engineering Economics
PE
3
3
0 0
3
Industrial
Engineering
Industrial
Engineering
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Honors Degree Specialization in Robotics
List of Electives for Honors
S.
No
COURSE
CODE
COURSE TITLE
SPECIALIZATION CATEGORY
Hydraulics and
Pneumatics
L T
P C
Robotics
SE
3
0 0
3
UME2743 Industry 4.0
Robotics
SE
3
0 0
3
3
UME2823 Mobile Robotics
Robotics
SE
3
0 0
3
4
UME2H21
Robotics
SE
3
0 0
3
5
Industrial Robotics
UME2H22 Technology
Robotics
SE
3
0 0
3
6
UME2H23 Machine Vision
Robotics
SE
3
0 0
3
7
UME2H24 Bio mechatronics
Robotics
SE
3
0 0
3
8
UME2H25 Analytical Robotics
Robotics
SE
3
0 0
3
9
UME2H26 Computer Aided Inspection
Robotics
SE
3
0 0
3
10
UME2H27 Control System Design
Robotics
SE
3
0 0
3
1
UME2524
2
Manufacturing
Automation
Credit Summary – R2021
Semester
HS
BS
ES
I
3
11.5
7.5
II
3
4
12
III
3
7
13
4
16
IV
V
3
PC
PE
0
14.5
3
VII
7.5
9
VIII
19.5
TOTAL
67
19
23
VI
26.5
MC*
0
3
12
EEC
22
16
Total
OE
20
22
3
1.5
22
6.5
23
14
3
3
8
18
6
16
0
165
* No credit
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
SYLLABI – R2021
SEMESTER I
Course Code
Course Title
L T P C
UEN2176
Technical English
2 0 2
3
Objectives:
• To enhance competence in reading comprehension for Science and Technology.
• To improve the writing proficiency specific to proposals, reports, and letters.
• To develop speaking skills for technical presentations, GDs and public speaking.
• To strengthen the listening skills of the students to enable them to listen and comprehend
lectures and talks.
• To strengthen the grammatical competency.
Unit I
Basics of Communication
9
Language development: Subject verb Agreement, Tenses(simple), Conjunctions, Numerical
adjective
Vocabulary development: Root words–Prefixes & Suffixes, Standard abbreviations,
Reading: Comprehension of short technical texts-skimming and scanning,
Writing: Describing an object, the process of an event/experiment and others, Paragraph
Writing
Listening:
Listening for taking notes and seeking clarifications (classroom lectures/
ted talks etc)
Speaking:
Self-introduction and introducing others/short conversations in formal and
informal contexts
Unit II
Making Presentations
9
Language development: The pronouns-antecedent agreement, Tenses-continuous, If
conditionals, Adverbs
Vocabulary development: Collocations and fixed expressions, Avoidance of Jargons
Reading:
Comprehension of longer texts – (Interpretative and Critical levels of
meaning),
Writing:
Writing definitions (single sentence and extended), Expository and
Persuasive Essays,
Listening:
Listening Comprehension Tasks,
Speaking:
Making technical presentations
Unit III
Listening to Speak
9
Language development: Prepositions, Tenses-perfect, Articles, Embedded sentences,
Vocabulary development: Compound words, Formal and informal vocabulary,
Reading: Reading reviews, advertisements, SOPs for higher studies
Writing: Writing instruction and recommendations, formal and informal letters/ emails,
Writing SOPs
Listening: Listening to longer technical talks and discussion
Speaking: Demonstrating working mechanisms
Unit IV
Reading for Speaking
9
Language development: Reported speech, Active and Passive voices, Framing ‘Wh’ and
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
‘Yes’ or ‘No’ questions,
Vocabulary development: Technical vocabulary, Verbal analogies,
Reading:
Reading industrial case studies, interpreting technical text and making notes
Writing:
Interpreting charts and graphs, writing blogs and vlogs
Listening:
Listening to telephonic conversations and online interviews
Speaking:
Participating in group discussions
Unit V
Professional Needs
9
Language development:
Phrasal verbs, clauses, compound and complex sentences
Vocabulary development:
Single-word substitutes, Vocabulary retention strategies,
Reading:
Reading for IELTS, GER, TOEFL
Writing:
Writing proposals and reports, writing minutes of the meeting,
Listening:
Listening Skills for Proficiency Tests like IELTS
Speaking:
Job Interviews (face to face and online) – basics
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO 1: To read and comprehend texts (technical) effectively.
CO 2: To write proposals, reports, emails, letters, SOPs meeting professional expectations.
CO 3: To Improve Vocabulary (use of right collocations, idioms and phrases etc).
CO 4: To enhance their grammatical competency for writing and speaking.
CO 5: To improve their ability to listen and comprehend at deeper levels
Text Books:
1.
Praveen Sam, D., and Shoba N, A., Course in Technical English, Cambridge
University Press, New Delhi, 2020.
References:
1.
Sudharshana, N.P., and Saveetha, C., English for Technical Communication,
CambridgeUniversity Press, New Delhi, 2016.
2.
Raman, Meenakshi, Sharma, and Sangeetha, Technical Communication Principles
andPractice, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2014.
3.
Kumar, Suresh, E., Engineering English, Orient Blackswan, Hyderabad, 2015.
4.
Booth L. Diana, Project Work, Oxford University Press, 2014.
5.
Grussendorf, Marion, English for Presentations, Oxford University Press, 2007.
6.
Means, L. Thomas and Elaine Langlois, English & Communication For Colleges,
CengageLearning, USA, 2007
COs
1
1
2
3
4
5
2
3
4
5
6
7
Pos
8
9
2
2
2
2
2
10
3
3
3
3
3
11
12
2
2
2
2
2
PSOs
1
2
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course
Course Title
L T P C
Code
UMA2176
MATRICES AND CALCULUS
3 1 0
4
Objectives:
To reduce quadratic form to canonical form of a matrix and identify its nature
•
To analyse the convergence of infinite series
•
To study the concept of evolute and envelope
•
To find the extreme values for a function of two variables
•
To compute area of closed surface and volume of solids using multiple integrals
•
Unit I
MATRICES
12
Characteristic equation - Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors of a real matrix – Properties of
eigenvalues and eigenvectors, Cayley-Hamilton Theorem – statement and applications,
Diagonalization of matrices – Similarity transformation - Quadratic form - Reduction of a
quadratic form to canonical form by orthogonal transformation – Nature of quadratic forms.
.
Unit II
SEQUENCES AND SERIES
12
Sequences - Definition and examples, Series - Types of Convergence, Series of positive
terms, Tests of convergence - Comparison test, Integral test and D’Alembert’s ratio test,
Alternating series – Leibnitz’s test, Series of positive and negative terms, Absolute and
conditional convergence.
Unit III
APPLICATIONS OF DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
12
Curvature, radius of curvature - Cartesianand parametric co-ordinates – Centre of curvature
– Circle of curvature in Cartesian form, Evolutes, Envelopes (including two parameter
family), Evolute as envelope of normal.
Unit IV
FUNCTIONS OF SEVERAL VARIABLES
12
Partial derivatives – Total derivative – Differentiation of implicit functions – Jacobian and
its properties – Taylor’s series for functions of two variables – Maxima and minima of
functions of two variables – Lagrange’s method of undetermined multipliers.
Unit V
MULTIPLE INTEGRALS
12
Double integrals in Cartesian and polar coordinates – Change of order of integration, Area
enclosed by plane curves – Change of variables in double integrals, Triple integrals.
Total Periods
60
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Identify the nature of quadratic form by reducing it to canonical form
CO2: Analyse the convergence of a given infinite series
CO3: Find evolute of a given curve and envelope of family of curves
CO4: Find the extrema of function of two variables
CO5: Evaluate the double and triple integrals
CO6: Apply extreme points of functions and multiple integrals in engineering problems
(Targeted CO)
Text Books:
1.
Grewal B.S, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, 44th Edition,
2018.
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
2.
Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 10th
Edition, 2016.
References:
1. Bali N. P and Manish Goyal, “A Text book of Engineering Mathematics”, Ninth
Edition, Laxmi Publications Pvt Ltd., 2016.
2. James Stewart, Calculus: Early Transcendental, Cengage Learning, New Delhi, 7th
Edition, 2013.
3. Dass, H.K., and Er. Rajnish Verma,” Higher Engineering Mathematics”, S. Chand
Private Ltd., 2011.
4. Srimanta Pal and Subodh C. Bhunia, Engineering Mathematics, Oxford University
Press, 2015.
COs
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
POs
8
9
10
11
12
1
PSOs
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course
Course Title
L T P C
Code
UPH2176
ENGINEERING PHYSICS
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
• Comprehend and identify different crystal structures and their imperfections.
• Explain the elastic and thermal properties of materials and understand their significance.
• Develop an understanding of quantum mechanical phenomena and their applications.
• Provide an overview of the characteristics of sound, architectural acoustics and the
production, detection and applications of ultrasound.
• Explain the origin of laser action, production of laser, fibre optics and their applications.
Unit I
CRYSTAL PHYSICS
9
Single crystalline, polycrystalline and amorphous materials– single crystals - Lattice – Unit
cell – Bravais lattice – Lattice planes – Miller indices – d spacing in cubic lattice –
Calculation of number of atoms per unit cell – Atomic radius – Coordination number –
Packing factor for SC, BCC, FCC and HCP structures – Diamond and graphite structures
(qualitative treatment) - Crystal Imperfections – Point, line (Edge and Screw dislocations –
Burger vectors) Surface (stacking faults) and Volume defects.
Unit II
PROPERTIES OF MATTER AND THERMAL PHYSICS
9
Properties of matter:Elasticity- Hooke’s law - Relationship between three moduli of
elasticity– stress -strain diagram– Poisson’s ratio –Factors affecting elasticity– Torsional
stress & deformations – Twisting couple – Torsion pendulum - theory and experiment–
bending of beams-bending moment– cantilever: theory and experiment–uniform and nonuniform bending: theory and experiment-I-shaped girders.
Thermal Physics:Modes of heat transfer – thermal conduction, convection and radiation –
Newton’s law of cooling - thermal conductivity- Lee’s disc method for bad conductor –
Radial heat flow – Rubber tube method – conduction through compound media (series and
parallel) – Formation of ice on ponds.
Unit III
ACOUSTICS AND ULTRASONICS
9
Acoustics: Classification and characteristics of Sound - decibel - Weber–Fechner law –
Sabine’s formula - derivation using growth and decay method ––factors affecting acoustics
of buildings and their remedies - Methods of determination of Absorption Coefficient.
Ultrasonics: Production of ultrasonics by Magnetostriction and piezoelectric methods –
acoustic grating -Non Destructive Testing – pulse echo system through transmission and
reflection modes - A, B and C – scan displays.
Unit IV
QUANTUM PHYSICS
9
Black body radiation – Planck’s theory (derivation) – Deduction of Wien’s displacement law
and Rayleigh – Jeans’ Law from Planck’s theory – Compton Effect. Theory and
experimental verification – Properties of Matter waves – wave particle duality Schrödinger’s wave equation – Time independent and time dependent equations – Physical
significance of wave function – Particle in a one dimensional box and extension to three
dimensional box – Degeneracy of electron energy states - Scanning electron microscope Transmission electron microscope.
Unit V
PHOTONICS AND FIBRE OPTICS
9
Photonics: Spontaneous and stimulated emission- Population inversion -Einstein’s A and B
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
coefficients –Conditions for Laser action - Types of lasers – Nd: YAG, & CO2 lasers-Basics
of diode lasers-Industrial and Medical Applications. Fibre optics: Principle and propagation
of light in optical fibres – Numerical aperture and Acceptance angle - Types of optical fibres
(material, refractive index, mode) –Losses in fibers - attenuation, dispersion, bending - Fibre
Optical Communication system (Block diagram) - Active and passive fibre sensors. pressure and displacement.
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Analyze crystal structures and the influence of imperfections on their properties.
CO2: Demonstrate and explain the general concepts of elastic and thermal properties of
materials.
CO3: Explain quantum mechanical theories to correlate with experimental results and their
applications to material diagnostics.
CO4: Analyze the applications of acoustics and ultrasonics to engineering and medical
disciplines.
CO5: Elucidate the principle and working of lasers and optical fibers, and their applications
in the field of industry, medicine and telecommunication.
Text Books:
1. Gaur, R.K., and Gupta, S.L., Engineering Physics, Dhanpat Rai Publishers, 2012.
2. Serway, R.A., & Jewett, J.W., Physics for Scientists and Engineers, Cengage
Learning, 2010.
References:
1. Halliday, D., Resnick, R. & Walker, J. Principles of Physics, Wiley, 2015.
2. Tipler, P.A. &Mosca, G. Physics for Scientists and Engineers with Modern Physics, WH
Freeman, 2007.
3. Avadhanulu, M. N., Kshirsagar, P. G, A text book of Engineering Physics, S. Chand &
Co. Ltd., Ninth Revised Edition, 2012.
Cos
1
2
3
4
5
1
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
4
1
1
1
1
1
5
1
1
1
1
1
6
7
2
2
2
2
2
Pos
8
9
10
2
2
2
2
2
11
12
PSOs
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course
Course Title
L T P C
Code
UCY2176
ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
To impart knowledge to the students on the basic concepts of chemistry and
•
properties of materials for various engineering applications
Unit I
Atomic and Molecular Nano Chemistry
9
Atoms- Atomic orbitals, Molecules- Molecular orbitals. Nanoparticles and its uniqueness.
Distinction between molecules, nanoparticles and bulk materials. Classification of
nanoparticles. Size dependent Properties-Thermal, Optical, Chemical, Electronic and
Mechanical. Synthesis of nanomaterials - bottom-up and top-down approaches-TechniquesColloidal, hydrothermal, electrodeposition, chemical vapour deposition, laser ablation.
Objectives of surface modification of nanoparticles.Synthesis and applications - Carbon
Nano Tubes (CNT) - Gold nanoparticle
Unit II
Electrochemistry
9
Conductivity of electrolytes - factors influencing conductivity- Conductometric titration and
its applications -estimation of strong acid, estimation of mixture of strong and weak acids
and estimation of BaCl2. Electrochemical cell-redox reaction-origin of electrode potential,
Types of electrodes, Measurement of electrode potential and emf of the electrochemical cell
-reference electrode- saturated calomel electrode and Ag/AgCl electrode - Ion selective
electrode-glass electrode measurement of pH –Potentiometric titrations- estimation of
ferrous ion and estimation of strong acid. Problems based on all the above concepts.
Unit III
Corrosion and Its Control
9
Corrosion-Definition-Classification of corrosion-Chemical corrosion – Pilling – Bedworth
rule – electrochemical corrosion – different types – galvanic corrosion – differential aeration
corrosion – factors influencing corrosion – corrosion control – selection of materials sacrificial anode and impressed current cathodic methods – corrosion inhibitors – protective
coatings – paints – constituents and functions – metallic coatings – electroplating (Au) and
electroless (Ni) plating
Unit IV
Phase Equilibria
9
Phase Rule - Definition and explanation of terms involved with suitable examples- Phase –
Components – Degrees of Freedom –Applications and limitations of Phase Rule, One
component system - H2O Two component systems – Construction of phase diagram by
Thermal Analysis (or) Cooling curves – Condensed Phase Rule - Simple eutectic systems:
Pb-Ag system – System with congruent melting point: Zn-Mg – System with incongruent
melting point: Ni-Cd
Unit V
Synthesis and applications of Industrial Polymers
9
Polymers and Polymerization: definition, classification - types of polymerization: addition
and condensation –mechanism of addition polymerization (cationic, anionic, free radical and
coordination polymerization)-Properties: Glass Transition temperature, Average Molecular
weight and its determination by viscosity method. Polymer composites (fibre reinforced
plastics)-preparation, properties and application of engineering plastics Epoxy resin,
Polyurethans, Nylon 6:6, Polycarbonate, PS, PVC and PET
Total Periods
45
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
demonstrate understanding on:
CO1: The unique properties of nano-particles and their applications
CO2: The principles of electrochemistry and its application for quantitative analysis
CO3: The various types of corrosion under normal to severe corrosive environments and
their control measures
CO4: Construction of phase diagram and its application to analyse simple eutectic systems
CO5: The synthesis, properties and applications of important industrial polymers
Text Books:
1. Engineering Chemistry’ by Jain P.C. and Monika Jain, Dhanpat Rai Publishing
Company (P) Ltd, New Delhi, 2015
2. Engineering Chemistry by S.S.Dara, S.Chand&Co.Ltd,New Delhi ,2011
References:
1. T. Pradeep- NANO: The Essentials: Understanding Nanoscience and Nanotechnology,
McGraw Hill Education; 2017(1st edition)
2. Gurdeep Raj, Phase Rule, GOEL Publishing House, Meerut, 2011.
3. R. Gopalan, K. Rangarajan, P.S. Subramanian. “Elements of Analytical Chemistry”
Sultan Chand & Sons,2003.
4. F.W. Billmayer, Textbook of Polymer Science, 3rd Edison, Wiley. N.Y. 1991.
COs
1
2
3
4
5
1
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
4
5
6
7
POs
8
9
10
11
12
PSOs
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course
Code
UGE2176
Course Title
L
T
P
C
PROBLEM SOLVING AND PROGRAMMING IN
PYTHON
3
0
0
3
Objectives:
• To learn algorithmic problem-solving techniques.
•
To learn the fundamentals of python programming.
•
To compose programs in Python using conditions, iterations and decompose a
problem into functions
•
To construct programs in Python sequenced data type.
•
To develop python programs using advanced constructs like dictionaries and files
Unit I
ALGORITHMIC PROBLEM SOLVING
9
Logical and Algorithmic Thinking: Logical Thinking – Algorithmic Thinking; Problem
Solving and Decomposition: Defining the Problem – Devising the Solution –
Decomposition; Effective building blocks: Basic Algorithmic Constructs (pseudo code, flow
chart, programming language) – Program State.
Unit II
DATA, EXPRESSION, STATEMENT, CONDITIONAL
9
Data and types: int, float, boolean, string, list; variables, expressions, statements,
simultaneous assignment, precedence of operators; comments; in-built modules and
functions; Conditional: boolean values and operators, conditional (if), alternative (if-else),
case analysis (if-elif-else).
Unit III
ITERATION, FUNCTION, STRINGS
9
Iteration: while, for, break, continue, pass; Functions: function definition, function call, flow
of execution, parameters and arguments, return values, local and global scope, recursion;
Strings: string slices, immutability, string functions and methods, string module.
Unit IV
LISTS, TUPLES
9
Lists: list operations, list slices, list methods, list loop, mutability, aliasing, cloning lists, list
parameters, nested lists, list comprehension; Tuples: tuple assignment, tuple as return value,
tuple operations.
Unit V
DICTIONARIES, FILES
9
Dictionaries: operations and methods, looping and dictionaries, reverse lookup, dictionaries
and lists; Files: Text files, reading and writing files, format operator, file names and paths;
command line arguments.
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Solve programming problems and express solutions in pseudo code.
CO2: Develop simple programs using basic constructs.
CO3: Construct programs using conditions and iterations decompose a problem into
functions.
CO4: Make use of strings, lists, tuples and dictionaries data structures.
CO5: Perform Input/Output Operations using files.
Text Books:
1. Karl Beecher, ``Computational Thinking – A beginner's Guide to Problem Solving
and Programming'', British Computer Society (BCS), 2017.
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
2.
Allen B. Downey, ``Think Python: How to Think Like a Computer Scientist'', 2nd
edition,
Green
Tea
Press,
Shroff/O'Reilly
Publishers,
2015
(http://greenteapress.com/wp/think-python/)
References:
1. John V Guttag, ``Introduction to Computation and Programming Using Python'',
3rd edition, MIT Press, 2021.
2. Ashok NamdevKamthane, Amit Ashok Kamthane, ``Programming and Problem
Solving with Python'', McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited, 2018.
3. Robert Sedgewick, Kevin Wayne, Robert Dondero, ``Introduction to Programming
in Python: An Inter-disciplinary Approach'', Pearson India Education Services Pvt.
Ltd., 2016.
4. Timothy A. Budd, ``Exploring Python'', Mc-Graw Hill Education (India) Private
Ltd., 2015.
5. Kenneth A. Lambert, ``Fundamentals of Python: First Programs'', 2nd Edition,
CENGAGE Learning, 2018.
COs
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
3
3
2
3
0
0
2
2
2
4
0
0
1
1
1
5
POs
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
PSOs
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course
Code
UGE2177
Objectives:
•
•
Course Title
L
T
P
C
ENGINEERING GRAPHICS
1
0
4
3
To develop the graphic skills for communication of concepts, ideas and design of
engineering products.
To expose them to existing national standards related to technical drawings.
Concepts and Conventions (Not for Examinations)
Importance of graphics in engineering applications – Use of drafting instruments – BIS
conventions and specifications – Size, layout and folding of drawing sheets – Lettering
and dimensioning
Unit I
PLANE CURVES AND FREEHAND SKETCHING
10
Basic Geometrical constructions, Curves used in engineering practices: Conics –
Construction of ellipse, parabola and hyperbola by eccentricity method – Drawing of
tangents and normal to the above curves. Visualization concepts and Free Hand sketching:
Visualization principles –Representation of Three-Dimensional objects – Layout of viewsFreehand sketching of multiple views from pictorial views of objects.
Unit II
PROJECTION OF POINTS, LINES AND PLANE SURFACE
15
Orthographic projection principles - Principal planes - First angle projection - Layout of
views - Projection of points. Projection of straight lines (only First angle projections)
inclined to both the principal planes - Determination of true lengths and true inclinations
by rotating line method and traces. Projection of planes (polygonal and circular surfaces)
inclined to both the principal planes by rotating object method.
Unit III
PROJECTION OF SOLIDS
15
Projection of simple solids like prisms, pyramids, cylinder, cone and truncated solids when
the axis is inclined to one of the principal planes by rotating object method.
Unit IV
SECTION OF SOLIDS AND DEVELOPMENT OF SURFACES
20
Sectioning of above solids in simple vertical position when the cutting plane is inclined to
the one of the principal planes and perpendicular to the other – obtaining true shape of
section. Development of lateral surfaces of truncated solids (simple position only) – Prisms,
pyramids, cylinders and cones.
Unit V
ISOMETRIC AND PERSPECTIVE PROJECTION
15
Principles of isometric projection – isometric scale – Isometric projections of simple solids
and truncated solids - Prisms, pyramids, cylinders, cones- combination of two solid objects
in simple vertical positions. Perspective projection of simple solids- Prisms, pyramids and
cylinders by visual ray method.
Total Periods
75
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Draw Plane curves and perform Free hand sketching of three - dimensional objects
(K2)
CO2: Draw the Orthographic projections of points, lines and plane surfaces (K2)
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
CO3: Draw the Projections of solids (K2)
CO4: Draw the Projections of sectioned solids and Development of surfaces (K2)
CO5: Draw the Isometric and Perspective projections of solids (K2)
Text Books:
1. Natarajan, K.V., A Textbook of Engineering Graphics, Dhanalakshmi Publishers,
Chennai, 33rd Edition, 2020. [ISBN:9788190414089]
2. Venugopal, K. and Prabhu Raja, V., Engineering Graphics, New Age International
(P) Limited, 15th Edition, 2018. [ISBN :9789386649249]
References:
1. Bhatt, N.D., Engineering Drawing, Charotar Publishing House, 53rd Edition, 2014.
[ISBN: 9789380358963]
2. Basant Agarwal, and Agarwal, C.M., Engineering Drawing, McGraw Hill, 3rd
Edition, 2019. [ISBN: 9789353167448]
3. Gopalakrishna, K.R., Engineering Drawing (Vol. I & II Combined), Subhas
Publications, 27th Edition, 2017. [ISBN: 9789383214235]
4. Luzzader J Warren, and Jon M Duff, Fundamentals of Engineering Drawing with an
introduction to Interactive Computer Graphics for Design and Production, Pearson
Education, 11th Edition, 2005. [ISBN :9789332549982]
Publication of Bureau of Indian Standards
1. IS 10711 – 2001: Technical products Documentation – Size and lay out of drawing
sheets.
2. IS 9609 (Parts 0 & 1) – 2001: Technical products Documentation – Lettering.
3. IS 10714 (Part 20) – 2001 & SP 46 – 2003: Lines for technical drawings.
4. IS 11669 – 1986 & SP 46 – 2003: Dimensioning of Technical Drawings.
5. 15021 (Parts 1 to 4) – 2001: Technical drawings – Projection Methods.
COs
1
1
2
3
4
5
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
4
5
6
7
POs
8
9
10
3
3
3
3
3
11
PSOs
12
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course
Course Title
Code
UGE2197
PROGRAMMING IN PYTHON LAB
Objectives:
• To write, test, and debug simple Python programs.
L
T
P
C
0
0
3
1.5
•
To apply conditions and loops to solve problems using python.
•
To implement programs using functions
•
To write programs using different data types such as strings, lists tuples and
dictionaries
•
To perform read and write operations into the files.
List of Experiments:
1. Use Linux shell commands, use Python in interactive mode, and an editor
2.
Write simple programs (area of a geometric shape, simple interest, solve quadratic
equation, net salary).
3.
Write programs using conditional statements (leap year, maximum of 2 numbers,
maximum of 3 numbers, simple calculator, grade of the total mark).
4.
Develop programs using loops and nested loops (gcd, prime number, integer
division, sum of digits of an integer, multiplication table, sum of a series, print
patterns, square root using Newton's method).
5.
Develop programs using functions (sine and cosine series, Pythagorean triplets).
6.
Develop programs using recursion (efficient power of a number, factorial, Fibonacci
number).
7.
Develop programs using strings (palindrome, finding substring) without using inbuilt functions.
8.
Develop programs using lists and tuples (linear search, binary search, selection sort,
insertion sort, quicksort).
9.
Develop programs using nested lists (matrix manipulations).
10. Develop simple programs using dictionaries (frequency histogram, nested
dictionary).
11. Develop programs using Files (read and write files).
12. Develop programs to perform any task by reading arguments from command line.
13. Implement a simple application using appropriate datatypes and files
Total Periods: 45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Write, test, and debug simple Python programs
CO2: Build Python programs with conditionals and loops
CO3: Solve a problem using functions in python programming
CO4: Construct python programs using compound data like lists, tuples, and dictionaries
CO5: Build a simple application in teams using files and appropriate datatypes by
applying the best programming practices
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
References:
1.Karl Beecher, ``Computational Thinking – A beginner's Guide to Problem Solving and
Programming'', British Computer Society (BCS), 2017.
2.Allen B. Downey, ``Think Python: How to Think Like a Computer Scientist'', 2nd
edition, Green Tea Press, Shroff/O'Reilly Publishers, 2015
(http://greenteapress.com/wp/think-python/)
COs
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
3
3
3
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
4
1
1
1
2
5
6
7
Pos
8
9
1
1
1
1
1
3
10
2
11
12
PSOs
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
COURSE CODE
COURSE TITLE
L
T P
C
UGS2197
PHYSICS & CHEMISTRY LABORATORY
(FOR ALL BRANCHES)
0
0 3
1.5
PHYSICS LABORATORY
COURSE OBJECTIVES
The objective of this course is to enable the students to
● Obtain basic Knowledge about physics concepts applied in optics, thermal physics
and properties of matter.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
(A minimum of 5 experiments to be performed from the given list)
1. Determination of the Young’s modulus of the material of the given beam
by Non-uniform bending method.
2. Determination of the rigidity modulus of the material of the given wire using
torsion pendulum.
3. Determination of the wavelength of the mercury spectra using Spectrometer and
grating.
4. Determination of the dispersive power of a prism using Spectrometer.
5. Determination of the grating element/wavelength, and particle size/ wavelength using a
laser.
6. Determination of the Numerical and the acceptance angle of an optical fiber.
7. Determination of the thickness of a thin wire using interference fringes.
8. Determination of the coefficient of viscosity of the given liquid using Poiseuille’s
method.
9. Determination of the band gap energy of a semiconductor.
10. Determination of the coefficient of thermal conductivity of the given bad conductor
using Lee’s disc.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Apply principles of elasticity, optics, viscosity, thermal and band gap
determination for engineering applications
CO-PO/PSO MAPPING
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO1
3
2
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
CHEMISTRY LABORATORY
OBJECTIVES
•
To impart hands on training for all the possible concepts learned in Engineering
Chemistry Course
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
(Any 6 to be performed)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Estimation of ferrous ion by potentiometric titration
Estimation of strong acid using pH meter.
Estimation of strong acid by conductometric titration
Estimation of mixture of strong and weak acids using conductometer
Estimation of BaCl2 by conductometric titration
Determination of degree of polymerization of a water-soluble polymer by Viscosity
method
Determination of equivalent conductance of a strong electrolyte at infinite dilution
Determination of weak acid using weak base by conductometric titration.
Determination of rate of corrosion by weight loss method
TOTAL PERIODS: 45
OUTCOMES
On successful completion of this course, the student will be able to
CO1: Analyse ions like Fe2+, Fe3+, H+ using different instruments
CO2: Determine the Molecular weight and Degree of Polymerisation using viscometer
TEXT BOOK
Manual Prepared by Faculty of Chemistry Department, SSNCE
REFERENCE BOOK
1. Practical Physical Chemistry,B.Viswanath and P.S.Raghavan, ViVa Books
PVT.Ltd,New Delhi, 2012.
CO – PO/ PSO MAPPING
Program
Specific
Outcomes
Program Outcomes
Course
Outcomes
PO
1
CO1
3
CO2
3
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PO
8
PO
9
PO
10
PO
11
PO
12
PSO
1
PSO
2
PSO
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
SEMESTER II
Course
Code
UMA2276
Course Title
L
T
P
C
COMPLEX FUNCTIONS AND LAPLACE
TRANSFORMS
3
1
0
4
Objectives:
Applying C-R equations in the construction of Analytic Functions.
•
Study the methods of Complex Integration, finding Taylor’s and Laurent’s Series
•
expansions.
Find the Laplace Transforms and inverse transforms for standard functions.
•
Solve Differential Equations using different techniques.
•
Evaluate Line, Surface and Volume integrals.
•
Unit I
ANALYTIC FUNCTIONS
12
Analytic functions – necessary and sufficient conditions, Cauchy-Riemann equations in
Cartesian and polar form (with proof) – Properties - harmonic functions, Construction of
analytic function, conformal mapping - some standard transformations – 𝑤 = 𝑧 + 𝑐, 𝑐𝑧,
1
𝑧
, 𝑧 2 , bilinear transformation.
Unit II
COMPLEX INTEGRATION
12
Line integral - Cauchy’s integral theorem – Cauchy’s integral formula, Taylor’s and
Laurent’s series, Singularities – Residues – Residue theorem – Application of residue
theorem for evaluation of real integrals – Use of circular contour and semicircular contour
(except the poles on the real axis).
Unit III
LAPLACE TRANSFORMS
12
Definition, properties, existence conditions – Transforms of elementary functions –
Transform of unit step function and unit impulse function, shifting theorems, Transforms of
derivatives and integrals, Initial and final value theorems, Periodic functions, Inverse
transforms – Convolution theorem.
Unit IV
ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
12
Solution of second and higher order linear differential equation with constant coefficients
(𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑒 𝑚𝑥 , 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑚𝑥, 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑚𝑥, 𝑥 𝑛 , 𝑓(𝑥)𝑒 𝑚𝑥 , 𝑓(𝑥)𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑚𝑥), Method of variation of
parameters, Simultaneous linear equations with constant coefficients of first order, Solving
linear second order ordinary differential equations with constant coefficients using Laplace
transforms.
Unit V
VECTOR CALCULUS
12
Gradient and directional derivative – Divergence and curl – Vector identities – Irrotational
and Solenoidal vector fields, Line integral over a plane curve, Surface integral - Area of a
curved surface, Volume integral, Green’s, Gauss divergence and Stoke’s theorems –
Verification and application in evaluating line, surface and volume integrals.
Total Periods
60
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
CO1: Solve problems in Analytic functions and construction of analytic functions using CR equations.
CO2: Solve problems using integration techniques, find Taylor’s and Laurent’s Series
expansions.
CO3: Obtain the Laplace Transforms and inverse transforms of standard functions.
CO4: Solve Differential Equations using different techniques.
CO5: Evaluate Line, Surface and Volume integrals.
CO6: Apply Complex integration, Laplace transforms, Ordinary differential equations
and vector calculus in engineering problems (Targeted CO)
Text Books:
1. Grewal, B.S., Higher Engineering Mathematics, 44th Edition, Khanna Publishers, 2018.
2. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 10th Edition, John Wiley & Sons,
Inc., 2016.
References:
1. Bali, N.P., Goyal, M., Watkins, C., Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Laxmi
Publications Pvt. Limited, 2007.
2. Boyce, W.E., and DiPrima, R.C., Elementary Differential Equations and Boundary
Value Problems, 11th Edition, Global Edition, Wiley, 2017.
3. George B. Thomas Jr., Maurice D. Weir, Joel R. Hass, Thomas' Calculus: Early
Transcendental, 13th Edition, Pearson Education, 2014.
4. O’Neil. P. V., Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 7th Edition, Cengage Learning
India Pvt., Ltd, New Delhi, 2012.
5. Howard Anton, Irl C. Bivens, Stephen Davis, Calculus Early Transcendentals, 11th
Edition, Global Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2017.
6. Srimanta Pal and Subodh C. Bhunia, Engineering Mathematics, Oxford University
Press, 2015.
7. Srivastava, A.C., and Srivastava, P.K., Engineering Mathematics Volume I and II, PHI
learning Pvt. Ltd, 2011.
COs
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
POs
8
9
10
11
12
1
PSOs
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
UME2201
Course Title
FUNDAMENTALS OF MECHANICAL
ENGINEERING
(THEORY INTEGRATED LAB – LCT)
L
T P EL
C
2
0
4.5
3
3
Objectives:
● To introduce and reinforce various fundamentals of mechanical engineering concepts
(i.e., manufacturing, design and thermal) via experiential learning.
Unit I
Machine Elements
12
Types and applications of machine components: Bolts/Screws – Nuts - Washers - Locks
(circlips) – Bearings– Belts - Pulleys – Couplings – Gears– springs
Studio sessions
Identification and measurement activities on different types of machine elements
Self and peer learning
Specification and Cost Assessment of different machine elements
Unit II
Mechanisms in Machine Tools
12
Applications of: Simple and compound gear trains – Screw and nut mechanism –– Rack and
pinion mechanism – Worm and wheel mechanism - Rachet and pawl mechanism -– Basics
machining operations
Studio sessions
Product dissection activity – 1) Drilling machine, 2) Tailstock, 3) Drill vice, 4) Worm gear
box 5) Gear Trains – Lathe: End Gear Train
Self and peer learning
Working prototypes models for demonstrating transmission and transformation systems
Unit III
Practical Hydraulics for mechanical engineers
12
Introduction to Fluid power, Hydraulic Actuators: Cylinders: Types and construction,
Applications - Pumping Theory – Pump Classification – Construction, Working,
Applications, Control Components: Direction Control, Flow control and pressure control
valves – Selection of cylinders, hydraulic power packs, pumps and valves for a given
application (numerical problems) - Design of hydraulic circuits.
Studio sessions
Product dissection activity – Hydraulic power unit and Actuators
Self and peer learning
Working prototypes models demonstrating the application of hydraulic power.
Simulation of different hydraulic circuits
Unit IV
Drives and sensors for Automation
12
Drives: stepper motors, servo drives. Ball screws, linear motion bearings, cams, systems
controlled by camshafts, electronic cams, indexing mechanisms, tool magazines, and transfer
system, Data conversion devices, proximity sensors, microsensors, transducers, signal
processing devices, relays, contactors and timers
Studio sessions
Different automation Projects: Demo & Hands-on
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Self and peer learning
Build your own automation
Unit V
Basics of thermodynamics and heat transfer
12
Basic concepts of air pressure – atmospheric pressure and vacuum pressure - demonstration
of working of Magdeburg vacuum plates – application of first and second law of
thermodynamics – demonstration of working of mini refrigerator – temperature
measurement using thermal radiation and Seebeck effect – demonstration of working of
infrared thermometer and various types of thermocouples – heat transfer device with high
thermal conductance – demonstration of working of a thermosyphon/heat pipe.
Studio sessions
Product dissection activity: Refrigerator
Self and peer learning
Temperature measurement using different types of thermocouples
Total Periods 60
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Explain the uses of basic mechanical engineering components, fabricate and
demonstrate prototype models of simple fixtures/machines (K3)
CO2: Make use of various types of mechanisms to fabricate and demonstrate prototype of
simple mechanical systems (K3)
CO3: Explain and demonstrate the function, working, selection and steps for installation of
various components based on given hydraulic system requirements (K3)
CO4: Make use of electronic drives and sensors to fabricate and demonstrate prototype of
simple mechanical systems (K3)
CO5: Explain the fundamental concepts of thermodynamics & heat transfer and demonstrate
the working of related thermal devices (K3)
Text Books:
1. Robert O. Parmley, Machine Devices and Components Illustrated Sourcebook, Ist
Edition, Tata McGraw- Hill,2005,
2. Anthony Esposito, “Fluid Power with Applications”, Pearson Education 2005.
References:
1. Majumdar S.R., “Oil Hydraulics Systems- Principles and Maintenance”, Tata McGrawHill, 2001.
2. Paul Scherz, Simon Monk, Practical Electronics for Inventors, Fourth Edition 4th Edition,
Tata McGraw- Hill, 2016.
3. Saeed Moaveni, Engineering Fundamentals: An introduction to Engineering, ,
CENGAGE learning, 2010
4. Experiential Learning in the Thermal Sciences: Introducing and Reinforcing
Fundamental Thermodynamics and Heat Transfer Principles to K-12 and Engineering
Undergraduate Students Dr. Arden Moore, Louisiana Tech University, American Society
for Engineering Education, 2016
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
CO-PO mapping
POs
COs
1 - PI
2 - PI
5 - PI
6
7
8
9 – PI
10 – PI 11
12 – PI
1 2
1 4.1.3
2 9.1.2 2
10.1.2
10.2.2
1 12.2.2 1 1
Targeted
1.3.1
2.1.2
CO
3
2
1.4.1
2.4.1
CO2
1 4.1.3 1 5.2.2
2 9.1.2 2
10.1.2
10.2.2
1 12.2.2 1 1
Targeted
1.3.1
2.1.2
CO
3
2
1.4.1
2.4.1
CO3
1 4.1.3 1 5.2.2
2 9.1.2 2
10.1.2
10.2.2
1 12.2.2 1 1
Targeted
1.3.1
2.1.2
CO
3
2
1.4.1
2.4.1
CO4
1 4.1.3 1 5.2.2
2 9.1.2 2
10.1.2
10.2.2
1 12.2.2 1 1
1 4.1.3
2 9.1.2 2
10.1.2
10.2.2
1 12.2.2 1 1
CO1
CO5
3
3
1.3.1
1.4.1
3 4 – PI
PSO
1.3.1
1.4.1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course
Code
Course Title
L
T
P
C
UCY2276
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE
3 0
0 0
Objectives:
The students of Engineering undergoing this Course would develop a
Better understanding of human relationships, perceptions and policies towards the
•
environment
Focus on design and technology for improving environmental quality
•
Unit I
ENVIRONMENT, ECOSYSTEMSANDBIODIVERSITY
9
Definition, scope and importance of environment– concept, structure and function of an
ecosystem – energy flow- food chains, food webs and ecological pyramids – ecological
succession
Introduction to biodiversity definition and types– values of biodiversity- India as a megadiversity nation – hot-spots of biodiversity – threats to biodiversity-endangered and endemic
species of India -conservation of biodiversity: In-situ and ex-situ conservation of
biodiversity.
Unit II
NATURAL RESOURCES
9
Uses, over-exploitation of natural resources: Forest, Water, Mineral, Food, Energy and Land.
Case studies on over exploitation of natural resources -Role of an individual in conservation
of natural resources- Equitable use of resources for sustainable life styles.
Unit III
CURRENTENVIRONMENTALISSUES
9
Environmental issues– causes, effects and control measures of Pollution of (a) Air (Smog,
acid rain, climate change and global warming, ozone layer depletion) (b) Water (rain water
harvesting, watershed management and waste water treatment) (c) Soil (solid waste
management, wasteland reclamation) (d)Electronic waste.
Population explosion, Resettlement and rehabilitation of people and Disaster management
Unit IV
ENGINEERING INTERVENTIONS TO REDUCE
9
ENVIRONMENTAL STRESSES
Role of information technology in environment- Remote Sensing- satellites and sensorsGeographical Information Systems(GIS)-Applications. Environment data base management
system. Green chemistry-Principles - Green buildings-Advantages of green buildings over
conventional buildings-Electric and Hybrid Electric Vehicles (HEV)
Unit V
ENVIRONMENTALREGULATIONS
9
Environmental Ethics for sustainable development- Human rights- Environmental Impact
Assessment– Ecomark-role of NGO- Central and state pollution control boards- Air
(Prevention and Control of Pollution) act 1981– Water (Prevention and control of Pollution)
act 1974– Wildlife protection act 1972 – Forest conservation act 1980- The National Green
Tribunal Act 2010
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: The structure and functions of the ecosystems and diversity among life forms within
an ecosystem
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
CO2: The importance of various natural resources and its sustainable use
CO3: The various environmental issues such as pollution, population explosion etc and
suggest remedial measures.
CO4: The role of engineering techniques to minimize environmental stress
CO5: The role of various environmental machineries and to ensure proper environmental
regulation
Text Books:
1. Anubha Kaushik and C. P. Kaushik, Environmental Science and Engineering, New Age
International Publishers,14thEdition, 2014.
2. Benny Joseph, ‘Environmental Science and Engineering’, Tata McGraw-Hill, New
Delhi,2006
References:
1. Gilbert M.Masters, ‘Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science’, 2nd
edition,Pearson Education, 2004.
2. G. Tyler Miller and Scott E. Spoolman, “Environmental Science”, Cengage Learning
India PVT, LTD, Delhi, 2014
COs
1
2
3
4
5
1
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
3
1
1
1
1
4
5
6
7
POs
8
9
10
11
12
PSOs
1
2
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
COURSE CODE
COURSE TITLE
L
T
P
C
UME2202
ENGINEERING MECHANICS
3
0
0
3
OBJECTIVES
• To develop capacity to predict the effect of force and motion in the course of carrying
out the design functions of engineering
UNIT I
STATICS OF PARTICLES
9
Introduction – Units and Dimensions – Laws of Mechanics – Lami‘s theorem, Parallelogram
and triangular Law of forces – Vectorial representation of forces – Vector operations of
forces -additions, subtraction, dot product, cross product – Coplanar Forces – rectangular
components – Equilibrium of a particle – Forces in space – Equilibrium of a particle in space
– Equivalent systems of forces – Principle of transmissibility .
UNIT II
EQUILIBRIUM OF RIGID BODIES
9
Free body diagram – Types of supports –Action and reaction forces – stable equilibrium –
Moments and Couples – Moment of a force about a point and about an axis – Vectorial
representation of moments and couples – Scalar components of a moment – Varignon‘s
theorem – Single equivalent force -Equilibrium of Rigid bodies in two dimensions –
Equilibrium of Rigid bodies in three dimensions
UNIT III
PROPERTIES OF SURFACES AND SOLIDS
9
Centroids and centre of mass – Centroids of lines and areas - Rectangular, circular, triangular
areas by integration – T section, I section, - Angle section, Hollow section by using standard
formula –Theorems of Pappus - Area moments of inertia of plane areas – Rectangular,
circular, triangular areas by integration – T section, I section, Angle section, Hollow section
by using standard formula – Parallel axis theorem and perpendicular axis theorem – Principal
moments of inertia of plane areas – Principal axes of inertia-Mass moment of inertia –mass
moment of inertia for prismatic, cylindrical and spherical solids from first principle –
Relation to area moments of inertia.
UNIT IV
DYNAMICS OF PARTICLES
9
Displacements, Velocity and acceleration, their relationship – Relative motion – Curvilinear
motion - Newton‘s laws of motion – Work Energy Equation– Impulse and Momentum –
Impact of elastic bodies.
UNIT V
FRICTION AND RIGID BODY DYNAMICS
9
Friction force – Laws of sliding friction – equilibrium analysis of simple systems with sliding
friction –wedge friction – ladder friction - Rolling resistance -Translation and Rotation of
Rigid Bodies – Velocity and acceleration – General Plane motion of simple rigid bodies such
as cylinder, disc/wheel and sphere.
TOTALPERIODS: 45
OUTCOMES
On successful completion of this course, the student will be able to
CO1: Illustrate the vectoral and scalar representation of forces and moments (K3)
CO2: Analyze the rigid body in equilibrium (K3)
CO3: Evaluate the properties of surfaces and solids (K3)
CO4: Calculate dynamic forces exerted in rigid body (K3)
CO5: Determine the friction and the effects by the laws of friction (K3)
TEXT BOOKS
1. Beer, F.P and Johnston Jr. E.R., Vector Mechanics for Engineers (In SI Units): Statics
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
and Dynamics, 8th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi,
2004.
2. Vela Murali, Engineering Mechanics, Oxford University Press, 2010
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Bhavikatti S.S. and Rajashekarappa K.G., Engineering Mechanics, New Age
International (P) Limited Publishers, 1998.
2. Hibbeller, R.C and Ashok Gupta, Engineering Mechanics: Statics and Dynamics,
11th Edition, Pearson Education, 2010.
3. Irving H. Shames, and Krishna Mohana Rao, G., Engineering Mechanics – Statics
and Dynamics, 4th Edition, Pearson Education 2006.
4. Meriam, J.L., and Kraige, L.G., Engineering Mechanics- Statics - Volume 1,
Dynamics- Volume 2, Third Edition, John Wiley & Sons,1993.
5. Rajasekaran, S, and Sankarasubramanian, G., Engineering Mechanics Statics and
Dynamics, 3rd Edition, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., 2005
COs
CO1
CO2
CO3
Targeted
CO:
CO4
Targeted
CO:
CO5
3 – PI
5 – PI
4
POs
6
7
8
9
10
11
12 - PI
PSOs
1
2
3
3
3
1
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
3
2
1
3.1.1
1
5.2.2
1
12.2.2
3
3
2
1
3.1.1
1
5.2.2
1
12.2.2
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
UEE2276
Course Title
BASIC ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS
ENGINEERING
L
T
P
C
3
0
0
3
Objectives:
To learn the basic concepts of electric circuits.
•
To know the operation of various electrical machines.
•
To study the concepts of utilization of electrical power.
•
To comprehend the working principle of electronic devices and its applications.
•
To grasp the working principle of various sensors and transducers.
•
Unit I
ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS
9
DC Circuits: Ohm’s Law- Kirchhoff’s laws - Mesh current and Node voltage methods
(Analysis with only independent source). Network theorems - Superposition theorem,
Thevenins theorem and Norton theorem. AC circuit: Waveforms and RMS value, Phasor
diagram, Power, Power factor. Three phase supply – Star connection, Delta connection –
Balanced Loads - Power in three-phase systems.
Unit II
ELECTRICAL MACHINES
9
Construction, Principle of Operation, Basic Equations and Applications - DC Generators,
DC Motors, Single Phase Transformer, Single phase Induction Motor, Three phase Induction
Motor, Three phase Alternator, Stepper and BLDC motors.
Unit III
UTILIZATION OF ELECTRICAL POWER
9
Renewable energy sources- wind and Solar panels. Illumination by lamps- Sodium Vapour,
Mercury vapour, Fluorescent tube. Batteries-NiCd, Pb Acid and Li ion Charge and Discharge
Characteristics. Protection- Earthing, Fuses. Energy Tariff calculation for domestic loads.
Unit IV
ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND APPLICATIONS
9
Operation of PN junction diodes, VI characteristics, Zener diode, BJT- CB, CE, CC
configurations, input and output characteristics, MOSFET. Half wave and full wave rectifier,
capacitive filters, zener voltage regulator, Operational amplifiers, Ideal Op-Amp
characteristics, Inverting and Non-inverting amplifier.
Unit V
SENSORS AND TRANSDUCERS
9
Sensors: Capacitive and resistive sensors, magnetic sensors, Hall effect sensors, Piezoresistive sensors, viscosity, optical sensors, Ultrasonic sensors, Nuclear and microsensors.
Transducers: Classification of transducers, strain gauges, RTD, thermocouples, Piezoelectric, LVDT and Thermo electric transducers
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Solve and analyse DC and AC circuits.
CO2: Explain the operating principle of AC and DC machines.
CO3: Know the concepts electrical power utilization.
CO4: Describe the working principle of various electronic devices and its applications
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
CO5: Describe the working principle of various sensors and transducers.
Text Books:
1. Kothari DP and I.J Nagrath, “Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering”,
McGraw Hill Education,2014
2. Alan S. Moris, Principles of Measurements and Instruments, Prentice Hall of India
Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,1999.
3. S.Salivahanan, R.Rengaraj and G.R.Venkatakrishnan, Basic Electrical,
Electronics and Measurement Engineering, McGrawHill, 2017.
References:
1. S.B. Lal Seksena and Kaustuv Dasgupta, Fundaments of Electrical Engineering,
Cambridge, 2016.
2. M.S. Sukhija and T.K. Nagsarkar, Basic Electrical and Electronic Engineering,
Oxford, 2016.
3. S.K.Sahdev, Basic of Electrical Engineering, Pearson, 2015.
4. Edward Hughes, John Hiley, Keith Brown and Ian McKenzie Smith "Electrical And
Electronic Technology" Pearson Education Ltd, 10 th Edition, 2008
5. H.Cotton, "Electrical Technology" 7th Edition,CBS; 2005
COs
1
2
3
4
5
1
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
2
2
2
2
3
2
1
1
1
1
4
5
2
2
6
1
1
1
7
POs
8
9
10
11
12
1
PSOs
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course
Code
UGE2297
Course Title
L
T
P
C
DESIGN THINKING AND ENGINEERING
PRACTICES LAB
0
0
3
1.5
Objectives:
• To provide exposure to the students with hands on experience on various basic
engineering practices in Civil, Mechanical, Electrical and Electronics Engineering
• To train the students to dismantle, understand the functional / aesthetic aspects of
the product, prepare the part functional model, and to assemble the different
engineering components
List of Experiments:
GROUP A (CIVIL & MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PRACTICE)
I - CIVIL ENGINEERING PRACTICE
Buildings:
Study of plumbing and carpentry components of residential and industrial buildings Safety aspects.
Plumbing Works:
(a)
Study of pipeline joints, its location and functions: valves, taps, couplings,
unions, reducers, and elbows in household fittings.
(b)
Preparation of plumbing line sketches for water supply and sewage works.
(c)
Hands-on-exercise:
• Basic pipe connections - Mixed pipe material connection - Pipe
connections with different joining components.
• Plumbing with basic connections for washing basin and sink
Carpentry using Power Tools only:
(a)
Study of the joints in roofs, doors, windows and furniture.
(b)
Hands-on-exercise: Wood work, joints by sawing, planning and cutting.
• Fabrication of different models of pencil box and pen stand.
• Fabrication of wooden wall shelf
(c)
Demonstration of wood working machinery
II - MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PRACTICE
Basic Machining:
(a) Drilling Practice (holes of various diameters - steel sheet metal, wood,
hylam/plywood sheet)
Sheet Metal Work
(a) Forming & Bending
(b) Different type of joints.
• Fabrication of mobile phone metal stand
• Fabrication of electrical control panel box
Design thinking practices
To dismantle, understand the functional / aesthetic aspects of the product, prepare the part
functional model, and to assemble the following components.
• Pedestal Fan head swing mechanism - Reserve mechanism (Two wheeler) - Hot
Glue gun - Paper clips - Flush tank container mechanism - Hand pump – washer
Mechanism
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
GROUP B (ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING PRACTICE)
1. Residential house wiring, staircase wiring and tube light wiring with single phase AC
two wire system.
2. Energy measurement with RLC Load.
3. Earth resistance measurement.
4. Measurement of AC parameters using CRO and half wave and Full wave rectifier.
5. Study of logic gates AND, OR, EX-OR & NOT.
6. Soldering practice – Components Devices and Circuits – Using PCB.
Design thinking practices
1. Assemble a single phase 3 wire circuit for connecting household appliances and
explain through schematic diagram
2. Measure the energy consumed by the household appliances and verify it theoretically
3. Analyze the fault occurring in electrical appliances
4. Design, assemble and test a cell phone charger
5. Design, assemble and test a relay logic to control electrical appliances.
6. Design, assemble and test a dc power supply using PCB
Total Periods:45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Draw pipeline plan; lay and connect various pipe fittings used in common household
plumbing work; Saw; plan; make joints in wood materials used in common household
woodwork (K2)
CO2: Practice machining to make holes on different materials; fabricate sheet metal
components (K2)
CO3: Dismantle, understand the functional / aesthetic aspects of the product, prepare the part
functional model of various components (K2)
CO4: Construct domestic electrical circuits and verify their output parameters (K3)
CO5: Construct electronics circuits and verify their output (K3)
References:
1. Willis H. Wagner, Howard "Bud" Smith, and Mark W. Huth Modern Carpentry, 12th
Edition, 2015
2. P.C.Sharma, Production Technology (Manufacturing Process): Manufacturing Process,
S.Chand publisher, 2006
3. Robert W. Messler, Reverse Engineering: Mechanisms, Structures, Systems & Materials,
McGraw-Hill Education, 2014
4. David W Rongey , A Complete Guide to Home Electrical Wiring, 2013
5. K.Jeyachandran, S.Natarajan & S, Balasubramanian, “A Primer on Engineering
Practices Laboratory”, Anuradha Publications, (2007).
COs
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
4
1
1
1
3
3
5
6
POs
7
8
9
10
2
2
2
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
11
12
1
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
SEMESTER III
Course Code
UMA2352
Course Title
STATISTICS AND NUMERICAL METHODS FOR
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
L
T
P
C
2
1
0
3
Objectives:
The objective of this course is to enable the students to:
• Find the roots of nonlinear equations, solve the system of equations and find the
eigenvalues of a matrix numerically.
• Find interpolating polynomial and to perform numerical integration.
• Find numerical solution to ordinary differential equation using different techniques
• Solve the partial differential equations numerically.
• Perform hypothesis testing using normal, t, F and chi square-distribution.
Unit I
NUMERICAL SOLUTION OF EQUATIONS AND EIGEN
9
VALUE PROBLEMS
Solution of algebraic and transcendental equations - Fixed point iteration method, Newton Raphson
method, Solution of linear system of equations - Gauss elimination method, Pivoting, Gauss Jordan
method, Iterative methods of Gauss Jacobi and Gauss Seidel, Eigen values of matrices by Power
method.
Unit II
INTERPOLATION AND NUMERICAL INTEGRATION
9
Interpolation with unequal intervals – Newton’s divided difference interpolation, Interpolation
with equal intervals – Newton’s forward and backward difference formulae, Numerical
integration - Trapezoidal, Simpson’s 1/3 rule, Double integral – Trapezoidal rule.
Unit III
NUMERICAL SOLUTION OF ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL
9
EQUATIONS
Solution of first order ODE - Single step methods - Taylor’s series method, Euler’s method, Fourth order
Runge-Kutta method, Multi step methods - Milne’s method, Adam-Bashforth method
Unit IV
SOLUTION OF PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
9
Classification of PDEs, Finite difference techniques for the solution of two dimensional Laplace and
Poisson equations on rectangular domain – One dimensional heat flow equation by explicit and
implicit (Crank Nicholson) methods
Unit V
TESTING OF HYPOTHESIS
9
Review of Probability concepts - Sampling distributions - Small and large sample test - Test based
on Normal and t distribution (Single and difference of mean), χ2-Test for goodness of fit,
Independence of attributes, F test for variance
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Compute roots of nonlinear equations, solving the system of equations and finding the
eigenvalues of a matrix numerically. (K2)
CO2: Find interpolating polynomial and to perform numerical integration. (K2)
CO3: Solve numerical solution to ordinary differential equation using different techniques (K2)
CO4: Evaluate partial differential equations of first and higher order using numerical (K2)
CO5: Identify and apply the suitable testing of hypothesis under normal, t, F and chi squared
distribution (K2)
CO6: Apply of numerical methods in solving engineering problems using software coding (K3)(Targeted CO)
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Text Books:
1. Grewal. B.S. and Grewal. J.S., “Numerical Methods in Engineering and Science ", 10th Edition,
Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2015
2. Johnson, R.A., Miller, I and Freund J., “Miller and Freund’s Probability and Statistics for
Engineers", Pearson Education, Asia, 8th Edition, 2015
3. Kandasamy P, Thilagavathy K and Gunavathi K, Numerical Methods, S. Chand Publishers, 2006
References:
1. Ramana B.V, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata Mc-GrawHill Publishing Company
Limited, New Delhi, 2017.
2. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 10th Edition, Wiley India, 2015.
3. Devore. J.L., "Probability and Statistics for Engineering and the Sciences”, Cengage Learning,
New Delhi, 9th Edition, 2015.
4. Burden, R.L and Faires, J.D, "Numerical Analysis”, 9th Edition, Cengage Learning, 2016.
5. Ray Wylie. C and Barrett L.C, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw Hill
Education Pvt. Ltd, 6th Edition, New Delhi, 2012
6. Ross, S.M., Introduction to Probability and Statistics for Engineers and Scientists, Elsevier,
New Delhi, 5th Edition, 2014
7. Spiegel, M.R., Schiller, J. and Srinivasan, R.A., Schaum’s Outline of Theory and Problems of
Probability and Statistics, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 3rd Edition, 2017.
8. Gupta, S.C and Kapoor, V.K., Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics, Sultan and Chand
Company, New Delhi, 12th Edition, 2020.
COs
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
5
6
1
Pos
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
PSOs
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L T P
C
UME2301
ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS
3 1 0
4
Objectives:
• To make students understand the fundamental laws of thermodynamics and thermodynamic
properties
• To impart knowledge on pure substances, real gas behaviour, equations of state, gas and vapour
cycles
(Use of standard steam tables, Mollier Chart and Compressibility Chart permitted in all assessment
examinations)
Data Book: C. P. Kothandaraman, Steam Tables, New Age International Publishers Ltd., Third Edition,
2011. [ISBN: 9788122432688]
Unit I
BASIC CONCEPTS AND FIRST LAW
12
Basic concepts – continuum – system and types – intensive and extensive properties – thermodynamic
equilibrium – quasi-static process – Zeroth law of thermodynamics – concept of temperature and scales
– work and heat transfer – displacement work – path and point functions – specific heat and latent heat
– First law of thermodynamics – application to closed systems and steady flow processes
Unit II
SECOND LAW AND ENTROPY
12
Cyclic heat engine – energy reservoirs – source and sink – Kelvin-Plank statement of second law –
refrigerator and heat pump – Clausius statement of second law – Carnot cycle and reversed Carnot cycle
– Carnot theorem and corollary – absolute temperature scale – property of entropy – inequality of
Clausius – principle of increase of entropy – entropy generation – entropy change of an ideal gas availability and Irreversibility (theory only)
Unit III
PROPERTIES OF PURE SUBSTANCE
12
Steam and its thermodynamic properties – p-v, p-T, T-s, h-s diagrams – dryness fraction and its
measurement – use of steam tables and Mollier chart – properties of ideal gas and equation of state –
ideal gas mixtures – Dalton’s law of partial pressures and Amagot’s law of partial volumes – refrigerant
and its properties
Unit IV
GAS AND VAPOUR CYCLES
12
Air standard cycles – Carnot, Otto, Diesel, Dual and Brayton cycles – air standard efficiency and mean
effective pressure – comparison of cycles – Vapour cycle – simple Rankine cycle – reheat and
regenerative cycles – introduction to vapour compression and vapour absorption refrigeration cycles
(theory only)
Unit V
REAL
GASES,
THERMODYNAMIC
PROPERTY
12
RELATIONS
Ideal and real gas comparison – equations of state for real gases – reduced properties – compressibility
factor – principle of corresponding states – generalised compressibility chart and its use –
thermodynamic property relations – Maxwell’s equations – Tds equations – Joule-Thomson coefficient
– Clausius-Clapeyron equation
Total Periods
60
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Apply first law of thermodynamics to closed systems, steady flow processes and solve
problems (K3)
CO2: Apply second law of thermodynamics to heat engines, refrigerators, heat pumps and solve
problems (K3)
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
CO3: Explain properties of steam, ideal gas, gas mixtures, steam, refrigerant and solve problems (K3)
CO4: Explain gas and vapour power cycles, refrigeration cycles and solve problems (K3)
CO5: Explain real gas properties, thermodynamic property relations and solve problems (K3)
Text Books:
1. P. K. Nag, Engineering Thermodynamics, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited, Sixth
Edition, 2017. [ISBN: 9789352606429]
2. Yunus A. Cengel, Michael A. Boles, Thermodynamics - An Engineering Approach, Tata McGraw
Hill, Fourth edition, 2011. [ISBN: 9780070495036]
References:
1. E. Natarajan, Engineering Thermodynamics: Fundamentals and Applications, Anuragam
Publications, 2012. [ISBN: 9789381568613]
2. J. P. Holman, Thermodynamics, McGraw-Hill, Fourth Edition, 1987. [ISBN: 9780070296336]
3. E. Rathakrishnan, Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics, Prentice- Hall of India Learning
Pvt. Ltd, Second Edition, 2005. [ISBN: 9788120327900]
4. C. P. Arora, Thermodynamics, Tata McGraw-Hill, Sixteenth Reprint, 2008. [ISBN:
9780074620144]
COs
1
1
2
3
4
5
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
5
6
7
POs
8
9
10
11
12
1
PSOs
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L T P
C
UME2302
FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINERY
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
• To impart fundamental knowledge in fluid flow and its behaviour, boundary layer concepts,
dimensional analysis and introduce the basics of hydraulic machines giving an insight to the
relevant performance parameters
Unit I
FLUID PROPERTIES, FLUID STATICS AND KINEMATICS
9
Units and dimensions, definition of fluid, properties of fluids, behaviour of ideal and real fluids,
Newton's law of shear stress, hydrostatics - Pascal's law, piezometer, manometer, hydrostatic forces on
horizontal, vertical and inclined planar surfaces - centre of pressure. Kinematics of fluid flow, Material
derivative, flow characteristics - path lines, stream lines, streak lines, stream and velocity potential
functions
Unit II
INVISCID FLOW AND VISCOUS FLOW
9
Equation of continuity in 3D space, inviscid flow, Euler's equation of fluid motion, Bernoulli's equation
and its applications - Venturimeter, Orifice meter and Pitot static tube. Viscous flow through pipes,
Reynolds number, Hagen-Poiseuille flow, turbulent flow, Darcy-Weisbach equation, friction factor,
Moody diagram, major and minor losses, series and parallel pipes, hydraulic diameter, hydraulic
gradient and energy gradient
Unit III
BOUNDARY LAYER CONCEPTS
9
Boundary layer concepts, flow over flat plates, laminar and turbulent boundary layers, displacement,
momentum and energy thicknesses, von-Karman momentum integral equation, lift and drag forces, drag
coefficient, streamlined body, bluff body, flow over cylinders and spheres, flow separation
Unit IV
DIMENSIONAL ANALYSIS AND MODELLING
9
Need for dimensional analysis, methods of dimensional analysis –Buckingham π-theorem, Similitude,
types of similitude, dimensionless parameters, application of dimensionless parameters, model analysis
Unit V
HYDRAULIC MACHINERY
9
Hydraulic turbines, Euler's equation, Pelton wheel, Francis turbine and Kaplan turbine- working
principles, heads and efficiencies of the different turbines - specific speed - unit quantities –
performance curves for turbines – governing of turbines. Rotary pumps - classification - construction
and working - centrifugal pumps - work done by the impeller - performance curves, construction and
working of reciprocating pumps
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Explain fluid properties and their behaviour and apply the concepts of hydrostatics. (K3)
CO2: Apply continuity and Bernoulli's equation to solve fluid flow problems, apply appropriate
formulae to estimate the major and minor loses in internal flows (K3)
CO3: Explain about boundary layer, flow over bodies, determine lift and drag forces and derive
expressions for boundary layer height and displacement, momentum and energy thickness for
flow flat plates and apply momentum-integral equation (K3)
CO4: Apply Buckingham's Pi theorem to arrive at relationship between a given set of variables using
dimensionless parameters and apply the concepts of similarity for designing prototypes and
models (K3)
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
CO5: Explain the construction and working of hydraulic machineries like pumps and turbines and apply
suitable formulae to determine their performance (K3)
Text Books:
1. R. K. Bansal, A text book of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, Laxmi Publications, Tenth
edition, 2018. [ISBN: 9788131808153].
2. S. K. Som and G. Biswas, Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machinery, Tata McGraw Hill
Education Pvt. Ltd., Revised second Edition, 2010. [ISBN: 9780070702592]
References:
1. Frank M. White, Fluid Mechanics, McGraw Hill Education, Eighth Edition, 2016. [ISBN:
9789814720175].
2. P. N. Modi and S. M. Seth, Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics including Hydraulics Machines,
Standard Book House, 22nd edition, 2019. [ISBN: 9788189401269].
3. V. Streeter, E.B. Wylie, K. W. Bedford, Fluid Mechanics, McGraw Hill Education, Ninth Edition,
2017. [ISBN: 9780070701403].
4. P. J. Pritchard, Fox and McDonald’s Introduction to Fluid Mechanics, Ninth edition, John Wiley &
Sons, 2015. [ISBN: 9781118921876].
COs
1
1
2
3
4
5
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
1
1
2
1
5
6
POs
8
7
9
10
11
12
1
1
1
PSOs
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
UME2303
Course Title
MANUFACTURING PROCESSES –I
(THEORY CUM PRACTICE)
L
T P EL
C
3
0
4
2
Objectives:
To expose the students to various manufacturing processes and fabrication techniques, namely, metal
casting, metal joining, metal forming, and manufacture of plastic components.
Unit I
METAL CASTING PROCESSES
9+6
Theory: Sand Casting: Sand Mould – Type of patterns - Pattern Materials – Pattern allowances –
Moulding sand Properties and testing, Numerical problems on riser design, gating design, solidification
of castings – Cores –Types and applications – Moulding machines– Types and applications; Melting
furnaces: Blast and Cupola Furnaces;
Principle of special casting processes: Shell - investment – Ceramic mould – Pressure die casting –
Centrifugal Casting - CO2 process – Stir casting; Defects in Sand casting
Practical:
Exp.1: Prepare a green sand mould using single piece, split piece and loose piece patterns.
Exp.2: Prepare a shell mould using aluminium based pattern.
Exp.3: Prepare a mould for investment casting.
Laboratory Demonstrations
• Casting of aluminium alloys using sand, metal and ceramic moulds
• Gas welding of thin steel sheets
Unit II
JOINING PROCESSES
9+6
Theory: Operating principle, basic equipment, merits and applications of: Fusion welding processes:
Gas welding - Types – Flame characteristics; Manual metal arc welding – Gas Tungsten arc welding Gas metal arc welding – Submerged arc welding.
Operating principle and applications of: Resistance welding, Electro slag welding, Thermit welding –
Plasma arc welding, Laser and Electron beam welding – Friction welding and Friction Stir Welding;
Brazing and soldering; Weld defects: types, causes and remedies. Numerical problems on welding arc
and resistance welding
Practical:
Exp.4: Welding of mild steel plates in flat, vertical and overhead position (SMAW)
Exp.5: Welding of mild steel pipes using TIG welding process
Exp.6: Resistance spot welding of steel sheets.
Laboratory Demonstrations
1. Friction stir welding of aluminium alloy
2. Soldering and brazing of thin sheets
Unit III
METAL FORMING PROCESSES
9+6
Theory: Hot working and cold working of metals – Forging processes – Open, impression and closed
die forging – forging operations. Rolling of metals– Types of Rolling – Flat strip rolling – shape rolling
operations – Defects in rolled parts. Principle of rod and wire drawing – Tube drawing – Principles of
Extrusion – Types – Hot and Cold extrusion. Numerical problems on true and engineering stress and
strains, mechanics of rolling, and extrusion.
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Practical:
Exp.7: Friction factor evaluation using ring compression tests
Exp.8: Two high rolling of sheet metals
Ext 9.: Extrusion of aluminium billets
Laboratory Demonstrations
Hot compression behavior of aluminium and magnesium alloys
Unit IV
SHEET METAL PROCESSES
9+6
Theory: Sheet metal characteristics – shearing, bending and drawing operations - simple numerical
problems on die, punch, forces and spring back– Stretch forming operations – Formability of sheet
metal – Test methods –special forming processes, Working principle and applications – Hydro forming
– Water hammer forming – Rubber pad forming – Metal spinning– Introduction to Explosive forming,
magnetic pulse forming, peen forming, Super plastic forming.
Practical:
Exp.10: Manufacturing of simple sheet metal components using shearing and bending operations.
Exp.11: Construction of formability limit diagram using hemispherical dome test.
Exp.12: Formability study on thin sheets using Water hammer forming
Laboratory Demonstrations
•
Manufacturing of sheet metal components using metal spinning on a lathe
Unit V
MANUFACTURING OF PLASTIC COMPONENTS
9+6
Theory: Types and characteristics of plastics – Moulding of thermoplastics – working principles and
typical applications – injection moulding – Plunger and screw machines – Compression moulding,
Transfer Moulding – Typical industrial applications – introduction to blow moulding –Rotational
moulding – Film blowing – Extrusion – Thermoforming – Bonding of Thermoplastics.
Practical:
Experiment 13: Injection Moulding of plastics
Experiment 14: Preparation of polymer composites (Hand-lay method)
Laboratory Demonstrations
•
Bonding of plastics and its strength evaluation.
Total Periods 75
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Select materials, types and allowances of patterns used in casting and analyze the various elements
of moulds. (K3)
CO2: Make use of different metal joining processes to fabricate various weld joint configurations (K3)
CO3: Identity metal forming processes for different real time applications (K3)
CO4: Choose and develop appropriate manufacturing techniques/procedure to fabricate sheet metal
components (K3)
CO5: Select proper methods to manufacture plastic components and make use of injection moulding
and hand lay methods to fabricate them (K3)
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Text Books:
1. Hajra Chouldhary S.K and Hajra Choudhury. AK., Elements of workshop Technology, volume I
and II, Media promoters and Publishers Private Limited, Mumbai, 2008
2. Kalpakjian. S, Manufacturing Engineering and Technology, Pearson Education India Edition, 2013
References:
1. Paul Degarma E, Black J.T and Ronald A. Kosher, Materials and Processes, in Manufacturing Eight
Edition, Prentice – Hall of India, 1997.
2. Rao, P.N. Manufacturing Technology Foundry, Forming and Welding, 4 th Edition, TMH2013
3. Roy. A. Lindberg, Processes and Materials of Manufacture, PHI / Pearson education, 2006
4. Sharma, P.C., A Text book of production Technology, S.Chand and Co. Ltd., 2014.
Cos
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
4
5
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
6
7
1
1
1
1
1
1
Pos
8
9
10
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
11
12
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
PSOs
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L T P
C
UME2304
MECHANICS OF SOLIDS
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
• To introduce the concepts of stress and impart knowledge on stresses, deflection and
deformation in beams, circular shafts, thin and thick cylinders and spherical shells
Unit I
STRESS, STRAIN AND DEFORMATION OF SOLIDS
9
Rigid bodies and deformable solids – Tension, Compression and Shear Stresses – Deformation of
simple and compound bars – Thermal stresses –Relation between elastic constants – Volumetric
strains –Stresses on inclined planes – principal stresses and principal planes.
Unit II
TRANSVERSE LOADING ON BEAMS AND STRESSES IN
9
BEAMS
Types of Beams – Shear force and bending moment diagrams for beams– Cantilevers – Simply
supported beams and over-hanging beams. Theory of simple bending– bending stress distribution –
Load carrying capacity – Proportioning of sections – Composite beams – Shear stress distribution.
Unit III
TORSION
9
Torsion formulation - stresses and deformation in circular and hollows shafts – Stepped shafts–
Deflection in shafts fixed at both ends – Stress and deflection in helical spring.
Unit IV
DEFLECTION OF BEAMS
9
Slope and deflection of beams -Double Integration method – Macaulay’s method – Area moment
method - Conjugate beam and strain energy – Maxwell’s reciprocal theorems.
Unit V
THIN CYLINDERS, SPHERES AND THICK CYLINDERS
9
Stresses in thin cylindrical shell due to internal pressure circumferential and longitudinal stresses and
deformation in thin and thick cylinders – spherical shells subjected to internal fluid pressure –
Deformation in spherical shells – Lame’s theorem.
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: On successful completion of this course, the student will be able to
CO1: Apply the concepts of stress and strain in simple and compound bars (K3)
CO2: Solve problems for the load transferring mechanism in beams and stress distribution due to
shearing force and bending moment (K3)
CO3: Apply basic equation of simple torsion in designing of shafts and helical spring (K3)
CO4: Calculate the slope and deflection in beams using different methods (K3)
CO5: Analyze and design thin and thick shells for the applied internal and external pressures (K3)
Text Books:
1. Bansal, R.K., Strength of Materials, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd., 2018. [ISBN: 9788131808146]
2. Jindal U.C., Strength of Materials, Asian Books Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2012. [ISBN:
9788184121070]
References:
1. Egor. P.Popov, Engineering Mechanics of Solids, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2015. [ISBN:
9332550212]
2. Ferdinand P. Been, Russell Johnson, J.r. and John J. Dewole, Mechanics of Materials, Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing ‘co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2020. [ISBN: 9390219426]
3. Hibbeler, R.C., Mechanics of Materials, Pearson Education, Low Price Edition, 2013. [ISBN:
9789332584037]
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
4. Subramanian R., Strength of Materials, Oxford University Press, Oxford Higher Education Series,
2010. [ISBN: 9780199464739]
COs
1
1
2
3
4
5
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
4
2
2
2
2
2
5
6
7
POs
8
9
10
11
12
PSOs
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course
Course Title
L T P
C
Code
UHS2376
2 0 2
3
Humanities II -UHV: Understanding Harmony
Objectives:
1.
To help students distinguish between values and skills, and understand the need, basic
guidelines, content and process of value education.
2.
To help students initiate a process of dialog within themselves to know what they ‘really
want to be’ in their life and profession
3.
To help students understand the meaning of happiness and prosperity for a human being.
4.
To facilitate the students to understand harmony at all the levels of human living, and live
accordingly.
5.
To facilitate the students in applying the understanding of harmony in existence in their
profession and lead an ethical life Course
Unit I
Introduction to Value Education
9
Value Education - Need, Basic Guidelines, Content and Process, Self-Exploration - meaning,
importance and process, Continuous Happiness and Prosperity - A look at basic Human
Aspirations, Right understanding, Relationship and Physical Facilities - the basic requirements,
Understanding Happiness and Prosperity - A critical appraisal of the current scenario, Method to
fulfill the above human aspirations - understanding and living in harmony at various levels.
Unit II
Harmony in the Human Being
9
Understanding human being as a co-existence of the sentient ‘I’ and the material ‘Body’,
Understanding the needs of Self (‘I’) and ‘Body’ - Sukh and Suvidha, Understanding the Body as
an instrument of ‘I’ (I being the doer, seer and enjoyer), Understanding the characteristics and
activities of ‘I’ and harmony in ‘I’, Understanding the harmony of I with the Body: Sanyam and
Swasthya; correct appraisal of Physical needs, meaning of Prosperity in detail, Programs to ensure
Sanyam and Swasthya
Unit III
Harmony in the Family and Society
9
Understanding harmony in the Family- the basic unit of human interaction , Understanding values
in human to human relationship; Understanding Trust - the foundational value in relationship,
Difference between intention and competence, Understanding Respect – as the right evaluation,
Difference between respect and differentiation; the other salient values in relationship,
Understanding the harmony in the society - comprehensive Human Goals, Visualizing a universal
harmonious order in society- Undivided Society, Universal Order - from family to world family!
Unit IV
Harmony in the Nature and Existence
9
Understanding the harmony in the Nature, Interconnectedness, self-regulation and mutual
fulfillment among the four orders of nature- recyclability, Understanding Existence as Coexistence of mutually interacting units in all-pervasive space, Holistic perception of harmony at all
levels of existence.
Unit V
Implications of the above Holistic Understanding of Harmony
on Professional Ethics
9
Natural acceptance of human values, Definitiveness of Ethical Human Conduct, Basis for
Humanistic Education, Humanistic Constitution and Humanistic Universal Order, Competence in
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Professional Ethics - augmenting universal human order, the scope and characteristics of peoplefriendly and eco-friendly, Holistic Technologies, production systems and management models Case studies, Strategy for transition from the present state to Universal Human Order - At the level
of individual: as socially and ecologically responsible engineers, technologists and managers, At
the level of society: as mutually enriching institutions and organizations.
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Understand the significance of value inputs in a classroom, distinguish between values and
skills, understand the need, basic guidelines, content and process of value education, explore the
meaning of happiness and prosperity and do a correct appraisal of the current scenario in the
society.
CO2: Distinguish between the Self and the Body, understand the meaning of Harmony in the Self
the Co-existence of Self and Body.
CO3: Understand the value of harmonious relationship based on trust, respect and other naturally
acceptable feelings in human-human relationships and explore their role in ensuring a harmonious
society.
CO4: Understand the harmony in nature and existence, and work out their mutually fulfilling
participation in the nature.
CO5: Distinguish between ethical and unethical practices, and start working out the strategy to
actualize a harmonious environment wherever they work.
Text Books:
1.
R R Gaur, R Sangal, G P Bagaria, 2009, A Foundation Course in Human Values
and Professional Ethics, Excel Books, New Delhi, 2nd Revised Edition, 2019.
References:
1.
Jeevan Vidya: EkParichaya, A Nagaraj, Jeevan Vidya Prakashan, Amarkantak, 1999.
2.
Human Values, A.N. Tripathi, New Age Intl. Publishers, New Delhi, 2004.
3.
The Story of Stuff (Book).
4.
The Story of My Experiments with Truth - by Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi
5.
Small is Beautiful - E. F Schumacher.
6.
Slow is Beautiful - Cecile Andrews
7.
Economy of Permanence - J C Kumarappa
8.
Bharat Mein Angreji Raj – PanditSunderlal
9.
Rediscovering India - by Dharampal
10.
Hind Swaraj or Indian Home Rule - by Mohandas K. Gandhi
11.
India Wins Freedom - Maulana Abdul Kalam Azad
12.
Vivekananda - Romain Rolland (English)
13.
Gandhi - Romain Rolland (English)
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1
CO2
2
2
3
3
3
3
2
2
3
3
CO3
CO4
2
2
3
3
3
3
2
2
3
3
CO5
2
3
3
2
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course
Code
UME2311
Course Title
L
T
P
C
FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINERY
LABORATORY
0
0
3
1.5
Objectives:
•
To make students learn practically about fluid flow and systems by conducting tests
on different fluid flow meters like orifice meter, venturimeter and rotameter and
hydraulic machines like turbines and pumps for assessing their performance
List of Experiments:
1. Determination of the Coefficient of discharge of given Orifice meter
2. Determination of the Coefficient of discharge of given Venturimeter
3. Calibration of the given Rotameter
4. Determination of friction factor for a given set of pipes
5. Performance testing of a Centrifugal pump
6. Performance testing of a Submersible pump
7. Performance testing of a Reciprocating pump
8. Performance testing of a Gear oil pump
9. Performance testing of a Pelton wheel
10. Performance testing of a Francis turbine
11. Performance testing of a Kaplan turbine
Total Periods: 45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Practically measure flow rates using venturimeter, orifice meter and rotameter and
pressure drop in flow through pipes. ( K3)
CO2: Conduct the performance testing of different pumps and hydraulic turbines. ( K3)
References:
1. R. K. Bansal, A text book of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, Laxmi
Publications, Tenth edition, 2018. [ISBN: 9788131808153].
2. K. L. Kumar, Engineering Fluid Mechanics, S. Chand & Company, 2016. [ISBN:
9789385676482].
3. P. N. Modi and S. M. Seth, Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics including Hydraulics
Machines, Standard Book House, 22nd edition, 2019. [ISBN: 9788189401269].
4. Jagdish Lal, Hydraulic Machines, Metropolitan Book Co. Pvt. Ltd., 1994. [ISBN:
9788120000261].
COs
1
1
2
2
3
3
3
2
2
4
5
2
2
6
7
POs
8
9
10
2
2
11
12
1
1
PSOs
1
2
3
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
UME2312
Objectives:
•
Course Title
MECHANICS OF SOLIDS LABORATORY
L
0
T
0
P
3
C
1.5
To impart practical knowledge of the mechanical properties of materials when subjected to
different types of loading
List of Experiments:
1. Tension test on a mild steel rod
2. Double shear test on Mild steel and Aluminium rods
3. Torsion test on mild steel rod
4. Impact test on metal specimen
5. Hardness test on metals - Brinnell and Rockwell Hardness Number
6. Deflection test on beams
7. Compression test on helical springs
8. Strain Measurement using Rosette strain gauge
9. Effect of hardening- Improvement in hardness and impact resistance of steels.
10. Tempering- Improvement Mechanical properties Comparison
i. Unhardened specimen
ii.
Quenched Specimen and
iii. Quenched and tempered specimen.
11. Microscopic Examination of
i. Hardened samples and
ii.
Hardened and tempered samples.
Total Periods: 45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Demonstrate Tension, Torsion, Hardness, Compression and Deformation tests on solid
materials (K3)
References:
1. Bansal, R.K., Strength of Materials, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd., 2018. [ISBN: 9788131808146].
2. Hibbeler, R.C., Mechanics of Materials, Pearson Education, Low Price Edition, 2013. [ISBN:
9789332584037].
3. Ferdinand P. Been, Russell Johnson, J.r. and John J. Dewole, Mechanics of Materials, Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing ‘co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2020. [ISBN: 9390219426].
4. Jindal U.C., Strength of Materials, Asian Books Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2012. [ISBN:
9788184121070].
COs
POs
1
1
2
3
3
2
4
5
6
7
8
PSOs
9
10
2
11
12
1
1
2
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
SEMESTER IV
Course Code
UME2401
Course Title
KINEMATICS OF MACHINERY
L
3
T
P
C
0
0
3
Objectives:
• To introduce the basic concepts of mechanisms and inculcate knowledge on displacement,
velocity and acceleration of linkage mechanisms and cam mechanisms
• To impart knowledge on gears, gear trains and friction in machine elements
Unit I
BASICS OF MECHANISMS
9
Definitions – Link, Kinematic pair, Kinematic chain, Mechanism, and Machine. -Degree of
Freedom – Mobility - Kutzbach criterion (Gruebler’s equation) -Grashoff’s law-Kinematic
Inversions of four-bar chain and slider crank chain - Mechanical Advantage-Transmission angle.
Description of common Mechanisms - quick return mechanisms, Pantograph, Straight line
generators (Peaucellier and Watt mechanisms), Hooke’s joint, Toggle mechanism, Ratchets and
escapements - Indexing Mechanisms.
Unit II
KINEMATICS OF LINKAGE MECHANISMS
9
Displacement, velocity and acceleration analysis of Single slider crank mechanism and four bar
mechanism – Graphical method– Velocity and acceleration polygons– kinematic analysis of simple
mechanisms – Coincident points – Coriolis component of Acceleration.
Unit III
KINEMATICS OF CAM MECHANISMS
9
Classification of cams and followers – Terminology and definitions – Undercutting- Displacement
diagrams –Uniform velocity, Constant acceleration and deceleration, simple harmonic and
cyclonical motions – Derivatives of follower motions – Layout of plate cam profiles – Specified
contour cams – Basics of Circular arc and tangent cams.
Unit IV
GEARS AND GEAR TRAINS
9
Law of toothed gearing – Involutes and cycloidal tooth profiles –Spur Gear terminology and
definitions –Gear tooth action – contact ratio – Interference and undercutting. Gear trains – Speed
ratio, train value – Parallel axis gear trains – Epicyclic Gear Trains.
Unit V
FRICTION IN MACHINE ELEMENTS
9
Surface contacts – Sliding and Rolling friction – Friction drives – Friction in screw threads – Screw
jack – Pivot and collar Bearings – Belts – Flat belt, V belt and rope drives.
Total Periods 45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Discuss the basics of mechanism (K2)
CO2: Calculate velocity and acceleration in simple mechanisms (K3)
CO3: Formulate analytical techniques in determining the stresses in cases of curved flexible
members (K3)
CO4: Solve problems on gears and gear trains(K3)
CO5: Examine friction in machine elements (K2)
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Text Books:
1. Sayyad,F. B, Dynamics of Machinery, McMillan Publishers India Ltd., Tech-Max
Educational resources, 2011.
2. Rattan, S.S, Theory of Machines, 4th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2014.
References:
1. Ghosh. A and Mallick, A.K., Theory of Mechanisms and Machines, 3rd Edition Affiliated EastWest Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2006.
2. Khurmi, R.S., Theory of Machines, 14th Edition, S Chand Publications, 2005.
3. Robert L. Norton, Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2009.
4. V.Ramamurthi, Mechanics of Machines, Narosa Publishing House, 2002
COs
1
1
2
3
4
5
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
4
2
2
2
2
2
5
6
7
POs
8
9
10
11
12
PSOs
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
UME2402
Course Title
MANUFACTURING PROCESSES – II
(THEORY CUM PRACTICE)
L
T P EL
C
3
0
4
2
Objectives:
• To impart knowledge on the concept and basic mechanics of metal cutting, working of
standard machine tools such as lathe, shaping and allied machines, milling, drilling and
allied machines, grinding and allied machines and broaching.
• To demonstrate the basic concepts of Computer Numerical Control (CNC) of machine tools
and CNC Programming
Unit I
THEORY OF METAL CUTTING
9+6
Basic elements of machining - Type of metal cutting process - Classification of cutting tools - Tool
nomenclature of single point tools - Machine reference system, Work reference system - Tool
signature - Mechanics of chip formation - Type of chips - Chip breakers - Chip thickness ratio
(Derivation) - Chip reduction coefficient - Velocity relationships (Derivation), Surface finish and
metal removal rate –Numerical problems.
Heat source or thermal aspects- Process parameters in metal cutting - Forces in metal cutting Dynamometers - Merchants circle - Work done and power - Cutting tool materials - Tool failure Tool life - Machinability and machinability index - Simple numerical problems - Cutting fluid
Experiment 1: Construction of merchants circle to estimate forces during orthogonal turning of
mild steel seamless pipes
Experiment 2: Force measurement using lathe tool dynamometer.
Experiment 3: Fabrication of single point cutting tool using tool and cutter grinder.
Unit II
TURNING MACHINES
9+6
Centre lathe – types, constructional features and its functions, specification – speed control (back
geared and all geared headstock) and feed mechanisms (end of gearing, feed box, apron box, half
nut), operations – taper turning methods, thread cutting methods, lathe accessories, special
attachments, Numerical problems on machining time and power estimation,
Capstan and turret lathes- tool layout – automatic lathes: semi-automatic – single spindle: Swiss
type, automatic screw type – multi spindle.
Experiment 4: Fabrication of bolts using centre lathe
Experiment 5: Fabrication of thumbscrews and gripper nut using capstan lathe
Experiment 6: Fabrication of tailstock dead center/handle lever.
Unit III
SPECIAL AND GEAR CUTTING MACHINES
9+6
Shaper, Planer, Slotter - Types of operations. Drilling, reaming, boring, tapping. Milling
operations-types of milling cutters. Gear cutting – forming and generation - principle and
construction of gear milling, hobbing and gear shaping processes –finishing of gears –Numerical
problems on drilling and milling operations
Experiment 7: Fabrication of spur gear for the given module and number of teeth
Experiment 8: Fabrication of helical gear using hobbing machine for the given module and number
of teeth.
Experiment 9: Internal and external dovetail machining using a shaper machine.
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Experiment 10: Profile milling for the given component using vertical milling machine.
Unit IV
ABRASIVE PROCESS AND BROACHING
9+6
Abrasive processes: grinding wheel – specifications and selection, types of grinding process–
cylindrical grinding, surface grinding, centre less grinding and internal grinding- Typical
applications – concepts of surface integrity, broaching machines: broach construction – push, pull,
surface and continuous broaching machines.
Experiment 11: Grinding of flat components.
Experiment 12: Grinding of cylindrical components
Unit V
CNC MACHINING
9+6
Numerical Control (NC) machine tools – CNC types, constructional details, special features,
machining centre, part programming fundamentals CNC – manual part programming.
Experiment 13: CNC lathe part modelling and programming for turning (Step, form, taper,
grooving), thread cutting, drilling
Experiment 14: CNC milling Part Modelling and Programming
Total Periods
75
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Develop relations for chip reduction coefficient, shear angle, shear strain, forces, power,
specific energy and temperature in orthogonal cutting (K3)
CO2: Make use of turning machine tools to produce various features on a cylindrical component
(K3)
CO3: Make use of shaper, planner, slotter and milling machine tools to produce flat surfaces and
gears (K3)
CO4: Utilize different types of grinding machines to produce smooth flat and cylindrical surfaces
and understand the basics of broaching machines (K3)
CO5: Apply the fundamentals concepts to CNC machining to prepare and simulate computer part
programs (K3)
Text Books:
1. Hajra Chouldhary S.K and Hajra Choudhury. AK., Elements of workshop Technology, volume
I and II, Media promoters and Publishers Private Limited, Mumbai, 2008
2. Rao. P.N, Manufacturing Technology - Metal Cutting and Machine Tools, 3 rd Edition, Tata
McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2013.
References:
1. Richerd R Kibbe, John E. Neely, Roland O. Merges and Warren J.White, Machine Tool
Practices, Prentice Hall of India, 1998.
2. Gefrey Bothroyd, Fundamental of Metal Machining and Machine Tools, McGraw Hill, 1984.
3. HMT, Production Technology, Tata McGraw Hill, 1998.
4. Roy. A.Lindberg, Process and Materials of Manufacture, Fourth Edition, PHI/Pearson
Education 2006.
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
COs
1
2
3
4
5
1
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
4
2
2
2
2
2
5
2
1
2
2
6
7
1
1
1
1
1
POs
8
9
2
2
2
2
2
10
1
1
1
1
1
11
1
1
1
1
1
12
1
1
1
1
1
PSOs
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L T P
C
UME2403
THERMAL ENGINEERING
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
• To make students understand combustion process for hydrocarbon fuels
• To impart knowledge in various thermal systems namely IC engines, Steam Turbines,
Compressors, Refrigeration and Airconditioning systems
(Use of standard Steam Tables, Mollier Chart, Refrigerant Tables and Psychrometric Chart
permitted in all assessment examinations)
Data Books:
1. C. P. Kothandaraman, Steam Tables, New Age International Publishers Ltd., Third Edition,
2011. [ISBN: 9788122432688]
2. C. P. Kothandaraman, Refrigerant Tables and Charts including Air Conditioning Data, New
Age International Publishers Ltd., Fourth Edition, 2015. [ISBN: 9788122438734]
Unit I
FUELS AND COMBUSTION
9
Classification of fuels – proximate and ultimate analysis – lower and higher calorific value –
combustion of fuels – gravimetric and volumetric analysis – stoichiometric and excess air –
oxygen rich and fuel rich reactions – energy equation for combustion – heat of reaction and
formation for steady flow and constant volume combustion – adiabatic combustion and flame
temperature – flammability and explosion limits – types of flames – premixed and diffusion flames
Unit II
INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES
9
Classification – working principle – components and functions – p-v diagram, valve and port timing
diagram, performance and comparison of two stroke and four stroke, SI and CI engines – simple
carburettor parts and their function – classification, parts and function of fuel injection system –
working of battery and magneto ignition systems – stages of combustion and knocking in SI and CI
engines – types and working of lubrication and cooling systems – engine performance parameters
and calculations
Unit III
STEAM NOZZLES AND STEAM TURBINES
9
Flow through steam nozzles – critical pressure ratio – effect of friction – nozzle efficiency –
supersaturated flow – classification of steam turbines – impulse and reaction turbines –
compounding – velocity diagrams – turbine efficiencies – governing of steam turbines
Unit IV
RECIPROCATING AIR COMPRESSOR
9
Classification of air compressors – working principle of reciprocating compressor – work of
compression, effect of clearance, volumetric, isothermal and isentropic efficiencies of single stage
reciprocating compressor – multistage reciprocating compressor – work of compression,
intercooling and aftercooling
Unit V
REFRIGERATION AND AIRCONDITIONING
9
Vapour compression refrigeration cycle – p-h and T-s diagrams – performance calculations –
refrigerant tables and charts – effect of operating parameters on system performance- types and
working principle of vapour absorption refrigeration system – ammonia-water and water-lithium
bromide systems – properties of moist air – psychrometric chart – psychrometry of airconditioning
processes – airconditioning systems – types, processes, working principle – cooling load estimation
Total Periods
45
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Explain fuel characteristics, combustion reactions and calculate combustion parameters (K3)
CO2: Explain functioning and features of IC engine, its components and auxiliaries and calculate
performance (K3)
CO3: Explain working of steam nozzles, steam turbines and calculate performance parameters
(K3)
CO4: Explain working of reciprocating air compressor and calculate performance parameters (K3)
CO5: Explain working of refrigeration and airconditioning systems and use refrigerant tables,
charts, psychrometric chart to calculate performance parameters (K3)
Text Books:
1. R. K. Rajput, Thermal Engineering, Laxmi Publications Pvt. Ltd., Laxmi Publications, Tenth
edition, 2018. [ISBN: 9788131808047].
2. S. Domkundwar, C. P. Kothandaraman, A. V. Domkundwar, A course in Thermal Engineering,
Dhanpat Rai & Co, 2016. [ISBN: 5551234001718].
References:
1. C. P. Arora, Refrigeration and Airconditioning, McGraw-Hill education, Third edition, 2017.
[ISBN: 9789814720175].
2. V. Ganesan, Internal Combustion Engines, Tata McGraw Hill, Fourth edition, 2017. [ISBN:
9781259006197]
3. R. Rudramoorthy, Thermal Engineering, McGraw-Hill education, 2017. [ISBN:
9780070494985].
4. K. K. Ramalingam, Thermal Engineering, Scitech Publications (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2011. [ISBN:
9788183711982].
COs
POs
3 – PI
5 – PI
1
2
4
CO1
3
2
1
CO2
3
2
1
CO3
Targeted
CO:
CO4
Targeted
CO:
CO5
3
2
1
3
2
1
3.1.6
1
5.2.2
3
2
1
3.1.6
1
5.2.2
7 – PI
6
PSOs
8
9
10
12 – PI
11
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
7.1.1
1
3
1
3
1
12.2.2
3
1
12.2.2
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L
T
P
METROLOGY AND MEASUREMENTS
UME2404
3
0
2
(THEORY CUM PRACTICE)
Objectives: To impart knowledge on the basics of measurement, measurement systems,
measurement devices and advances in metrology.
Unit I
Basics of metrology
9+6
C
4
Introduction to Metrology – Need – Types. General measurement system- transducer, amplifier,
recording unit. Characteristics of measurement systems- range, sensitivity, accuracy, precision, bias,
damping. Calibration. Factors affecting measurement- Work piece, Instruments – Persons –
Environment. Errors in Measurements – Types – Control – Types of standards.
Practical:
Experiment 1: Calibration of Vernier Calliper
Experiment 2: Calibration of Micrometer
Unit II
Linear and angular measurements
9+6
Linear Measuring Instruments – Evolution – Types – Classification – Gauge Blocks - Limits, fits
and tolerances. Limit gauges – gauge design – terminology – procedure – concepts of interchange
ability and selective assembly – Angular measuring instruments – Types – Bevel protractor
clinometers angle gauges, spirit levels sine bar – Angle alignment telescope – Autocollimator –
Applications.
Practical:
Experiment 3: Angular measurement using Sine Bar and Bevel Protractor
Experiment 4: Measurement of Flatness and Straightness using Autocollimator
Unit III
Advances in metrology
9+6
Basic concept of lasers Advantages of lasers – laser Interferometers – types – DC and AC
Lasers interferometer – Applications – Alignment. Basic concept of CMM – Types of
CMM – Constructional features – Probes – Accessories – Software – Applications – Basic
concepts of Machine Vision System – Element – Applications.
Practical:
Experiment 5: Dimensional measurement using CMM
Experiment 6: Inspection using Machine vision System
Unit IV
Form measurement
9+6
Principles and Methods of straightness – Flatness measurement – Thread measurement, gear
measurement, Contact - Non-Contact and Nano surface finish measurement, correlation between
surface finish and hardness, Roundness measurement – Applications.
Practical:
Experiment 7: Surface Finish measurement
Experiment 8: Thread parameter measurement
Experiment 9: Micro Vickers hardness measurement
Unit V
Measurement of power, flow and temperature
9+6
Force, torque, power - mechanical, Pneumatic, Hydraulic and Electrical type. Flow measurement:
Venturi meter, Orifice meter, rotameter, pitot tube – Temperature: bimetallic strip, thermocouples,
electrical resistance thermometer, Digital Metrology for the Internet of Things.
Practical:
Experiment 10: Torque and Load measurement
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Experiment 11: Temperature measurement
Total Periods 75
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Interpret characteristics of measuring instruments (K2)
CO2: Apply methods of measurement for various physical quantities (K2)
CO3: Use instruments for linear and angular measurement (K2)
CO4: Use devices for gear, screw threads and surface finish measurements (K2)
CO5: Identify instruments for mechanical measurements (K2)
Text Books:
1. Jain R.K., Engineering Metrology, Khanna Publishers, 2005.
2. K Duraivelu and S Karthikeyan, Engineering Metrology and Measurement,
Universities Press,2018.
References:
1. Charles Reginald Shotbolt, Metrology for Engineers, 5th edition, Cengage Learning EMEA,
1990.
2. Backwith, Marangoni, Lienhard, Mechanical Measurements, Pearson Education, 2006.
3. N V Raghavendra and L Krishnamurthy, Engineering Metrology Metrology and
measurements, Oxford Publishers, 2013.
4. Anand K Bewoor and Vinay A Kulkarni, Metrology and Measurement, Tata McGraw
HillEdition, 2009.
COs
1
1
2
3
4
5
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
4
5
6
2
7
POs
8
9
10
2
2
2
2
2
11
12
1
1
1
1
1
PSOs
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
UME2405
Course Title
MATERIAL SCIENCE & ENGINEERING METALLURGY
L
T
P
C
3
0
0
3
Objectives:
To impart knowledge on the structure, properties, treatment, testing and applications of metals and
non-metallic materials to identify and select suitable materials for various engineering applications.
To give a general overview of modern materials.
Unit I
ALLOYS AND PHASE DIAGRAMS
9
Constitution of alloys – Solid solutions, substitutional and interstitial – phase diagrams,
Isomorphous, eutectic, eutectoid, peritectic, and peritectoid reactions, Iron – carbon equilibrium
diagram. Classification of steel and cast-Iron microstructure, properties and application.
Unit II
HEAT TREATMENT
9
Definition – Full annealing, stress relief, recrystallisation and spheroidising – normalising,
hardening and Tempering of steel. Isothermal transformation diagrams – cooling curves
superimposed on I.T. diagram, Critical Cooling Rate – Hardenability, Jominy end quench test Austempering, martempering – case hardening, carburizing, Nitriding, cyaniding, carbonitriding –
Flame and Induction hardening – Vacuum and Plasma hardening.
Unit III
FERROUS AND NON-FERROUS METALS
9
Effect of alloying additions on steel- α and β stabilisers– stainless and tool steels – HSLA, Maraging
steels – Cast Iron - Grey, white, malleable, spheroidal – alloy cast irons, Copper and copper alloys
– Brass, Bronze and Cupronickel – Aluminium and Al-Cu – precipitation strengthening treatment
– Bearing alloys, Mg-alloys, Ni-based super alloys and Titanium alloys,Hastealloy,Zirconium
alloys, Computer applications in Materials Science
Unit IV
MODERN MATERIALS
9
Material used for MEMS,Thin films Polymers – types of polymer, commodity and engineering
polymers - Properties and applications of various thermosetting and thermoplastic ,Manufacture of
polymers,Smart Materials ,Carbon-CarabonComposites,Biomaterials,,Dentalalloys,shape memory
alloys,Phase change materials,Functionally graded materials
Unit V
CORROSION
9
Introduction – Electrochemical Aspects-Electrochemical Reactions – Polarization – Passivity,
Primary Corrosion Types: Galvanic or two-metal corrosion, Pitting corrosion, Intergranular
corrosion, Oxidation: Pilling- Bedworth Ratio. Effect of Alloying elements, Stress corrosion: Crack
Morphology – Stress Effects – Time to Cracking – Environmental Factors – Metallurgical Factors
– Mechanisms. ,Industrial applications
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes:Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Explain alloys and phase diagram, Iron-Iron carbon diagram and steel classification (K2)
CO2: Explain isothermal transformation, continuous cooling diagrams and different heat treatment
processes (K2)
CO3: Discuss the effect of alloying elements on ferrous and non-ferrous metals (K2)
CO4: Summarize the properties and applications of modern materials (K2)
CO5: Discuss the effect of corrosion on metals (K2)
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Textbooks:
1. . Raghavan.V, Materials Science and Engineering, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 2015.
2. V. E. Annamalai, Engineering Materials and Metallurgy, Published by Orient Blackswan, 2017
References:
1. Avner, S.H., Introduction to Physical Metallurgy, McGraw Hill Book Company,1997.
2. Williams D Callister, Material Science and Engineering, Wiley India Pvt Ltd, Revised Indian
Edition 2014
3. Kenneth G.Budinski and Michael K. Budinski, Engineering Materials, Prentice Hall of India
Private Limited, 2010.
4. U.C.Jindal: Material Science and Metallurgy, Engineering Materials and Metallurgy, First
Edition, Dorling Kindersley, 2012 5. Upadhyay. G.S. and AnishUpadhyay, Materials Science
and Engineering, Viva Books Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2006.
COs
1
1
2
3
4
5
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
4
2
2
5
6
Pos
8
9
7
10
11
12
2
2
2
1
1
PSOs
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course
Course Title
Code
UHS2476
Indian Constitution
Objectives:
• To teach history and philosophy of Indian constitution.
• To summarize powers and functions of Indian government.
• To explain structure and functions of local administration.
• To demonstrate the organization and working of the Judiciary.
• To discuss financial power and emergency provisions.
Unit I
Introduction
L
T
P
C
3
0
0
0
9
Historical background – Government of India act – Indian councils act – Making of the
constitution -Philosophy of the Indian constitution – Preamble.
Unit II
Government of The Union
9
Powers and Functions of President and Prime Minister - Council of Ministers – President in
relation to his council - Legislature structure and functions of LokSabha and RajyaSabha
– Speaker.
Unit III
Governments of The States and Local Government
9
The state executive: General structure – Governor – Council of ministers – State
legislature.Local government Panchayat –Municipality– Power authority and
responsibilities municipalities.
Unit IV
The Judicature
9
Organization and Composition of Judiciary – Constitution – Appointment - Qualifications
- Powers and functions of the supreme court– High courts – Control over subordinate courts.
Unit V
The Federal System
9
Distribution of financial powers: Need, principles-Underlaying distribution of tax revenuesDistribution of legislative power – Interstate relation - Emergency provisions.
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Understand history and philosophy of Indian constitution.
CO2: Realize powers and functions of Indian government.
CO3: Acquire awareness on structure and functions of local administration.
CO4: Enhance knowledge about organization and composition of judiciary.
CO5: Explore the distribution of financial powers and emergency provisions.
Text Books:
1. Basu D.D, “Introduction to Indian Constitution”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi,
2015.
2. Gupta D.C, “Indian Government and Politics”, Vikas Publishing House, New
Delhi, 2010.
References:
1. Pylee M.V, “Introduction to
the
Constitution of
India”, Vikas
Publishing House,NewDelhi, 2011.
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
2.
3.
4.
5.
Kashyap S, “Our Constitution”, National Book Trust, New Delhi, 2010.
The Constitution of India, 1950 (Bare Act), Government Publication.
Jain M P, Indian Constitution Law, 7thEdition., Lexis Nexis, 2014.
Busi S N, Ambedkar B R framing of Indian Constitution, 1stEdition, 2015.
COs
1
1
2
3
4
5
2
3
4
5
6
7
POs
8
9
10
11
12
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
PSOs
1
2
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
UME2411
Objectives:
•
Course Title
THERMAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY
L
0
T
0
P
3
C
1.5
To provide practical knowledge and impart training in operation of IC engines and
calculation of their performance characteristics
List of Experiments:
1. Valve timing diagram for 4 stroke petrol & diesel engines and Port timing diagram for 2
stroke petrol engine
2. Determination of flash and fire point of fuels using Abel closed cup apparatus
3. Morse test on a 4 stroke, 4-cylinder petrol engine to determine Indicated Power
4. Retardation test on a slow speed diesel engine to determine Frictional Power
5. Heat balance test on twin cylinder, 4 stroke diesel engine using exhaust gas calorimeter
6. Heat balance test on single cylinder, 4 stroke diesel engine using air flow measurement
7. Performance test on twin cylinder, 4 stroke diesel engine with mechanical loading
8. Performance test on single cylinder, 4 stroke diesel engine cum electrical alternator with
water rheostat loading
9. Performance test on single cylinder, 4 stroke diesel engine with hydraulic loading
10. Performance test on single cylinder, 4 stroke diesel engine with electrical rheostat loading
11. Determination of COP of a refrigeration system
12. Determination of psychrometric process parameters in a HVAC system
Total Periods: 45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Demonstrate tests to determine fuel properties, IC engine indicated power, frictional power
and to draw engine valve and port timing diagrams (K3)
CO2: Demonstrate tests to determine performance characteristics of IC engines with various
loading methods (K3)
CO3: Demonstrate tests to evaluate the performance of refrigeration and HVAC systems (K3)
References:
1. R. K. Rajput, Thermal Engineering, Laxmi Publications Pvt. Ltd., Laxmi Publications, Tenth
edition, 2018. [ISBN: 9788131808047].
2. S. Domkundwar, C. P. Kothandaraman, A. V. Domkundwar, A course in Thermal Engineering,
Dhanpat Rai & Co, 2016. [ISBN: 5551234001718].
3. R. Rudramoorthy, Thermal Engineering, McGraw-Hill education, 2017. [ISBN:
9780070494985].
4. K. K. Ramalingam, Thermal Engineering, Scitech Publications (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2011. [ISBN:
9788183711982].
COs
CO1
Targeted
CO:
CO2
CO3
POs
4 – PI
1
2
3
3
2
2
3
2
2
3
3
3
5
6
7
PSOs
9 – PI
8
10 – PI
2
4.1.3
2
2
12 – PI
11
1
9.1.2
2
10.1.2
10.2.2
1
1
1
2
3
12.2.2
3
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L T P
C
UME2412
INDUSTRIAL ANALYTICS LAB – I
0 0 3
1.5
Objectives:
• To provide practical knowledge and impart training to perform Statistical Process Control
and data analysis to enable lean and implement Six Sigma in Manufacturing and Production
Industries
List of Experiments:
1. To study the basic functions of Minitab and SPSS software
2. Computation of Descriptive Statistics using Minitab and SPSS software
3. To perform Elementary Data Analysis using Python Software
4. To perform Measurement System Analysis using Minitab and SPSS
5. To generate Quality control charts using Minitab and SPSS software
6. To perform hypothesis parametric testing using Minitab and SPSS Software
7. To perform hypothesis non parametric testing using Minitab and SPSS Software
8. To assess Process Capability Using Minitab and SPSS Software
9. To perform Analysis of Variance Using Minitab and SPSS Software
10. To develop Regression Model Using Minitab and SPSS Software
11. To perform Multivariate Data analysis using Minitab and SPSS Software
12. To perform Data Visualization using Minitab and SPSS Software
13. To use Forecasting Techniques in Minitab and SPSS Software to asses Production Demand
14. To perform process optimization using Response Surface Methodology
15. To model manufacturing process metrics to predict Production Defects using Minitab
Total Periods: 45
Industrial Analytics Lab I - Hardware and Software Requirement
Hardware Requirement: One Server - 40 Computers with Power Back up - One H.P Printer
Software Requirement: Minitab 21.0 ( 15 Licenses) , SPSS (13 Licenses), Python , Witness (10
licenses) Microsoft Office , Microsoft OS
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Acquire practical knowledge on Stastical Process Control and Data analysis tools used in
Manufacturing and Production Industries (K3)
CO2 : Demonstrate the ability to analyse and comprehend the manufacturing metrics for Quality
Control and Process improvements (K3)
References:
1. Dale H.Besterfiled, Carol B.Michna,Glen H. Bester field,MaryB.Sacre,HemantUrdhwareshe and
RashmiUrdhwareshe, “Total Quality Management”, Pearson Education Asia, Revised Third
Edition, Indian Reprint, Sixth Impression,2013. [9789332534452]
2. Jonathan D. Cryer, Barbara F. Ryan, Brian L. Joiner, "MINITAB (R) Handbook, International
Edition Paperback",Brooks/Cole; 6th Revised edition – 28 August 2012 [ISBN-101285175026]
3. Jesus Salcedo, Keith McCormick, Jon Peck Andrew Wheeler Jason Verlen, "SPSS Statistics for
Data Analysis and Visualization “, Wiley; 1st edition-june 2017. [1119003555]
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
4. Rehman M. Khan, "Problem Solving and Data Analysis Using Minitab: A Clear and Easy Guide
to Six Sigma Methodology" ,Wiley; 1st edition - February 2013.[ISBN-10 : 1118307577]
COs
1
1
2
2
3
3
3
2
2
4
5
2
2
6
3
3
7
POs
8
9
10
11
12
3
3
1
1
PSOs
1
2
3
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
SEMESTER V
Course Code
Course Title
L T P
C
UME2501
DYNAMICS OF MACHINES
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
• To impart knowledge of force-motion relationship in components and undesirable effects of
unbalances resulting from prescribed motions in mechanism.
• To inculcate the knowledge of Dynamics of undesirable vibrations and mechanisms used for
speed control and stability control
Unit I
FORCE ANALYSIS
9
Dynamic force analysis – Inertia force and Inertia torque– D Alembert’s principle –Dynamic Analysis
in slider crank mechanism – Engine force analysis – Inertia effect of connecting rod. Turning moment
diagrams, Fluctuation of Energy –Fly Wheels – Dimensions of flywheel rims – Punching Presses.
Unit II
BALANCING
9
Static and dynamic balancing – Balancing of rotating masses, balancing of several masses in different
planes, Balancing a reciprocating mass– Balancing a single cylinder engine – Partial balancing in
engines - Balancing of Multi-cylinder inline, V-engines.
Unit III
FREE VIBRATION
9
Basic features of vibratory systems – Degrees of freedom – single degree of freedom – Free vibration–
Equations of motion – Natural frequency – Types of Damping – Damped vibration– Torsional
vibration of shaft – Critical speeds of shafts – Torsional vibration – Two and three rotor torsional
systems
Unit IV
FORCED VIBRATION
9
Response of one-degree freedom systems to periodic forcing – Harmonic disturbances – Disturbance
caused by unbalance – Support motion –transmissibility – Vibration isolation - vibration
measurement.
Unit V
MECHANISM FOR CONTROL
9
Governors – Types – Electronic Governors-Centrifugal governors – Gravity controlled and spring
controlled centrifugal governors – Characteristics – Effect of friction – Controlling force curves.
Gyroscopes –Gyroscopic forces and torques – Gyroscopic stabilization – Gyroscopic effects in
automobiles, ships and airplanes
Total Periods 45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Calculate static and dynamic forces of mechanisms (K3)
CO2: Calculate the balancing masses and their locations of reciprocating and rotating masses (K3)
CO3: Compute the frequency of free vibration (K3)
CO4: Compute the frequency of forced vibration and damping coefficient (K3)
CO5: Calculate the speed and lift of the governor and estimate the gyroscopic effect on automobiles,
ships and airplanes (K3)
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Text Books:
1. SayyadF. B.,Dynamics of Machinery, McMillan Publishers India Ltd., Tech-Max Educational
resources, 2011.
2. Rattan, S.S, Theory of Machines, 4th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2014
References:
1. Ghosh. A and Mallick, A.K., Theory of Mechanisms and Machines, 3rd Edition Affiliated EastWest Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2006.
2. Khurmi, R.S., Theory of Machines, 14th Edition, S Chand Publications, 2005
3. Robert L. Norton, Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2009.
4. V.Ramamurthi, Mechanics of Machines, Narosa Publishing House, 2002
COs
1
1
2
3
4
5
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
4
2
2
2
2
2
5
6
7
POs
8
9
10
11
12
PSOs
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
UME2502
Course Title
COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND
MANUFACTURING
L
T
P
C
3
0
0
3
Objectives:
• To introduce the fundamental of Computer graphics, geometric modelling and CAD standards.
• To introduce the basics of CNC hardware systems and CNC programming.
Unit I
INTRODUCTION
9
Product cycle- Design process- sequential and concurrent engineering– co-ordinate systems- 2D and
3D transformations- homogeneous coordinates - Line drawing -Clipping- viewing transformation.
Unit II
GEOMETRIC MODELING
9
Representation of curves- Hermite curve- Bezier curve- B-spline curves-Techniques for surface
modeling - Bezier and B-spline surfaces. Solid modeling techniques- CSG and B-rep
Unit III
CAD STANDARDS
9
Standards for computer graphics- Graphical Kernel System (GKS) - standards for exchange imagesOpen Graphics Library (OpenGL) - Data exchange standards - IGES, STEP, CALS etc. communication standards.
Unit IV
FUNDAMENTALS OF CNC
9
Introduction of CAM package, Introduction to NC systems and CNC - Machine axis and Co- ordinate
system- CNC machine tools- Principle of operation CNC- Construction features including structureDrives and CNC controllers.
Unit V
PART PROGRAMING
9
2D and 3D machining on CNC- Introduction of Part Programming, types - Detailed Manual part
programming on Lathe & Milling machines using G codes and M codes- Cutting Cycles, Loops, Sub
program and Macros.
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Explain the 2D and 3D transformations, clipping algorithm, Manufacturing models and Metrics
(K2)
CO2: Explain the fundamentals of parametric curves, surfaces and Solids (K2)
CO3: Summarize the different types of Standard systems used in CAD (K2)
CO4: Explain NC & CNC programming concepts (K2)
CO5: Develop part program for Lathe & Milling Machines (K2)
Text Books:
1. Ibrahim Zeid, Mastering CAD CAM, Tata McGraw-Hill PublishingCo.2007. [ISBN:
9780070634343]
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
2. Radhakrishnan.P, Subramanyan.S and Raju V., CAD/CAM/CIM, 2nd Edition, New Age
International (P) Ltd, New Delhi, 2018. [ISBN: 8122439802]
References:
1. Chris
McMahon
and
Jimmie Browne,
CAD/CAM Principles, Practice and
Manufacturing management, Second Edition, Pearson Education, 2000. [ISBN: 9814053112]
2. Donald Hearn and M. Pauline Baker, Computer Graphics, Prentice Hall, Inc,1996. [ISBN: 9780135309247]
3. Foley, Wan Dam, Feiner and Hughes, Computer graphics principles & practice, Pearson Education
-2013. [ISBN: 978-0321399526]
4. William M Neumann and Robert F.Sproul, Principles of Computer Graphics, McGraw Hill Book
Co. Singapore, 1989. [ISBN: 978-0135309247]
COs
1
2
3
4
5
1
3
3
3
3
3
2
1
3
4
5
1
6
7
POs
8
9
10
11 12
PSOs
1 2
2
2
1
2
2
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course
Course Title
L T P C
Code
UME2503
DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
• To familiarize the various steps involved in the design process.
• To understand the principles involved in evaluating the shape and dimensions of a
component to satisfy functional and strength requirements.
• To learn to use standard practices and standard data.
• To learn to use catalogues and standard machine components.
(Use of PSG Design Data Book permitted for all assessment examinations)
Unit I
STEADY AND VARIABLE STRESSES
9
Introduction to the design process - factors influencing machine design, selection of
materials based on mechanical properties - fits and tolerances – Direct, Bending and torsional
stress equations – calculation of principle stresses, eccentric loading – curved beams – crane
hook and ‘C’ frame- Factor of safety - theories of failure – stress concentration – Design for
variable loading.
Unit II
SHAFTS AND COUPLINGS
9
Design of solid and hollow shafts based on strength, rigidity – Design of Keys- Design of
rigid couplings.
Unit III
TEMPORARY AND PERMANENT JOINTS
9
Threaded Fasteners - Bolted joints including eccentric loading, Knuckle joints, Cotter joints
– Welded joints.
Unit IV
ENERGY STORING ELEMENTS
9
Various types of springs, design of helical spring and leaf spring – Design of Belleville
springs.
Unit V
DESIGN OF BEARINGS
9
Sliding contact and rolling contact bearings - Selection of Rolling Contact bearings
Hydrodynamic journal bearings, Sommerfeld Number, Raimondi and Boyd graphs.
Total Periods 45
Course Outcomes:Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Explain the influence of steady and variable stresses in machine element design (K3)
CO2: Apply the concepts of design to shafts, keys and couplings (K3)
CO3: Apply the concepts of design to temporary and permanent joint (K3)
CO4: Apply the concepts of design to energy absorbing members (K3)
CO5: Apply the concepts of design to bearings (K3)
Text Books:
1. Bhandari V, “Design of Machine Elements”, 5th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Book Co,
2020. ISBN-10 : 9390177472, ISBN-13 : 978-9390177479
2. Joseph Shigley, Charles Mischke, Richard Budynas and Keith Nisbett “Mechanical
Engineering Design”, 10th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2017. ISBN-10 : 933922163X
ISBN-13 : 978-8184956207.
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
References:
1. Alfred Hall, Halowenko, A and Laughlin, H., “Machine Design”, Tata McGraw-Hill
BookCo.(Schaum’s Outline), 2017. ISBN-10 : 0070634580, ISBN-13 : 9780070634589
2. Ansel Ugural, “Mechanical Design – An Integral Approach", 1st Edition, Tata
McGraw-Hill Book Co, 2009. ISBN-10 : 0071269770, ISBN-13 : 978-0071269773.
3. Robert C. Juvinall and Kurt M. Marshek, “Fundamentals of Machine Design”, 7th
Edition, Wiley, 2019. ISBN: 978-1-119-47568-2.
4. Sundararajamoorthy T. V. Shanmugam .N, “Machine
Design”, Anuradha Publications, Chennai, 2015. ISBN-13 : 9788187721208.
COs
1
2
3
4
5
1
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
2
2
2
2
2
4
5
6
7
Pos
8
9
10
11
12
1
1
1
1
1
PSOs
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
UME2504
Course Title
FUNDAMENTALS OF HEAT TRANSFER
(THEORY CUM PRACTICE)
L
T
P
C
3
0
2
4
Objectives:
• To make the students understand the modes of heat transfer under steady and transient
conditions, basic methods to evaluate the performance of heat exchangers
•
To provide practical knowledge and to impart training in the above aspects
(Use of standard heat and mass transfer data book permitted in all assessment examinations)
Data Book: C. P. Kothandaraman, S. Subramanyan, Heat and Mass Transfer Data Book, New Age
International Private Limited, Ninth edition, 2018. [ISBN: 9789386649300]
Unit I
STEADY STATE HEAT CONDUCTION
9+6
Theory:
Heat conduction equation in Cartesian and Cylindrical coordinates – initial and boundary conditions
– one dimensional steady state heat conduction – plane and composite systems (wall, cylinder and
sphere) – critical radius of insulation
Practice:
Experiment 1: Determination of thermal conductivity of a material using guarded hot plate apparatus
Experiment 2: Determination of thermal conductivity and thermal resistance of a composite slab
Unit II
EXTENDED
SURFACES
AND
UNSTEADY
HEAT
9+6
CONDUCTION
Theory:
Heat conduction through extended surfaces (fins) – rectangular plate fins, pin fins – fin efficiency and
fin effectiveness – unsteady (transient) heat conduction – systems with negligible internal resistance
(lumped heat analysis) – systems with negligible surface resistance – infinitely thick plates (semiinfinite body) – systems with finite surface and internal resistance (infinitely large plates, long
cylinders, spheres) – use of Heisler charts
Practice:
Experiment 3: Determination of heat transfer rate and efficiency of pin fin under natural convection
Experiment 4: Determination of temperature gradient along the length of the metallic rod using
transient heat conduction apparatus
Unit III
CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER
9+6
Theory:
Fundamentals of convective heat transfer – convective heat transfer coefficient – velocity and thermal
boundary layers – natural and forced convection for external flow over flat plates, cylinders and
spheres – internal flow through tubes
Practice:
Experiment 5: Determination of heat transfer coefficient for heat transfer from a vertical cylinder
under natural convective flow
Experiment 6: Determination of heat transfer coefficient for heat transfer through a pipe under forced
convective flow
Unit IV
PHASE CHANGE HEAT TRANSFER AND HEAT
9+6
EXCHANGERS
Theory:
Boiling heat transfer – pool boiling and flow boiling – regimes – boiling heat transfer correlations –
Condensation heat transfer – filmwise and dropwise condensation – Nusselt’s theory of laminar
filmwise condensation – condensation heat transfer correlations – Heat exchanger – types – overall
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
heat transfer coefficient – fouling factor – methods of heat exchanger analysis – LMTD method –
effectiveness-NTU method
Practice:
Experiment 7: Determination of effectiveness of a double pipe heat exchanger during parallel flow
arrangement
Experiment 8: Determination of effectiveness of a double pipe heat exchanger during counter flow
arrangement
Unit V
RADIATION HEAT TRANSFER
9+6
Theory:
Electromagnetic radiation – emissive power – intensity of radiation – laws of black body radiation –
gray body radiation – emissivity – Kirchhoff’s law – Radiative heat exchange between black surfaces,
gray surfaces – radiation shape factor – electrical network analogy – radiation shields
Practice:
Experiment 9: Determination of Stefan – Boltzmann constant
Experiment 10: Determination of emissivity of a gray surface
Total Periods
75
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Apply heat conduction equations to one dimensional configuration under steady state conditions
(K3)
CO2: Apply heat conduction equations to extended surfaces (fins) and systems under transient
conditions (K3)
CO3: Apply natural and forced convective heat transfer correlations to internal and external flows
through/over various surface configurations (K3)
CO4: Explain the phenomena of boiling and condensation and apply LMTD and NTU methods of
thermal analysis to various types of heat exchangers (K3)
CO5: Describe basic laws for Radiation and apply these principles to radiation heat transfer between
different types of surfaces (K3)
Text Books:
1. Yunus A Cengel, Afshin J. Ghajar, Heat and Mass Transfer: Fundamentals and Applications,
McGraw Hill Education, Fifth edition 2014. [ISBN: 9780073398181]
2. J. P. Holman, Heat Transfer, McGraw Hill Education, Tenth edition, 2009. [ISBN:
9780073529363]
References:
1. Frank P. Incropera, David P. Dewitt, Theodore L. Bergman, Adrienne S. Lavine, Incropera’s
Principles of Heat and Mass Transfer, Wiley India edition, 2018. [ISBN: 9788126578245]
2. P. K. Nag, Heat and Mass Transfer, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., Third edition, 2011.
[ISBN: 9780070702530]
3. M. N. Ozisik, Heat Transfer: A basic approach, McGraw Hill Education-Asia, 1985. [ISBN:
9780070664609]
4. R.C. Sachdeva, Fundamentals of Engineering Heat and Mass Transfer (SI units), New Age
Internationals, First edition, 2017. [ISBN: 9789386070968]
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
COs
1
1
2
3
4
5
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
1
1
1
1
1
5
2
2
2
2
2
6
7
POs
8
9
10
2
2
2
2
2
11
12
1
1
1
1
1
PSOs
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L
T
P
C
UME2511
DYNAMICS LABORATORY
0
0
3
1.5
Objectives:
• To supplement the principles learnt in kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery.
• To make student understand how certain measuring devices are used for dynamic testing.
List of Experiments:
1. Study of gear parameters. Experimental study of velocity ratios of simple, compound, Epicyclic
and differential gear trains.
2. Kinematics of Four Bar, Slider Crank, Crank Rocker, Double crank, Double rocker, Oscillating
Cylinder Mechanisms. Kinematics of single and double universal joints.
3. Determination of Mass moment of inertia of Fly wheel and Axle system.
4. Determination of Mass Moment of Inertia of axisymmetric bodies using Turn Table apparatus.
5. Determination of Mass Moment of Inertia using bifilar suspension and compound pendulum.
6. Motorized gyroscope – Study of gyroscopic effect and couple.
7. Governor - Determination of range sensitivity, effort etc., for Watts Governors.
8. Governor - Determination of range sensitivity, effort etc., for Porter Governors
9. Governor - Determination of range sensitivity, effort etc., for Proell Governors
10. Governor - Determination of range sensitivity, effort etc., for Hartnell Governors
11. Cams – Cam profile drawing, Motion curves and study of jump phenomenon
12. Single degree of freedom Spring Mass System – Determination of natural frequency and
verification of Laws of springs – Damping coefficient determination.
13. Multi degree freedom suspension system – Determination of influence coefficient.
14. Determination of torsional natural frequency of single and Double Rotor systems.- Undamped
and Damped Natural frequencies.
15. Vibration Absorber – Tuned vibration absorber.
16. Whirling of shafts – Determination of critical speeds of shafts with concentrated loads. 17.
Balancing of rotating masses.
18. Balancing of reciprocating masses.
19. Transverse vibration of Free-Free beam – with and without concentrated masses.
20. Forced Vibration of Cantilever beam – Mode shapes and natural frequencies.
21. Determination of transmissibility ratio using vibrating table.
Total Periods: 45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Perform experiments on gear parameters, kinematics of mechanisms, gyroscopic effect and
working of Laboratory equipment (K3)
CO2: Execute tests to determine mass moment of inertia of mechanical element, governor effort
and range sensitivity, natural frequency and damping coefficient, torsional frequency, critical
speeds of shafts, balancing mass of rotating and reciprocating masses, and transmissibility ratio
(K3)
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
References:
1. Ghosh. A and Mallick, A.K., Theory of Mechanisms and Machines, 3rd Edition Affiliated EastWest Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2006.
2. Rattan, S.S, Theory of Machines, 4th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2014
3. Robert L. Norton, Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2009
4. V.Ramamurthi, Mechanics of Machines, Narosa Publishing House, 2002
COs
1
1
2
3
3
2
3
4
2
2
5
6
7
POs
8
9
1
1
10
11
12
PSOs
1
2
3
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
UME2512
Course Title
COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND
MANUFACTURING LABORATORY
L
T
P
C
0
0
3
1.5
Objectives:
•
To impart practical knowledge on 2D drafting and 3D modelling software systems, features of
CNC Machine Tool, modern control systems and applications of CNC lathe, CNC Vertical
Machining centre, CNC EDM and CNC wire-cut and rapid prototyping.
List of Experiments:
I.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
3D GEOMETRIC MODELLING
Introduction of 3D Modelling software
Creation of part model from the given 2-D and 3-D drawing
Creation of 3D assembly model of Flange Coupling
Creation of 3D assembly model of Universal Joint
Creation of 3D assembly model of Plummer Block
Creation of 3D assembly model of Screw Jack
Creation of 3D assembly model of Stuffing box
Project 1: Creation of New product Development and Assembly (Bicycle, Fan, Pen etc)
II.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
MANUAL PART PROGRAMMING
Introduction to part programming, G code and M code
Creation of part program for manufacturing the given work piece using single facing cycle,
single turning cycle, multiple facing and multiple turning cycle
Creation of part program for manufacturing the given work piece using thread cycle
Creation of part program for manufacturing the given work piece using profile contour in
CNC milling software
Creation of part program for manufacturing the given work piece using mirror contour in
CNC milling software.
Project2: Creation of part program for door model design.
Total Periods: 45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Explain methods and procedures in Computer Aided Design (K3)
CO2: Construct solid modelling using standard software (K3)
CO3: Draw 3D and Assembly drawing using CAD software (K3)
CO4: Demonstrate manual part programming with G and M codes using CAM (K3)
References:
1. Ibrahim Zeid, Mastering CAD CAM, Tata McGraw-Hill PublishingCo.2007. [ISBN:
9780070634343].
2. Radhakrishnan.P, Subramanyan.S and Raju V., CAD/CAM/CIM, 2nd Edition, New Age
International (P) Ltd, New Delhi, 2018. [ISBN: 8122439802].
3. Chris
McMahon
and
Jimmie Browne,
CAD/CAM Principles, Practice and
Manufacturing management, Second Edition, Pearson Education, 2000. [ISBN: 9814053112].
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
4. Donald Hearn and M. Pauline Baker, Computer Graphics, Prentice Hall, Inc,1996. [ISBN: 9780135309247].
Cos
1
1
2
3
4
2
1
1
1
1
3
4
5
6
3
3
3
7
Pos
8
9
10
2
2
11
12
PSOs
1
2
3
3
2
2
2
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
SEMESTER VI
Course Code
Course Title
L T P
C
UME2601
DESIGN OF MECHANICAL DRIVES
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
• To impart knowledge on the principles and procedure for the design of mechanical drive
components.
• To teach the standard procedure available for design of mechanical drive components
• To give expose to use standard design data and manufacturing catalogues.
(Use of PSG Design Data Book permitted for all assessment examinations)
Unit I
DESIGN OF FLEXIBLE ELEMENTS
9
Belt-types, materials, belt joint, Design of Flat belts - Design of V belts – Design of hoisting wire
ropes – Design of Transmission chain drives.
Unit II
DESIGN OF SPUR GEARS AND HELICAL GEARS
9
Gear introduction- Types, Terminology, materials – Design of spur gear based on Hertz and Belayav
method, AGMA method – Design of helical gear based on Hertz and Belayav method, AGMA method.
Unit III
DESIGN OF BEVEL AND WORM GEARS
9
Straight bevel gear: Tooth terminology, Design of straight bevel gears. Worm Gear: tooth
terminology. Design of worm gear pair, thermal capacity, materials.
Unit IV
DESIGN OF GEAR BOX
9
Preferred numbers, Geometric progression - Standard step ratio - Ray diagram, kinematics layout Design of sliding mesh gear box - Variable speed gear box, Fluid Couplings, Torque Converters for
automotive applications.
Unit V
DESIGN OF CAMS, CLUTCHES AND BRAKES
9
Cam Design: Types-pressure angle and under cutting base circle determination-forces and surface
stresses. Design of clutch. Uniform pressure and uniform wear. Band and Block brakes - external shoe
brakes – Internal expanding shoe brake.
Total Periods 45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Apply the concepts of design to belts, chains and rope drives (K3)
CO2: Apply the concepts of design to spur, helical gears (K3)
CO3: Apply the concepts of design to bevel and worm gears (K3)
CO4: Apply the concepts of design to gear boxes (K3)
CO5: Apply the concepts of design to cams, brakes and clutches (K3)
Text Books:
1. Bhandari V, “Design of Machine Elements”, 5th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Book Co, 2020.
ISBN-10 : 9390177472, ISBN-13 : 978-9390177479
2. Joseph Shigley, Charles Mischke, Richard Budynas and Keith Nisbett “Mechanical Engineering
Design”, 10th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2017. ISBN-10 : 933922163X ISBN-13 : 9788184956207.
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
References:
1. Merhyle F. Spotts, Terry E. Shoup and Lee E. Hornberger, “Design of Machine Elements” 8th
Edition, Printice Hall, 2003. ISBN-13: 9780130489890
2. Prabhu. T.J., “Design of Transmission Elements”, Mani Offset, Chennai, 2015.
3. Robert C. Juvinall and Kurt M. Marshek, “Fundamentals of Machine Design”, 7th Edition,
Wiley, 2019. ISBN: 978-1-119-47568-2.
4. Sundararajamoorthy T. V. Shanmugam .N, “Machine Design”, Anuradha Publications, Chennai,
2015. ISBN-13 : 9788187721208.
COs
1
2
3
4
5
1
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
4
5
6
7
POs
8
9
10
11
12
1
1
1
1
1
PSOs
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
UME2602
Course Title
MECHATRONICS AND AUTOMATION
(THEORY CUM PRACTICE)
L
T
P
C
3
0
2
4
Objectives:
To impart knowledge on elements and techniques involved in Mechatronics systems which are very
much essential to understand the emerging field of automation.
Unit I
INTRODUCTION
9+6
Introduction to Mechatronics – Concepts of Mechatronics approach – Need for Mechatronics Emerging areas of Mechatronics - Sensors and Transducers: Static and dynamic Characteristics of
Sensor, Potentiometers – LVDT – Capacitance sensors – Strain gauges – Eddy current sensor – Hall
effect sensor – Temperature sensors – Actuators – Classification – Stepper motor – Servo motor –
Pneumatic and Hydraulic Systems – Directional Control Valves – Cylinders.
Practical:
Study of various types of transducers
Study of basic Pneumatic, Electro pneumatic and Hydraulic Circuits
Unit II
SYSTEM MODELLING AND CONTROLLERS
9+6
Systems – Classification - Building blocks of Mechanical, Electrical, Fluid and Thermal Systems,
Rotational – Translational Systems – Operational amplifiers - Continuous and discrete process
Controllers – Control Mode – Two – Step mode – Proportional Mode – Derivative Mode – Integral
Mode – PID Controllers.
Practical:
Study of operational amplifiers
Study of open loop and closed loop response using controllers
Unit III
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS
9+6
Programmable Logic Controllers – Basic Structure – Input / Output Processing –Programming –
Mnemonics – Timers, Internal relays and counters – Data Handling – Selection of a PLC.
Practical:
Study of logic functions in PLC
Study of timers and counters in PLC
Unit IV
MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
9+6
Introduction – Architecture of 8085 – Pin Configuration – Addressing Modes –Instruction set of 8085
– Concepts of 8051 microcontroller – Introduction to Arduino processor
Practical:
Assembly language programming of 8085 – Addition – Subtraction – Multiplication – Division –
Sorting – Code Conversion.
Study of Arduino interfacing circuits
Unit V
RECENT TRENDS IN MECHATRONICS AND CASE
9+6
STUDIES
Machine Vision – Block diagram - Processing of binary and grey scale images – Operators – types –
segmentation – edge detection – Morphology – Introduction to Artificial Intelligence - Stages in
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
designing Mechatronics Systems – Traditional and Mechatronics Design – Case studies of
Mechatronics systems.
Practical:
Study of image processing algorithms
Study of AI algorithms
Total Periods 75
Course Outcomes:Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Describe the interdisciplinary applications of Electronics, Electrical, Mechanical and
Computer Systems for the Control of Mechanical, Electronic Systems, actuators and sensor and
technology (K2)
CO2: Describe Mechatronics components and systems using the basic building blocks of various
systems mathematically, along with different modes of controller (K2)
CO3: Describe the architecture of Pin Diagram, Addressing Modes, Programming and interfacing
circuits of Microprocessor and Microcontroller (K2)
CO4: Explain the architecture, programming and application of programmable logic controllers to
problems and challenges in the areas of Mechatronic engineering (K2)
CO5: Explain image processing and Artificial Intelligence techniques and various stages in
Mechatronics system design from the given case studies (K2)
Text Books:
1. Bolton, Mechatronics, Prentice Hall, 6th Edition, 2019. ISBN: 978-93-530-6588-1
2. Rafael C.Gonzales, Richard.E.Woods, Digital Image Processing, Pearson Education, 4thedition,
2018, ISBN: 9780133356779
References:
1. Clarence W, de Silva, Mechatronics, CRC Press, First Indian Re-print, 2013, ISBN
9781439877364
2. Devadas Shetty and Richard A. Kolk, Mechatronics Systems Design, PWS publishing company,
2nd edition, 2010 ISBN: 978-1439061985.
3. Krishna Ramesh S Gaonkar, Microprocessor Architecture, Programming, and Applications with
the 8085, Prentice Hall, 6th Edition, 2013 ISBN- 978-8187972884.
4. Arun Prakash C, Mechatronics, Vimala Publishers, 1st edition, 2018 ISBN: 978-81-934557-1-5.
COs
1
2
3
4
5
1
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
2
4
2
2
2
2
2
5
1
1
1
1
1
6
7
POs
8
9
2
2
2
2
2
10
11
12
PSOs
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L T P
C
UME2603
AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
• To make the students understand the construction and working principle of various parts of an
automobile
Unit I
VEHICLE STRUCTURE AND ENGINES SYSTEMS
9
Types of automobiles, vehicle construction and different layouts, chassis, frame and body – front, rear
and four wheel drives, traction force, vehicle aerodynamics – I.C. engines – components – functions
and materials. ignition system - spark plug, fuel system - carburettor – direct and indirect injection
system, turbochargers, automobile emissions, Electronic Control Unit (ECU) - Variable Valve Timing
(VVT)
Unit II
DRIVE TRAIN SYSTEMS
9
Clutch – types, gearboxes – types - gear shift mechanisms, overdrive, transfer box, fluid fly wheel,
torque converter, propeller shaft, slip joints, universal joints, differential and rear axle, Hotchkiss drive
and torque tube drive.
Unit III
STEERING AND SUSPENSION SYSTEMS
9
Suspension system – Types – front and rear suspension, conventional and independent type
suspension, leaf springs, coil springs, dampers, torsion bars, stabilizer bars, arms, air suspension
systems. Active Suspension System (ASS) – Steering system - types of steering systems, Ackermann
principle, Davis steering gear, steering gear boxes, steering linkages, power steering, wheel geometry
- caster, camber toe-in and toe out, wheel alignment and balancing, adaptive steering system, Electric
Power Steering (EPS), Steer by Wire (SbW)
Unit IV
BRAKES, WHEELS AND TYRES
9
Braking system - forces on vehicles, tyre grip, load transfer, braking distribution between axles,
stopping distance, types of brakes, mechanical, hydraulic, air brakes, disc & drum brakes, engine
brakes, Anti-lock Braking System (ABS), Electronic Brake Distribution (EBD) – Electronic Stability
Program (ESP) – Traction Control System (TCS) – Wheel and tyres – types of wheels, construction,
wired wheels, tyres- construction, radial, bias & belted bias, slip angle, tread patterns, tyre retreading
cold & hot, tubeless tyres.
Unit V
ADVANCED ELECTRONICS IN AUTOMOBILES
9
General electrical circuits, automotive electronics – sensors, actuators – dash board instrumentation,
passenger comfort – HVAC – automatic climate control, safety and security – seat belts – air bags,
electric vehicles – layout, construction and working.
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Explain the working of various components of automobile engine and their functions (K2)
CO2: Explain the working of various parts of automobile drive train system and their functions (K2)
CO3: Explain the working of various types of automobile steering and suspension systems (K2)
CO4: Explain various types of automobile brakes, wheels and tyres and their construction (K2)
CO5: Explain functions and features of automobile sensors, actuators, instruments and controls (K2)
Text Books:
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
1. Kirpal Singh, Automobile Engineering, Vol 1 (13th edition, 2020) [ISBN: 9788180141966] & Vol
2 (2011), Standard Publishers and Distributors. [ISBN: 9788180141775]
2. K. K. Jain and R. B. Asthana, Automobile Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill Publishers, 2002.
[ISBN: 9780070445291]
References:
1. R. B. Gupta, Automobile Engineering, Tech India Publication series, Sathya Prakashan
Publications, First edition, 2016. [ISBN: 9788176848589]
2. W. M. Crouse and A. L. Anglin, Automotive Emission Control, McGraw Hill, Third edition, 1983.
[ISBN: 9780070148161]
3. Bosch Automotive Hand Book, Bentley Publishers, 8th Edition, 2011. [ISBN: 9780837616865]
4. Heinz Heisler, Advanced Engine Technology, SAE International Publications USA, 1995. [ISBN:
9781560917342]
COs
1
1
2
3
4
5
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
5
6
POs
8
9
7
1
1
1
10
11
12
1
1
1
1
1
PSOs
1
2
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L
T
P
C
UME2604
OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES
3
0
0
3
Objectives:
• To provide knowledge and training in using optimization techniques under limited resources
for the engineering and business problems.
Unit I
INTRODUCTION TO OPERATIONS RESEARCH AND
9
LINEAR MODELS
Basic of Operation Research, Origin & development, Applications and Phases in operation research
study; Linear Programming Problems – Graphical – Simplex – Two phase simplex - Big-M methods
– Duality – Dual Simplex method - Sensitivity analysis
Unit II
TRANSPORTATION AND SEQUENCING MODELS
9
Transportation – initial basic feasible solution techniques and MODI method; Assignment Models –
Hungarian method; Sequencing – Basic Assumptions, n Jobs through 2-3 machines, 2 Jobs on m
machines.
Unit III
NETWORK MODELS AND PROJECT NETWORK
9
Networks models – shortest path models – minimal spanning tree models – maximum flow problems;
Project network – CPM and PERT – Network Crashing, Resource Smoothening and Levelling.
Unit IV
INVENTORY MODELS AND QUEUEING MODELS
9
Inventory models – Quantity discount models – Stochastic inventory models – Multi product models
– Inventory control models in practice; Queueing models – systems and structures – Notation – single
server and multi-server models – Poisson input – Exponential service – Constant rate service;
Replacement models – Models based on service life and economic life.
Unit V
DECISION MODELS & NON-LINEAR PROGRAMMING
9
Game theory – Two-person zero sum games – Graphical solution- Algebraic solution; Dynamic
Programming – Simple multi-stage problems (NOT as LPP); Non-linear Programming – Lagrangean
method – Kuhn Tucker conditions.
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Apply the linear model techniques to solve Engineering and Business problems (K3)
CO2: Apply the sequencing model techniques to solve Engineering and Business problems (K3)
CO3: Apply the network model techniques to solve Engineering and Business problems (K3)
CO4: Apply the inventory model techniques to solve Engineering and Business problems (K3)
CO5: Apply the decision model techniques to solve Engineering and Business problems (K3)
Text Books:
1. Hillier and Libeberman, “Operations Research”, Mc Graw Hill, 8th Edition, 2005.
2. Taha H.A., “Operations Research – An Introduction”, Tenth Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2017.
References:
1. Gupta P.K. and Hira D.S., Operations Research, S.Chand & Company Pvt. Ltd., 7th Edition, 2014.
2. Bazara M.J, Jarvis and Sherali H., Linear Programming and Network Flows, John Wiley, 2009
3. Budnick F.S., Principles of Operations Research for Management, Richard D Irwin, 1990
4. Philip D.T. and Ravindran A., Operations Research, John Wiley, 1992.
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
COs
1
1
2
3
4
5
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
4
1
1
1
1
1
5
6
7
2
2
2
2
2
POs
8
9
10
11
12
PSOs
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L T P
C
UME2611
INDUSTRIAL ANALYTICS LABORATORY II
0 0 3
1.5
Objectives:
• To get hands on experience in using software tools to solve problems in operations research
• To provide knowledge to generation of Random Numbers and Random Variate
• To provide Knowledge on Understanding of Simulation models for real life systems
• To provide practical knowledge on Modeling an Industry in Simulation Softwares
List of Experiments:
1. To solve transportation and Assignment problems using software
2. To compute the Project duration of a Manufacturing plant using critical path method (CPM)
3. To compute the Project duration of a Manufacturing plant using Program Evaluation review
technique (PERT)
4. To solve inventory problem of Manufacturing plant using Software
5. Generate Random Number by Mid Square, Midpoint and Congruential method using ‘C’
Program
6. Testing of Random numbers for Uniformity and Independence
7. Solve random walk problem using Monte Carlo simulation.
8. Solve paper vendor problem using Monte Carlo simulation.
9. To study the basic functions of Simulation Software for Discrete Event Simulation
10. To model Assembly, batch and Conveyors using Simulation software
11. To design Industrial Factory Layout in Simulation Software
12. To model and simulate a Manufacturing process in Simulation Software
Total Periods: 45
Industrial Analytics Lab II - Hardware and Software Requirement
Hardware Requirement: One Server - 40 Computers with Power Back up - One H.P Printer
Software Requirement: Tora, Matlab , SPSS (13 Licenses), Python , Witness (10 licenses)
Microsoft Office , C - Program
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Acquire practical knowledge on applications of Software tools for solving problems in
Operations Management (K3)
CO2: Demonstrate the ability to model and analyse the Industrial Systems using Simulation Software
(K3)
References:
1. Cesar Lopez ,"MATLAB Optimization Techniques"Apress; 1st ed. edition - 12 November 2014
[ISBN-10 : 9781484202937]
2. Reuven Y. Rubinstein,r, Dirk P. Kroese , "Simulation and the Monte Carlo Method " Wiley–
lackwell; 2nd edition , 8 February 2008 .[ISBN-10 : 0470177942]
3. Raid Al-Aomar, Edward J. Williams, Onur M. Ulgen, "Process Simulation Using WITNESS
"Wiley; 1st edition ,23 October 2015.[ISBN-10 : 0470371692]
4. Mulugeta Nahom, Kitaw Daniel,"Assembly Line Modeling and Simulation " , LAP Lambert
Academic Publishing; Illustrated edition (1 June 2013). [ISBN-10 : 9783846585412]
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
COs
1
1
2
2
3
3
3
2
2
4
5
2
2
6
3
3
7
POs
8
9
10
11
12
3
3
1
1
PSOs
1
2
3
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L T P
C
UME2617
DESIGN AND FABRICATION PROJECT
0 0 3
1.5
Objectives:
• To provide opportunity for the students to implement their skills acquired in the previous
semesters to solve practical design problems.
• To inculcate the habit of working in teams.
• To expose the students to gain knowledge on various design software.
• To expose the students to test the fabricated model.
• To motivate the students to participate in various competitions.
GUIDELINE FOR REVIEW AND EVALUATION:
The concept of design thinking (DT) and its phases such as ‘Empasize’ mode, ‘Define’ mode, ‘Idea’
mode, ‘Prototyping’ mode and ‘Testing’ mode will be taught to the students prior to project selection.
The students may be grouped into 2 to 4 and work under a project supervisor. The device/
system/component(s) to be fabricated may be decided in consultation with the customer, supervisor
and if possible, with an industry using empathize mode. The project team can use the phases of DT
for their project development and the review team will do periodical monitoring of project progress
as per DT phases.
A project report to be submitted by the group and the fabricated model, which will be reviewed and
evaluated for internal assessment by a Committee constituted by the Head of the Department. At the
end of the semester examination, the project work is evaluated based on oral presentation and the
project report jointly by external and internal examiners constituted by the Head of the Department.
Total Periods: 45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Design and fabricate a complete working model of a component (K3)
COs
1
1
3
2
2
3
3
4
5
2
6
7
POs
8
9
2
10
3
11
3
12
2
PSOs
1
2
3
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
SEMESTER VII
Course Code
Course Title
L T P
C
UME2701
INDUSTRIAL PRACTICES
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
To expose graduates to an Industrial Culture so that recruiting companies can quick launch the
graduates into their work orbits just by providing the required technical skills.
Unit I
SHOP FLOOR PRACTICES
9
Quality Management: Six Sigma- DMAIC and DMADV methodology – Seven Quality Control tools
–Measurement System Analysis – Gauge R &R-Value stream mapping –QFD- Vendor rating and
Value Analysis - Robust Design and Taguchi Method - Case Study of initiating Six Sigma DMAIC in
Manufacturing--November quality month celebrations
Production Management: 5S – Lean manufacturing tools-Changeover/setup time (SMED) –
Production leveling-Line balancing -Spaghetti diagram-TPM-Objectives and functions -Reliability
Centered Maintenance (RCM) - maintenance types-Outsourcing- Make vs. buy approach
Unit II
STATISTICAL METHODS FOR ENGINEERS
9
Control Chart For Attributes –Control Chart for Non Conforming’s– P Chart and Np Chart – Control
Chart for Nonconformities– C and U Charts- Choice between Attributes and Variables Control ChartsState of Control and Process out Of Control Identification in Charts, Pattern Study- Process Capability
Analysis and Ratios – Application and Case study
Unit III
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT PRACTICES
9
Organizational role in creativity, types of innovation-Processes in creativity ICEDIP –Inspiration,
Clarification, Distillation, Perspiration, Evaluation and Incubation-six thinking hats, lateral thinkingTRIZ methodology for Inventive Problem Solving- Eight-Dimensional (8D) Approach to IdeationManufacturing Scale up – Pilot to Production- Project Evaluation Techniques
Unit IV
QUALITY AND EXCELLENCE
9
Institutional: Quality systems – ISO 9000-2000-Quality auditing-QS-9000-ISO-14000-concepts,
requirements and benefits –EFQM excellence model- Malcolm Baldridge quality award- Golden
Peacock Nationality awards - Deming’s Price- Rajiv Gandhi National Quality Award (RGNQA)IMEA Award -Kanji Business Excellence Model- Capability Matured Model (CMMI)-IEI Industry
Excellence award-PSE-Awards - The IMC Ramkrishna Bajaj National Quality Award
Individual: PMI – PMP, PgMP, CAPM, PBA,ACP ASQ – Master Black belt, CRE ,CSQP, CSQE,
Six Sigma green and yellow belts –Quality Auditor – ASNT – Certification programs –CEA
certifications
Unit V
PERSONAL EFFECTIVENESS TOOLS
9
E-mail etiquette, minutes, reports of different kinds – annual report, status report, survey report,
proposals, memorandums, presentations, interviews, profile of institutions, speeches, responding to
enquiries, Learning from mistakes complaints, resumes, applications, summarizing, strategies for
writing- Effective communication and understanding behaviors- Team building and Delegation
Techniques
Total Periods
45
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: To apply quality philosophies and tools to facilitate continuous improvement and ensure
customer delight. (K3)
CO2: To Demonstrate the ability to design, use, and interpret control charts and perform analysis of
Process capability(K2)
CO3: To enable the learners to understand the framework of Quality Systems (K2)
CO4: To learn a range of creative thinking tool and how to practically apply these to the innovation
and entrepreneurial process (K2)
CO5: To enable learners to write in English precisely and effectively (K3)
Text Books:
1. Montgomery, Douglas C. (2009). Introduction to Statistical Quality Control, Sixth Edition. John
Wiley and Sons, Inc. (ISBN: 978-0-470-16992-6). .
2. Rousing Creativity: Think New Now Floyd Hurr, ISBN 1560525479, Crisp Publications Inc-1999
References:
1. Dale H.Besterfield, Carol Besterfield – Michna, Glen H. Besterfield, Mary Besterfield – Sacre,
Hermant – Urdhwareshe, Rashmi Urdhwareshe, Total Quality Management, Revised Third
edition, Pearson Education, 2014. [ISBN-10 : 935306631]
2. Micheal Wader, ―Lean Tools: A Pocket Guide to Implementing Lean Practices‖, Productivity and
Quality Publishing Pvt.Ltd., 2002 [ISBN-10 : 935306631]
3. Raymond V Lesikar, John D Pettit, and Mary E Flatly. 2009. Lesikar’s Basic Business
Communication. 11th ed. Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi [ISBN: 0-07-337779-1]
4. Askin R G and Goldberg J B, ―Design and Analysis of Lean Production Systems, John Wiley
and Sons Inc., 2003 [ISBN: 978-0-471-11593-9]
COs
1
2
3
4
5
POs
1
2
2
2
2
2
3
4
5
6
3
3
3
7
3
8
9
1
1
2
3
10
11
12
3
1
2
2
3
3
PSOs
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L T P
C
UME2702
ROBOT TECHNOLOGY
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
• To understand the basic concepts associated with the design, functioning, applications and
social aspects of robots
• To study about the electrical drive systems and sensors used in robotics for various applications
• To learn about analyzing robot kinematics, dynamics through different methodologies and
study various design aspects of robot arm manipulator and end-effector
• To learn about various motion planning techniques
• To understand the implications of AI and other trending concepts of robotics
Unit I
FOUNDATION FOR BEGINNERS
8
Definition, specification and need based applications; Types of robots – Classifications –
Configuration, work volume, control loops, controls and intelligence, degrees of freedoms, future of
automation and mankind -ethical issues; case studies on mobile robot research platforms and industrial
serial arm manipulators
Unit II
ROBOT SENSORS AND ACTUATORS
9
Characteristics of actuating systems, Types of electric motors - DC, Servo, Stepper; specification,
drives for motors - speed & direction control and circuitry, Selection criterion for actuators, nontraditional actuators; Sensors for localization, navigation, obstacle avoidance and path planning in
known environments –other common sensors, Case study on choice of sensors and actuators for
mobile robots
Unit III
DESIGN OF ROBOTS & END-EFFECTORS
11
Robot kinematics - Geometric approach for 2R, 3R manipulators, homogenous transformation using
D-H representation, kinematics of WMR, Lagrangian formulation for 2R robot dynamics; Mechanical
design aspects of a 2R manipulator, WMR; End-effector - common types and design case study.
Unit IV
NAVIGATIONAND PATH PLANNING
8
Mapping & Navigation – SLAM, Path planning for serial manipulators, optimization algorithms for
navigation
Unit V
ROBOT PROGRAMMING& MACHINE LEARNING
9
Types of Programming – Arduino Micro-controller for simple applications – Application of Machine
learning - AI, Expert systems
Total Periods 45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Explain the concepts of industrial robots in terms of classification, specifications and
coordinate systems, along with the need and application of robots & automation (K2)
CO2: Examine different sensors and actuators for applications like maze solving and self-driving cars
(K2)
CO3: Design a 2R robot & an end-effector and solve the kinematics and dynamics of motion for robots
(K2)
CO4: Explain navigation and path planning techniques along with the control architectures adopted
for robot motion planning (K2)
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
CO5: Describe the impact and progress in AI and other research trends in the field of robotics (K2)
Text Books:
1. Saeed. B. Niku, Introduction to Robotics, Analysis, system, Applications, Pearson educations,
2002
2. Richard David Klafter, Thomas A. Chmielewski, Michael Negin, Robotic engineering: an
integrated approach, Prentice Hall, 1989
References:
1. Roland Siegwart, Illah Reza Nourbakhsh, Introduction to Autonomous Mobile Robots, MIT
Press, 2011
2. K.S. Fu, R.C. Gonzalez and C.S.G. Lee, Robotics: Control, Sensing, Vision and Intelligence,
McGraw-Hill, 1987.
3. Robin Murphy, Introduction to AI Robotics, MIT Press, 2000
4. N. P. Padhy, Artificial Intelligence and Intelligent Systems, Oxford University Press, 2005
COs
1
2
3
4
5
POs
1
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
3
2
1
3
2
2
2
1
1
4
5
6
1
1
1
7
1
8
1
1
9
10
11
12
1
1
PSOs
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L T P
C
UME2703
FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
• To impart the knowledge of the concepts of Mathematical Modeling of Engineering
Problems and use the same in a range of Engineering Problems.
Unit I
INTRODUCTION
9
Historical Background – Mathematical Modelling of field problems in Engineering – Governing
Equations – Discrete and continuous models – Boundary, Initial and Eigen Value problems– Weighted
Residual Methods – Variational Formulation of Boundary Value Problems – Ritz Technique – Basic
concepts of the Finite Element Method.
Unit II
ONE-DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS
9
One Dimensional Second Order Equations – Discretization – Element types- Linear and Higher
order Elements – Derivation of Shape functions and Stiffness matrices and force vectors- Assembly
of Matrices - Solution of problems from solid mechanics and heat transfer.
Unit III
TWO-DIMENSIONAL SCALAR VARIABLE PROBLEMS
9
Second Order 2D Equations involving Scalar Variable Functions - Variational formulation - Finite
Element formulation – Triangular elements - Shape functions and element matrices and vectors.
Application to Field Problems - Thermal problems –Quadrilateral elements – Higher Order
Elements.
Unit IV
TWO-DIMENSIONAL VECTOR VARIABLE PROBLEMS
9
Equations of elasticity – Plane stress, plane strain and axisymmetric problems – Body forces and
temperature effects – Stress calculations.
DYNAMIC ANALYSIS AND ISOPARAMETRIC FORMULATION
Unit V
9
Introduction to vibration problems - equations of motion based on weak form – longitudinal
vibration of bars – transverse vibration of beams.
Natural co-ordinate systems – Iso-parametric elements – Shape functions for iso parametric
elements – One and two dimensions – Serendipity elements – numerical integration.
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Summarize the basics of finite element formulation. (K3)
CO2: Apply finite element formulations to solve one dimensional Problems. (K3)
CO3: Apply finite element formulations to solve two dimensional scalar Problems. (K3)
CO4: Apply finite element method to solve two-dimensional Vector problems. (K3)
CO5: Apply finite element method to solve problems in dynamics and iso parametric
Formulation. (K3)
Text Books:
1. Seshu, P, Text Book of Finite Element Analysis, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,
2007.
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
2. Reddy. J.N., An Introduction to the Finite Element Method, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill,
2005.
References:
1. Bhatti Asghar M, Fundamental Finite Element Analysis and Applications, John Wiley & Sons,
2005 (Indian Reprint 2013).
2. Chandrupatla & Belagundu, Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering, 3rd Edition,
Prentice Hall College Div, 1990.
3. Logan, D.L., A first course in Finite Element Method, Thomson Asia Pvt. Ltd., 2002.
4. Rao, S.S., The Finite Element Method in Engineering, 3rd Edition, Butterworth Heinemann,
2004.
5. Robert D. Cook, David S. Malkus, Michael E. Plesha, Robert J. Witt, Concepts and
Applications of Finite Element Analysis, 4th Edition, Wiley Student Edition, 2002.
COs
CO1
CO2
CO3
Targeted
CO:
CO4
Targeted
CO:
CO5
3 – PI
5 – PI
4
POs
6
7
8
9
10
11
12 - PI
PSOs
1
2
3
3
3
1
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
3
2
1
3.1.1
1
5.2.2
1
12.2.2
3
3
2
1
3.1.1
1
5.2.2
1
12.2.2
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course
Course Title
L T P C
Code
UME2711
SIMULATION LABORATORY
0 0 3 1.5
Objectives:
• To provide hands on training to the students in analyzing structural, thermal and
vibration problems using simulation and analysis tools.
List of Experiments:
A. SIMULATION
1. Matlab basics, solution of matrices, application to simple (vibration / gear design)
problems.
2. Vibration analysis of spring mass system using Simulink
3. Mechanism (Four bar / Slider crank) Simulation using Multi-body Dynamics
software.
B. ANALYSIS
4. Member force and Stress analysis of structures using one dimensional (Truss)
element and validation using analytical calculation.
5. Determination of deflection, shear force and bending moment of beams with different
support (Cantilever, Simply supported and fixed) conditions. Validation of numerical
results using analytical calculation is required.
6. Stress concentration factor determination of plate with hole.
7. Stress analysis of axi - symmetric components.
8. Heat transfer analysis of plate and composite walls
9. Coupled structural-thermal analysis of plates
10. Model and Harmonic analysis of Beams.
11. Transient and spectrum analysis of simple systems.
12. Nonlinear Contact analysis of beams using ANSYS-Workbench
13. Structural analysis using Ansys Parametric Design Language (APDL)
Total Periods: 45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Perform simulations using Matlab (K3)
CO2: Execute the method to calculate the stresses and strains induced in plates, brackets and
beams and heat transfer problems (K3)
CO3: Implement the calculation procedure for the natural frequency and mode shape
analysis of 2D components and beams (K3)
References:
1. Seshu, P, Text Book of Finite Element Analysis, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2007.
2. Reddy. J.N., An Introduction to the Finite Element Method, 3rd Edition, Tata
McGraw-Hill, 2005.
COs
POs
3 – PI
5 – PI
8
12 – PI
CO1
3
1
3
3
1
3
CO2
Targeted
CO:
CO3
3
1
3
3
1
3
3
1
3
5.2.2
7
10 – PI
2
3
6
9 – PI
1
3.1.6
4
PSOs
2
9.1.2
2
10.1.2
10.2.2
11
1
12.2.2
1
2
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L T P
C
UME2717
PROJECT WORK – PHASE I
0 0 3
1.5
Objectives: The main learning objective of this course is to provide hands on training to the students
in:
• Discovering potential research areas in the field of Mechanical Engineering.
• Comparing and contrasting the several existing solutions for the problem identified.
• Formulating and propose a plan for creating a solution for the research plan identified.
PROJECT WORK DESCRIPTION
A project topic must be selected by the students in consultation with their guides. The ultimate aim of
the project work is to deepen comprehension of mechanical principles by applying them to a new
problem which may be the simulation, analysis, design and fabrication of mechanical systems for a
specific application
GUIDELINES
•
A group of 2, 3 or 4 students have to identify the topic of project related to the field of
Mechanical Engineering.
•
The candidates have to be in regular contact with their guide and the topic of project must
be mutually decided by the guide and students.
•
The topic has to be approved by a review committee constituted by the department.
•
The work has to be presented periodically in front of the review committee.
•
The report consisting of a detailed problem statement and a literature review is to be
prepared.
•
The preliminary results (if available) of the problem may also be discussed in the report.
• The project report should be presented in standard format.
EVALUATION
•
•
The progress of the project is evaluated based on a minimum of three reviews.
At the end of the term, the project work is evaluated by a team of external and internal
examiners constituted by the Head of the Department. Method of evaluation is based on
project report submission, oral presentation and a comprehensive viva.
Total Periods: 45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Discover potential research areas in the field of Mechanical Engineering (K3)
CO2: Compare and contrast the several existing solutions for the problems identified (K3)
CO3: Formulate and propose a plan for creating a solution for the research plan identified (K3)
COs
1
2
3
POs
1
3
2
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
3
3
3
8
3
3
3
9
3
3
3
3
3
3
10
2
2
2
11
12
3
3
3
PSOs
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course
Course Title
L T P C
Code
UEE2716
INDUSTRIAL TRAINING / INTERNSHIP
0 0 0 2
Students shall undergo training in R&D institutions / Academics / Industries for a minimum
period of 15 days. At the end of internship students must submit a report for internal
evaluation
Objectives:
• To develop skills to take up technical project.
• To estimate the ability of the student in transforming the theoretical knowledge
studied so far into a working model of Electrical Engineering system.
• To learn use of new tools, algorithms and techniques required to carry out any
project.
• To get guidance on the various procedures for validation of the product and analyze
the cost effectiveness.
• For enabling the students to gain exposure and experience in implementing a small
industry project and thus acquire the necessary confidence to carry out main project
fin the final year.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On Completion of the project work students will be in a position to
CO1: Formulate a real world problem, identify the requirement and develop the design
solutions (K3)
CO2: Express the technical ideas, strategies and methodologies (K2)
CO3: Test and validate through conformance of the developed prototype and analysis the
cost effectiveness. Prepare report and present the oral demonstrations (K3)
CO4: Utilize the new tools, algorithms, techniques that contribute to obtain the solution of
the project (K3)
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
SEMESTER VIII
Course Code
Course Title
L T P
C
UME2818
PROJECT WORK – PHASE II
0 0 16
8
Objectives: The main learning objective of this course is to provide hands on training to the students
in:
• Discovering potential research areas in the field of Mechanical Engineering.
• Comparing and contrast the several existing solutions for the problem identified.
• Formulating and propose a plan for creating a solution for the research plan identified.
• Conducting the experiments as a team and interpret the results.
• Reporting and presenting the findings of the work conducted
PROJECT WORK DESCRIPTION
A project topic must be selected by the students in consultation with their guides. The ultimate aim of
the project work is to deepen comprehension of mechanical principles by applying them to a new
problem which may be the simulation, analysis, design and fabrication of mechanical systems for a
specific application
GUIDELINES
•
The group of students have to complete project (phase II) under the guidance of a faculty
member, as specified in Phase I.
•
The students have to be in regular contact with their guide and the topic of project must be
mutually decided by the guide and students.
•
The topic has to be approved by a review committee constituted by the department.
•
The work has to be presented periodically in front of the review committee.
•
The students have to prepare a detailed project report consisting of introduction of the
problem, problem statement, literature review, objectives of the work, methodology
(experimental set up or numerical details as the case may be) of solution and results and
discussion.
•
The report must bring out the conclusions of the work and future scope for the study.
• The project report should be presented in standard format.
EVALUATION
•
•
The progress of the project is evaluated based on a minimum of three reviews.
At the end of the term, the project work is evaluated by a team of external and internal
examiners constituted by the Head of the Department. Method of evaluation is based on
project report submission, oral presentation and a comprehensive viva.
Total Periods: 240
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Discover potential research areas in the field of Mechanical Engineering (K3)
CO2: Compare and contrast the several existing solutions for the problems identified (K3)
CO3: Formulate and propose a plan for creating a solution for the research plan identified (K3)
CO4: Conduct the experiments as a team and interpret the results(K3)
CO5: Report and present the findings of the work conducted. (K3)
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
COs
1
1
2
3
4
5
2
3
2
2
2
2
3
2
3
2
2
2
4
3
3
3
3
3
5
2
2
3
3
1
6
2
2
2
3
3
7
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
POs
8
9
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
10
2
2
2
2
3
11
1
2
2
3
3
12
3
3
3
3
3
PSOs
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
HSMC – ELECTIVES –HUMANITIES I (II SEMESTER)
Course
Course Title
L T P C
Code
UEN2241
LANGUAGE AND COMMUNICATION
2 0 2
3
Objectives:
•
To enhance communicative competence in general.
•
To improve the ability of the students to negotiate with meaning in context.
•
To develop speaking skills of the students for career needs.
•
To develop sensitivity to gender, human rights, politeness and other aspects
•
To enhance the skills in being persuasive in writing and speech
Unit I
APPROACHES TO COMMUNICATION:
9
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
The information Processing school, Shannon and Weaver; A Mathematical Theory of
Communication, Formal Signal Processing approach.
Semiotic approach; information, communication and significance.
Chomskyan distinction between language structure and language use; form and function.
Towards a theory of performance; acceptability and grammaticality.
Communicative Competency; Possibility, appropriacy, feasibility.
Unit II
Meaning in Language Use
9
Speech Act Theory; communicative activity, elocutionary act, directives, commissives,
expressive, declarations and representatives.
Grice’s theory of conversational meaning; the cooperative principle, quantity maxim, quality
maxim, relational maxim, manner maxim.
Ancient Indian theory of meaning; lexical, compositional, extended.
Speaker intention in communication.
Discourse meaning; context and situation.
Unit III
Structure of Discourse/Conversation:
9
Coherence
Cohesion
Initiating and closing conversations
Intervention
Turn-taking
Unit IV
Power Structure and Language Use:
9
Gender and language use
Politeness expressions and their use
Ethical dimensions of language use
Language rights as part of human rights
Unit V
Media and Persuasive Communication:
9
Power of media, Orwell’s problem(Chomsky)
Manufacturing of opinion and hidden agendas.
Fundamentals of persuasive communication.
Persuasive quotient
Politics and communication barrier.
Total Periods 45
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: To improve their communicative competency across all skills of language.
CO2: To improve their writing ability in writing for persuasion and convincing someone.
CO3: To attend job interviews more confidently,
CO4: To improve social communication sensitive to gender and other prejudices.
CO5:To do better in the spoken component of the placement tasks
Text Books:
1. Stephen. C. Levenson, 1983, Pragmatics, Cambridge University press.
References:
1.Austin, 1962, J.L. How to do things with words.Oxford:ClarendonPress.Grice,P.1989.
2. Studies in the way of words. Cambridge, M.A: Harvard University Press.
3. Chomsky, N.1966. Aspects of the theory of syntax, The MITpress, Cambridge.
4. Chomsky, N.2006. Language and Mind, Cambridge University Press.
5. Hymes. D.N. 1972, On communication competence in J.B. Pride and J.Holmes (ed),
Sociolinguistics, pp 269-293, London Penguin.
6. Gilbert, H.Harman, 1976. Psychological aspect ofthe theory of syntax in Journal of
Philosophy,page75-87.
7. Stangley,J.2007.LanguageinContext. Clarendon press, Oxford.
8. Shannon, 1942. A Mathematical Theory of Communication.
9. Searle, J.R. 1969. Speech acts: An essay in the philosophy of language. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press.
POs
COs
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PSOs
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12
CO1
CO2
CO3
2
2
2
3
3
3
2
2
2
CO4
2
3
2
CO5
2
3
2
PSO
1
PSO2
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L T P C
UEN2242
FUNDAMENTALS OF LINGUISTICS
2 0 2
3
Objectives:
• To introduce the students to Linguistics (the scientific study of language).
• To explore some basic issues and questions related to language such as what do we know
when we know a language, the relation between language and brain, language and
society, how does a child learn a language, how the languages of the world are similar
as well as different, how can we analyze language as a structure etc.
• To provide students to a brief outline of language studies in Indian and western tradition
and many applications of linguistics in different fields
Unit I
Defining Language
9
• What is language and where is language?
o Language is a means of communication, a social product
o Language is a cognitive ability, relation between language and brain
• Study of Language in Indian and western traditions
Unit II
An insight into Linguistics
9
• What is Linguistics and what is not Linguistics?
o Linguistics is not prescriptive grammar learnt in the school
o Linguistics is not learning of many languages
o Linguistics provides tools to analyze language structure scientifically
Unit III
Form and Function
9
• Levels of Language Analysis: Form and content
o Sound
o Word
o Sentence
o Meaning
• Similarities and differences of languages
Unit IV
Applications
9
• Applications of Linguistics
o Natural Language Processing
o Clinical Linguistics
o Psycholinguistics etc.
Unit V
Impact on Career
9
•
Impact of linguistics on one’s career
o An understanding of Linguistics for better use of language
o Language and personality development
o Linguistic features specific to Engineers.
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: understand what is linguistics
CO2: explore some basic issues and questions related to language
CO3: understand the subtle difference between the use of English in Indian and western
tradition.
CO4: Familiarize themselves with the unique features of language in technology
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
CO5: Understand the basics of how children acquire languages
Text Books:
1. Raj Kumar Sharma, 'Fundamentals of Linguistics', Atlantic Publishers, Chennai:2019.
References:
1. Thomas Herbst, 'English Linguistics: A coursebook for students of English', De
Gruyter Mouton Publication, Germany: 2010.
2. Victoria A. Fromkin (ed.), Linguistics: An introduction to linguistic theory, Blackwell
Publishers, USA: 2001.
3. Jeff Connor - Linto and Ralph W Fasold, 'An Introduction to Language and
Linguistics’, Cambridge University Press, 2014.
POs
COs
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PSOs
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO1
1
PO1
2
CO1
CO2
CO3
2
2
2
3
3
3
2
2
2
CO4
2
3
2
CO5
2
3
2
PSO
1
PSO
2
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course
Code
UHS2243
Objectives:
Course Title
L
T
P
C
FILM APPRECIATION
2
0
2
3
•
To introduce students to the development of film as an art and entertainment
form.
•
To discuss the language of cinema as it evolved over a century.
•
To enable the students to read a film and appreciate the various nuances of a
film as a text.
• To guide the students to study films joyfully.
Unit 1
The Component of Films
The material and equipment
•
The story, screenplay and script
•
The actors, crew members, and the director
•
The process of film making
•
Unit II
Evolution of Film Language
Film language, form, movement etc.
•
Early cinema… silent film (Particularly French)
•
The emergence of feature films: Birth of a Nation Talkies
•
Films and their influence on the language of people
•
Unit III
Film Appreciation
Realist theory; Auteurists
•
Psychoanalytic, Ideological, Feminists
•
How to read films?
•
Film Criticism / Appreciation
•
Unit IV
Development of Films
Representative Soviet films
•
Representative Japanese films
•
Representative Italian films
•
Representative Hollywood film and the studio system
•
Unit V
Indian Films
The early era
•
The important films made by the directors E-3: The regional films
•
The documentaries in India
•
•
The Indian Film Industry and the Hollywood
•
The impact of Films on students in India.
Total Periods
9
9
9
9
9
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: the process of the development of film as an art and entertainment form.
CO2: the evolution of the language of cinema as it evolved over a century.
CO3: the script writing techniques of a film and appreciate the various nuances
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
CO4: the evolution of film industry from the past to present
CO5: how to appreciate all aspects of the film.
Text Books:
1. Jim Piper, ‘The Film Appreciation Book’: The Film Course You Always Wanted to
Take, Allworth Press, New York: 2014.
References:
1. Stanley Cavell, ‘The World Viewed: Reflections on the Ontology of Film, Enlarged
Edition’, Harvard University Press, 1979.
2. Joseph M. Boggs, Dennis W. Petrie, ‘The Art of Watching Films’, McGraw – Hill,
2006.
3. Bernard F. Dick, ‘Anatomy of Film’, St. Martins Press, 1990.
4. Understanding the Film: An Introduction to Film Appreciation by Jan Bone and Ron
Johnson
POs
COs
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PSOs
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO1
1
PO1
2
CO1
CO2
CO3
2
2
2
3
3
3
2
2
2
CO4
2
3
2
CO5
2
3
2
PSO
1
PSO
2
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
UHS2241
Human Relations at Work
Objectives: The objectives of this course are to make students:
•
•
•
L
2
T
0
C
3
aware of human relations at work its relationship with self.
aware about the processes involved in interaction with people at work.
understand the importance of psychological and physical health in maintaining human
relations at work and progressing in career.
•
Understand the ways and means to improve human relations at work.
•
Realize the importance of safeguarding themselves from any exploitation.
Unit I
Human Relations
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
9
Understanding and Managing Yourself
Human Relations and You
Self-Esteem and Self Confidence
Self-Motivation and Goal Setting
Emotional Intelligence
Attitudes and Happiness
Values and Ethics and Problem Solving and Creativity.
Unit II
•
•
•
•
•
•
P
2
Interpersonal Relationship
9
Dealing Effectively with People
Communication in the Workplace
Specialized Tactics for Getting Along with Others in the Workplace
Managing Conflict; Becoming an Effective Leader
Motivating Others and Developing Teamwork
Diversity and Cross-Cultural Competence
Unit III
Healthy Living
9
Staying Physically Healthy
•
Yoga, Pranayam
•
Exercise: Aerobic and anaerobic
•
Unit IV
Mental Well Being
9
Staying Psychologically Healthy
•
Managing Stress and Personal Problems
•
Meditation
•
Unit V
Career Readiness
Developing Career Thrust
•
Getting Ahead in Your Career
•
Learning Strategies
•
Perception
•
Life Span Changes
•
Developing Good Work Habits
•
9
Total Periods
45
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: will enhance their awareness about human relations at work and its relationship with
self
CO2: become aware of the processes involved in interaction with people at work
CO3: understand the importance of psychological and physical health in maintaining
human relations at work.
CO4: will be able to understand the ways and means to improve human relations at work.
CO5: will realize the importance of safeguarding themselves from any exploitation.
Text Books:
1. Dubrien, A. J. (2017). Human Relations for Career and Personal Success:
Concepts,Applications,andSkills,11thEd.UpperSaddleRiver,NJ:Pearson.
References:
1. Greenberg, J. S. (2017). Comprehensive stress management (14th edition). New
York: McGraw Hill.
2. Udai, Y. (2015). Yogasanaurpranayam. New Delhi: N.S. Publications.
Cour
se
Outc
omes
Program Outcomes
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PSOs
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO1
1
PO1
2
CO1
2
2
3
2
2
CO2
2
2
3
2
2
CO3
2
2
3
2
2
CO4
2
2
3
2
2
CO5
2
2
3
2
2
PSO
1
PSO
2
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
UHS2242
Course Title
APPLICATIONS OF PSYCHOLOGY IN
EVERYDAY LIFE
L
T
P
C
2
0
2
3
Objectives:
The objectives of this course are to make students:
•
aware of the different applications of psychology to everyday issues of life,
•
aware of the different social issues, workplace issues, and behavioural issues, and
•
understand how the knowledge gained from this course can be used in their own
personal and professional work life.
•
•
Unit I
•
•
Understand the psychological principles relevant to human development.
Understand the impact of Psychology on human life
Psychology of an individual
9
Introduction: Nature and fields.
The individual human being and his or her experiences, mental processes and
behaviors.
Unit II
Different Types of Psychology
9
•
•
Psychology in industries and organizations: Job analysis; fatigue and accidents;
consumer behavior.
Different types of psychology: cognitive, forensic, social, and developmental
psychology
Unit III
Psychology and mental health
9
Psychology and mental health: Abnormality, symptoms and causes psychological disorders.
Psychology for better decision making, stress management and behavior.
Unit IV
Counseling
9
Psychology and Counseling: Need of Counseling, Counselor and the Counselee, Counseling
Process, Areas of Counseling.
Unit V
Social Behavior
9
Psychology and social behavior: Group, group dynamics, teambuilding, Prejudice and
stereotypes; Effective Communication, conflict and negotiation
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: raise their awareness on applications of psychology to every day issues of life
CO2: deal more efficiently with different issues in society, work place and human
behavior.
CO3: Apply principles of psychology in their own personal and professional lives.
CO4: Use the psychological principles for their own human development.
CO5: Appreciate the impact of Psychology on human life
Text Books:
1. Schultz, D. & Schultz, S.E. (2009). Psychology and Work Today (10th ed.). New
Jersey:Pearson/Prentice Hall.
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
References:
1. Butcher, J. N., Mineka, S., & Hooley, J. M. (2010). Abnormal psychology (14th ed.).
New York: Pearson
2. Gladding, S. T. (2014). Counselling: A comprehensive profession. New Delhi: Pearson
Education
3. Aronson, E., Wilson, T. D., &Akert, R. M. (2010). Social Psychology (7th Ed.). Upper
Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.
POs
COs
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PSOs
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO1
1
PO1
2
CO1
CO2
CO3
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
CO4
2
2
3
2
2
CO5
2
2
3
2
2
PSO
1
PSO
2
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
UEN2243
Course Title
UNDERSTANDING SOCIETY AND CULTURE
THROUGH LITERATURE
L
T
P
C
2
0
2
3
Objectives:
• To acquire skills not only the ones necessary for one’s “trade”, but also the ones to
acquire knowledge and become a better human being, as a means towards the end of
creating a better society.
• To facilitate understanding a society, its people, their mind, prevalent traditions and
culture with a view to developing a holistic worldview, which is essential for a
sustainable society.
• To introduce students to literary works of various countries/ regions / societies and
attempt to understand the respective traditions to which the works belong.
• To understand the relationship between life and literature
Literature and Life
9
Unit I
•
Traditional Knowledge.
• what is Literature?
• Significance of studying literature,
• Studying society and culture through literature,
• Understanding morality through literature.
• Reading of Literary texts –The literary piece will be given to students before hand so
that they read it and become familiar with the texts before coming to the class. In the
class, the text will be read once again, where doubts if any will be cleared.
• First Discussion – The reading will be followed by a discussion where the text will be
analyzed in detail. The students will been couraged to share their interpretation of the
text.
Unit II
Resolving Dilemma
9
• Definition and Description of ‘Dilemma’
• Choice of literary texts to confront situations where one is faced with a dilemma
(differentiating what is right and wrong? and develop a deeper insight into the various
realities of life.
• Presentation of analysis of the literary text (The students will keep in mind the author’s
background and the socio-historical and cultural backgrounds while preparing this
presentation)
• Q&A Session on the Presentation (the students will be encouraged to ask questions to
their respective classmates regarding the presentation/analysis initiating a second
discussion on the text.
Unit III Gender Studies
9
• Literary pieces that question the current notions of gender, and raises uncomfortable
questions,
• Literature that challenges the status quo, forcing us to think about the real meaning of
equality and emancipation
• Second Discussion–(Having made their presentation, and heard the presentations made
by their classmates, the students would now have a fairly good idea of the various nuances
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
of the text, making it aripe moment to have the second detailed discussion on the text.
Here the teacher may refer to those points which may have been missed by the students.)
Unit IV Reading Literature
9
• Reading of select Literary works
• The author’s Background, Historical and Social Background for a better understanding
of the literary work
• Study of other significant study material as required for an overall understanding of the
literary work.
Unit V
Readings
9
Submission of a report–Having faced questions from their classmates, and after having a
second discussion on the text, the student would come across new ideas which will be
incorporated in to the analysis and submitted in the form of a report.
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Improve their awareness of various traditions.
CO2: Not only understand the diversity found between various traditions but also celebrate
them.
CO3: Strengthen their analytical capability.
CO4: Improve their language skills and ability of expressing complex ideas.
CO5: understand the relationship between life and literature
Text Books:
1. Literary works will be provided by the teacher. Author’s Background,
2. Historical and Social Background which are significant for a better understanding of the
work will be provided by the teacher.
Reference:
Reference materials or other significant study material as required for an overall
understanding of the literary work will be sourced out by the students in consultation with
the teacher
POs
COs
PO
1
PO
2
PO
3
PO
4
PO
5
PO
6
PO
7
PSOs
PO
8
PO
9
PO1
0
PO1
1
PO1
2
CO1
CO2
CO3
2
2
2
3
3
3
2
2
2
CO4
2
3
2
CO5
2
3
2
PSO
1
PSO
2
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
MANAGEMENT ELECTIVE (V SEMESTER)
Course Code
UBA2541
Course Title
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT
L
3
Objectives:
To impart knowledge about the following topics:
•
Sketch the Evolution of Management.
•
Extract the functions and principles of management.
•
Learn the application of the principles in an organization.
•
Study the various HR related activities.
•
Analyze the position of self and company goals towards business
Unit I
INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT AND
ORGANIZATIONS
T
0
P
0
C
3
9
Definition of Management – Science or Art – Manager Vs Entrepreneur- types of
managers managerial roles and skills – Evolution of Management –Scientific, human
relations, system and contingency approaches– Types of Business organization- Sole
proprietorship, partnership, company-public and private sector enterprises- Organization
culture and Environment – Current trends and issues in Management.
Unit II
PLANNING
9
Nature and purpose of planning – Planning process – Types of planning – Objectives –
Setting objectives – Policies – Planning premises – Strategic Management – Planning
Tools and Techniques – Decision making steps and process.
Unit III
ORGANISING
9
Nature and purpose – Formal and informal organization – Organization chart –
Organization structure – Types – Line and staff authority – Departmentalization –
delegation of authority – Centralization and decentralization – Job Design - Human
Resource Management – HR Planning, Recruitment, selection, Training and
Development, Performance Management, Career planning and management.
Unit IV
DIRECTING
9
Foundations of individual and group behaviour– Motivation – Motivation theories –
Motivational techniques – Job satisfaction – Job enrichment – Leadership – types and
theories of leadership – Communication – Process of communication – Barrier in
communication – Effective communication – Communication and IT.
Unit V
CONTROLLING
9
System and process of controlling – Budgetary and non - Budgetary control techniques –
Use of computers and IT in Management control – Productivity problems and management
– Control and performance – Direct and preventive control – Reporting
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to have clear understanding of
managerial functions like planning, organizing, staffing, leading & controlling (K2)
CO2: Have same basic knowledge on international aspect of management (K2)
CO3: Ability to understand management concept of organizing (K2)
CO4: Ability to understand management concept of directing (K2)
CO5: Ability to understand management concept of controlling (K2)
Text Books:
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Harold Koontz and Heinz Weihrich “Essentials of Management”, Tata McGraw Hill,
1998.
2.
Stephen P. Robbins and Mary Coulter, “Management”, Prentice Hall (India)Pvt. Ltd.,
10th Edition, 2009.
References:
1.
Robert Kreitner and Mamata Mohapatra, “ Management”, Biztantra, 2008.
2.
Stephen A. Robbins and David A. Decenzo and Mary Coulter, “Fundamentals of
Management”, Pearson Education, 7th Edition, 2011.
3.
Tripathy PC and Reddy PN, “Principles of Management”, Tata McGraw Hill, 1999.
1.
COs
POs
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
3
6
PSOs
7
8
9
10
11
12
2
2
3
1
1
2
2
1
2
1
1
1
2
PSO 1
PSO 2
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L T P
C
UBA2542
TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
• To introduce principles of total quality management (TQM) and impart knowledge in TQM
Tools, techniques and quality systems
Unit I
INTRODUCTION
9
Introduction - Need for quality - Evolution of quality - Definitions of quality - Dimensions of product
and service quality - Basic concepts of TQM - TQM Framework - Contributions of Deming, Juran
and Crosby - Barriers to TQM - Quality statements - Customer focus - Customer orientation, Customer
satisfaction, Customer complaints, and Customer retention -Costs of quality.
Unit II
TQM PRINCIPLES
9
Leadership - Strategic quality planning, Quality Councils - Employee involvement -Motivation,
Empowerment, Team and Teamwork, Quality circles Recognition and Reward, Performance appraisal
- Continuous process improvement - PDCA cycle, 5S, Kaizen - Supplier partnership - Partnering,
Supplier selection, Supplier Rating.
Unit III
TQM TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES I
9
The seven traditional tools of quality - New management tools - Six sigma: Concepts, Methodology,
applications to manufacturing, service sector including IT - Bench marking - Reason to bench mark,
Bench marking process - FMEA - Stages, Types.
Unit IV
TQM TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES II
9
Control Charts - Process Capability - Concepts of Six Sigma - Quality Function Development (QFD)
- Taguchi quality loss function - TPM - Concepts, improvement needs – Performance Measures.
Unit V
QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
9
Need for ISO 9000 - ISO 9001-2008 Quality System - Elements, Documentation, Quality Auditing QS 9000 - ISO 14000 - Concepts, Requirements and Benefits - Guidelines for Safety and Hazard
(OHSAS).
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Describe basic concepts of total quality management (TQM) and customer relations (K2)
CO2: Describe principles of total quality management (K2)
CO3: Explain traditional and new management tools and bench marking process (K2)
CO4: Explain concepts of six sigma, quality function development and total productive maintenance
(K2)
CO5: Describe various quality systems, quality auditing and guidelines for safety and Hazard (K2)
Text Books:
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
1. Dale H. Besterfield, Carol Besterfield-Michna, Glen H. Besterfield, Mary Besterfield-Sacre,
Hemant Urdhwareshe, Rashmi Urdhwareshe, Total quality Management,Revised Third
Edition, Pearson Education Asia, 2011.. [ISBN: 9780073398181]
2. Kannan SM, Jayabalan V, Total Quality Management, RKR Publications, 2005. [ISBN:
9780073529363]
References:
1. James R. Evans and William M. Lindsay, The Management and Control of Quality,8thEdition,
First Indian Edition, Cengage Learning, 2012.. [ISBN: 9788126578245]
2. Suganthi. L and Anand Samuel, Total Quality Management, Prentice Hall (India) Pvt.Ltd.,
2006. [ISBN: 9780070702530]
3. Janakiraman. B and Gopal. R. K., Total Quality Management - Text and Cases,Prentice Hall
(India). [ISBN: 9780070664609]
4. Sharma D D,Total Quality Management, Sultan Chand and Sons, 2011. [ISBN:
9789386070968]
Cos
1
1
2
3
4
5
2
1
1
1
1
1
3
4
5
6
7
1
1
1
1
1
POs
8
9
1
1
1
1
1
10
11
12
1
1
1
1
1
PSOs
1
2
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
UBA2543
Course Title
WORK ETHICS, CORPORATE SOCIAL
RESPONSIBILITY AND GOVERNANCE
L
T
P
C
3
0
0
3
Objectives:
To impart knowledge about the following topics:
• To impart the value of professional practices with code of conduct and ethical values
• Discuss the various outlooks of roles and responsibilities with work ethics.
• Introduce the Indian constitutional statutes for ethical practices by citizens
• Analyze the ethical commitments to be hold by industry with protecting environment
• Insist on corporate and social responsibilities through Governance practices and
regulation
Unit I
INTRODUCTION
9
Ethics - Definition & nature, Characteristics, Attributes of Ethics - Business Ethics; Ethical
theories; Causes of unethical behavior; Ethical abuses; Work ethics; Code of conduct;
Public good.
Unit II
ETHICS THEORY AND BEYOND
9
Management of Ethics - Ethics analysis [ Hosmer model ]; Ethical dilemma; Ethics in
practice – ethics for managers; Role and function of ethical managers- Comparative ethical
behaviour of managers; Code of ethics; Competitiveness, organizational size, profitability
and ethics; Cost of ethics in Corporate ethics evaluation.
Unit III
LEGAL ASPECTS OF ETHICS
9
Political – legal environment; Provisions of the Indian constitution pertaining to Business;
Political setup – major characteristics and their implications for business; Prominent
features of MRTP &FERA. Social – cultural environment and their impact on business
operations, Salient features of Indian culture and values.
Unit IV
ENVIRONMENTAL ETHICS
9
Economic Environment; Philosophy of economic grow and its implications for business,
Main features of Economic Planning with respect to business; Industrial policy and
framework of government contract over Business; Role of chamber of commerce and
confederation of Indian Industries.
Unit V
CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY AND
9
GOVERNANCE
Definition- Evolution- Need for CSR; Theoretical perspectives; Corporate citizenship;
Business practices; Strategies for CSR; Challenges and implementation; Evolution of
corporate governance; Governance practices and regulation; Structure and development of
boards; Role of capital market and government; Governance ratings; Future of governanceinnovative practices; Case studies with lessons learnt.
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Understand ethical issues in workplace and have good practices in professional duties
(K2)
CO2: Learn roles and responsibilities in professional career as a team worker (K2)
CO3: Understand the legal aspects in Indian constitutional for protection of societal values
(K2)
CO4:Analyze the economical development by industry with importance to environment
protection (K2)
CO5: Understand need of good Governance in a corporate with ethical organizational behavior (K2)
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Text Books:
1.
S.A. Sherlekar, Ethics in Management, Himalaya Publishing House, 2009.
2.
William B. Werther and David B. Chandler, Strategic corporate social responsibility,
SagePublications Inc., 2011
3.
VVRobert A.G. Monks and Nell Minow, Corporate governance, John Wiley and Sons,
2011.
References:
1.
VW.H. Shaw, Business Ethics, Cengage Learning, 2007.
2.
Beeslory, Michel and Evens, Corporate Social Responsibility, Taylor and Francis,
1978.
3.
Philip Kotler and Nancy Lee, Corporate social responsibility: doing the most good
for company and your cause, Wiley, 2005.
4.
Subhabrata Bobby Banerjee, Corporate social responsibility: the good, the bad and
the ugly, Edward Elgar Publishing, 2007.
5.
Satheesh kumar, Corporate governance, Oxford University, Press, 2010.
6.
Bob Tricker, Corporate governance- Principles, policies and practices, Oxford
University Press, 2009
7.
Larue Tone Hosmer and Richard D., The Ethics of Management, Irwin Inc., 1995.
8.
Joseph A. Petrick and John F. Quinn, Management Ethics - integrity at work, Sage,
1997.
COs
1
2
3
4
5
POs
1
2
3
4
5
PSOs
6
7
8
3
3
9
1
1
10
1
1
11
12
2
2
3
2
3
1
1
2
3
1
1
3
2
3
1
1
2
2
1
2
2
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE I (V semester)
Course Code
Course Title
L T P
C
UME2521
REFRIGERATION AND AIRCONDITIONING
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
• To make students understand the underlying principles of operation in different Refrigeration
& Airconditioning systems and components
• To impart knowledge in design aspects of Refrigeration & Airconditioning systems
(Use of standard Refrigerant Tables and Psychrometric Chart permitted in all assessment
examinations)
Data Book:
• C. P. Kothandaraman, Refrigerant Tables and Charts including Air Conditioning Data, New
Age International Publishers Ltd., Fourth Edition, 2015. [ISBN: 9788122438734]
Unit I
INTRODUCTION
9
A brief history of refrigeration – refrigeration capacity and coefficient of performance – reversed
Carnot cycle and its limitations – Refrigerants – classification and desirable properties – ODP and
GWP – Montreal and Kyoto protocols – Eco-friendly refrigerants
Unit II
VAPOUR COMPRESSION SYSTEM AND COMPONENTS
9
Vapour compression cycle – p-h and T-s diagrams – Performance calculations – Refrigerant Tables
and Charts – effect of operating parameters on system performance – actual cycle – working principle
of multi pressure systems and cascade systems (theory only) – Types, working principle and
performance of compressors, condensers, expansion devices and evaporators (theory only)
Unit III
VARIOUS REFRIGERATION METHODS AND SYSTEMS
9
Working principle and applications of air cycle refrigeration – vapour absorption system – Electrolux
refrigeration – vapour adsorption system – steam jet refrigeration – thermoelectric cooling – magnetic
refrigeration – vortex tube refrigeration – pulse tube refrigeration
Unit IV
PSYCHROMETRY OF AIRCONDITIONING AND LOAD
9
ESTIMATION
A brief history of airconditioning – properties of moist Air – specific humidity, dew point temperature,
degree of saturation, relative humidity, enthalpy, wet bulb temperature, adiabatic saturation
temperature – psychrometric chart – psychrometry of airconditioning processes – solar radiation – heat
transfer through walls and roofs – internal and system heat gains – infiltration – ventilation - IAQ –
cooling and heating load estimation (theory only)
Unit V
AIRCONDITIONING EQUIPMENT AND CONTROLS
9
Airconditioning apparatus – coil and spray type – cooling and dehumidifying coils – air washers and
cooling towers – Room air distribution – supply air outlets – grilles and diffusers – return air openings
– air flow through a simple duct – duct design procedures – fan types and arrangements – filters –
controls – detecting and actuating elements – electric motor controls – controls in refrigeration
equipment – HP and LP cut-outs, capacity control
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Explain the basics of refrigeration and refrigerants (K2)
CO2: Explain the concepts of vapour compression systems and calculate system performance (K3)
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
CO3: Explain various types of refrigeration systems (K2)
CO4: Explain psychrometric properties, processes and calculate process parameters (K3)
CO5: Explain the working of components and controls of refrigeration and airconditioning equipment
(K2)
Text Books:
1. C. P. Arora, Refrigeration and Airconditioning, McGraw-Hill education, Third edition, 2017.
[ISBN: 9789814720175].
2. R. C. Arora, Refrigeration and Airconditioning, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., First edition, 2010.
[ISBN: 9788120339156].
References:
1. W. P. Jones, Air Conditioning Engineering, Butterworth - Heinemann, Fifth edition, 2000. [ISBN:
9780750650748].
2. Roy. J. Dossat, Principles of Refrigeration, Pearson Education India, Fourth edition, 2002. [ISBN:
9788177588811]
3. W. F. Stoecker, J. W. Jones, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, McGraw Hill Education, Asia,
Second edition, 1983. [ISBN: 9780070665910].
4. R.S. Khurmi, J. K. Gupta, A Textbook of Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, S Chand Publishers,
2006. [ISBN: 9788121927819].
COs
1
2
3
4
5
POs
1
3
3
3
3
3
2
1
3
1
3
3
3
1
1
1
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
1
1
PSOs
1 2
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L T P
C
UME2522
GAS DYNAMICS AND JET PROPULSION
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
• To make the students understand the basic principles of compressible flow through constant
and variable area ducts
• To impart knowledge on the theory of aircraft propulsion & rocket propulsion and applications
(Use of standard gas tables permitted for all assessment examinations)
Data Book: S. M. Yahya, Gas Tables for Compressible Flow Calculations, New Age International
Publishers, Eighth edition, 2018. [ISBN: 9789387477834]
Unit I
ISENTROPIC FLOW THROUGH VARIABLE AREA
9
Mass, momentum and energy equations for compressible fluid flows – stagnation properties – various
region of flow – effect of Mach number on compressibility – Isentropic flow through nozzles and
diffusers – propagation of Mach waves – Mach angle and Mach cone
Unit II
FLOW WITH NORMAL AND OBLIQUE SHOCK WAVES
9
Normal shock waves: Governing equations – Prandtl – Meyer relation – variation of flow parameters
across shock wave – applications – Oblique shock wave: Fundamental relations – variation of flow
parameters across shock wave – oblique shock relations from normal shock equations – applications
Unit III
FLOW THROUGH DUCTS – FANNO AND RAYLEIGH
9
FLOWS
Flow through constant area ducts with friction (Fanno flow) – variation of flow properties isothermal flow with friction – variation of flow properties – Flow through constant area ducts with
heat transfer (Rayleigh flow) – variation of flow properties – maximum heat transfer
Unit IV
ROCKET PROPULSION
9
Types of aircraft engines – turbo-prop, turbojet, turbofan, ramjet, pulsejet engines - aircraft propulsion
theory – engine component efficiencies, thrust power, propulsive, thermal and overall efficiencies –
specific fuel consumption, specific thrust and impulse.
Unit V
AIRCRAFT PROPULSION
9
Types of rocket engines – liquid propellant rocket engines – propellants – feeding systems –
combustion – solid propellant rocket engines – propellants – combustion – rocket propulsion theory –
thrust – specific impulse – specific propellant consumption – losses – efficiencies rocket applications
– space flights
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Apply concepts of compressible flow through variable area ducts and solve problems (K3)
CO2: Examine the effect of normal and oblique shock waves across compressible flow and solve
problems (K3)
CO3: Apply the concepts of compressible flow through constant area ducts with friction & heat
transfer and solve problems (K3)
CO4: Explain the working of various aircraft engines, theory of aircraft propulsion and solve
problems (K3)
CO5: Explain the working of various rocket engines, theory of rocket propulsion and solve problems
(K3)
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Text Books:
1. S. M. Yahya, Fundamentals of Compressible Flow with Aircraft and Rocket Propulsion, New Age
International Publishers, Sixth edition, 2018. [ISBN: 9789386649911].
2. J. D. Anderson, Modern Compressible Flow with Historical Perspective, McGraw Hill Education,
Third edition, 2017. [ISBN: 9781259027420].
References:
1. H. I. H. Saravanamuttoo, G.F.C. Rogers, H. Cohen, P. V. Straznicky, A. C. Nix, Gas Turbine
Theory, Pearson Education, Seventh edition, 2019. [ISBN: 9789389342215].
2. V. Ganesan. Gas Turbines, McGraw Hill Education, Third edition, 2017. [ISBN: 9780070681927]
3. A. H. Shapiro, The Dynamics and Thermodynamics of Compressible Fluid Flow, Wiley, First
edition, 1977. [ISBN: 9780471066910].
4. M. J. Zucrow, J. D. Hoffman, Gas Dynamics, Wiley, First edition, 1976. [ISBN: 9780471984405].
COs
1
2
3
4
5
POs
1
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
4
5
6
7
8
1
1
9
10
11
12
1
1
PSOs
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L T P
C
UME2523
UNCONVENTIONAL MACHINING PROCESSES 3 0 0
3
Objectives:
To outline the principles of various standalone and assisted unconventional machining processes and
use the knowledge for identifying the suitable process for application
Unit I
INTRODUCTION AND MECHANICAL ENERGY BASED
10
PROCESSES
Unconventional machining Process – Need – classification – merits, demerits and applications.
Comparison of non-traditional machining processes. Abrasive Jet Machining – Water Jet Machining
– Abrasive Water Jet Machining - Ultrasonic Machining. (AJM, WJM, AWJM and USM). Working
Principles – equipment used – Process parameters – MRR- Applications
Unit II
THERMAL AND ELECTRICAL ENERGY BASED
9
PROCESSES
Electric Discharge Machining (EDM) – Wire cut EDM – Working Principle – equipment- Process
Parameters-Surface Finish and MRR- electrode / Tool – Power and control Circuits- Tool Wear –
Dielectric – Flushing –– Applications. Laser Beam machining and drilling, (LBM), Plasma Arc
Machining (PAM) and Electron Beam Machining (EBM). Principles – Equipment –Types - Beam
control techniques – Applications
Unit III
CHEMICAL AND ELECTRO-CHEMICAL ENERGY BASED 9
PROCESSES
Chemical machining and Electro-Chemical machining (CHM and ECM)- Etchants – Maskant techniques of applying maskants - Process Parameters – Surface finish and MRR Applications.
Principles of ECM- Equipment - Surface Roughness and MRR – Electrical circuit-Process
Parameters-ECG and ECH – Applications
Unit IV
ADVANCED NANO FINISHING PROCESSES
9
Abrasive flow machining, chemo-mechanical polishing, magnetic abrasive finishing, magneto
rheological finishing, magneto rheological abrasive flow finishing - their working principles,
equipment, effect of process parameters, applications, advantages and limitations
Unit V
ASSISTED UNCONVENTIONAL MACHINING PROCESSES 8
Vibration assisted Electric Discharge machining, Ultrasonic assisted Electrochemical Machining,
Laser assisted Electrochemical machining, Magnetic Field Assisted Abrasive Flow machining,
Electric field assisted Laser Percussion Drilling
Total Periods 45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Outline of Unconventional machining process and explain about mechanical energy based
processes (K2)
CO2: Discuss various thermal energy and electrical energy based unconventional machining
processes (K2)
CO3: Summarize various chemical and electro-chemical energy based unconventional machining
processes (K2)
CO4: Explain various nano abrasives based unconventional machining processes (K2)
CO5: Discuss about different assisted unconventional machining processes (K2)
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Text Books:
1. Vijay.K. Jain, Advanced Machining Processes, Allied Publishers Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2007
[ISBN-10 : 8177642944]
2. Pandey P.C. and Shan H.S. Modern Machining Processes, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2007
[ISBN-10 : 0070965536]
References:
1. Gupta. K, Jain. N. K., Laubscher, R. F., Hybrid Machining Processes, Perspectives on
Machining and Finishing, 2016, Springer, [ISBN 978-3-319-25922-2]
2. Benedict. G.F., Nontraditional Manufacturing Processes, Marcel Dekker Inc., NewYork, 1987
[ISBN, 0824773527]
3. Mc Geough, Advanced Methods of Machining, Chapman and Hall, London, 1998 [ISBN 978-0412-31970-9]
4. J. Paulo Davim (Ed.), Non-traditional Machining Processes: Research Advances, Springer Science
& Business Media, Technology & Engineering, Springer-Verlag London, 2013 [ISBN 978-14471-5179-1]
COs
1
2
3
4
5
POs
1
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
PSOs
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L T P C
UME2524
HYDRAULICS AND PNEUMATICS
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
• To impart knowledge on the fluid power principles, fluids and components in fluid
power system.
• To impart knowledge on the design and application of fluid power system in process,
construction and manufacturing Industries.
Unit I
FLUID POWER PRINICIPLES
9
Introduction to Fluid power – Advantages, Disadvantages and Applications, Components of a
Fluid power systems, Types of fluid power control systems, Properties of fluids, Types of fluids
and selection – Basics of Hydraulics – Applications of Pascal’s Law – Principles of flow Friction loss – Work, Power and Torque Problems.
Unit II
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM COMPONENTS
9
Sources of Hydraulic power: Pumping Theory – Pump Classification – Gear, Vane and Piston
Pumps Construction and working – Pump Performance and Selection - Problems. Hydraulic
Actuators: Cylinders – Types, Construction and Application, Hydraulic cushioning – Limited
rotation hydraulic motors, Hydraulic motors – Gear, Vane and Piston motors, Hydraulic Motor
Performance – Problems. Control Components: Direction Control, Flow control and pressure
control valves – Types, Construction and Operation – Servo and Proportional valves.
Accessories, Fluid Power ANSI Symbols.
Unit III
HYDRAULIC CIRCUITS AND SYSTEMS
9
Accumulators, Intensifiers, Industrial hydraulic circuits – Regenerative, Pump Unloading,
Double-Pump, Pressure Intensifier, Air-over oil, Sequence, Reciprocation, Synchronization,
Fail-Safe, Speed Control, Hydrostatic transmission, Electro hydraulic servo systems, Mechanical
hydraulic servo systems.
Unit IV
PNEUMATIC AND ELECTRO PNEUMATIC SYSTEMS
9
Properties of air – Perfect Gas Laws – Compressor – Filters, Regulator, Lubricator, Muffler, Air
control Valves, Quick Exhaust Valves, Pneumatic actuators, Design of Pneumatic circuit –
Cascade method – Electro Pneumatic System – Elements – Ladder diagram, Introduction to
fluidics and pneumatic logic circuits.
Unit V
APPLICATIONS AND TROUBLE SHOOTING
9
Design of hydraulic circuits for Drilling, Planning, Shaping, Surface grinding, Press and Forklift
applications. Design of Pneumatic circuits for Pick and Place applications and tool handling in
CNC Machine tools. Installation, Selection, Maintenance, Trouble Shooting and Remedies in
Hydraulic and Pneumatic systems.
Total Periods 45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Explain the Fluid power principle and applications (K2)
CO2: Summarize the features and functions of Hydraulic pumps, Hydraulic motors, actuators
and Flow control valves (K2)
CO3: Explain the different types of Hydraulic circuits and systems (K2)
CO4: Explain the working of different pneumatic circuits and systems (K2)
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
CO5: Summarize the applications of hydraulic and pneumatic systems and the various trouble
shooting methods (K2)
Text Books:
1. Anthony Esposito, Fluid Power with Applications, 7th edition, Pearson Education 2013.
2. Majumdar S.R., Oil Hydraulics Systems- Principles and Maintenance, Tata McGraw Hill,
2003.
References:
1. Anthony Lal, Oil hydraulics in the service of industry, Allied publishers, 1982.
2. Dudelyt, A. Pease and John T. Pippenger, Basic Fluid Power, Prentice Hall, 1987.
3. Michael J, Prinches and Ashby J. G, Power Hydraulics, Prentice Hall, 1989
4. Shanmugasundaram. K, Hydraulic and Pneumatic controls, Chand & Co, 2006.
COs
1
2
3
4
5
POs
1
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
2
2
2
3
3
3
4
5
2
2
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
PSOs
1
2
1
1
3
3
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course
Code
UME2525
Course Title
L
T
P
C
GEOMETRIC DIMENSIONING AND
TOLERANCING
3
0
0
3
Objectives:
• Identify and apply Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing symbols on drawings.
• Understand the similarities and differences between coordinate and geometric
dimensioning and tolerancing.
• Describe the three-plane concept and apply datums to appropriate surfaces.
• Understand the uses of and apply:
o Tolerances of orientation
o Location tolerances
o Tolerances of runout
o Tolerances of profile
Unit I
INTRODUCTION
9
Course Introduction to GD&T, Terminology & Basic Rules, Features and Rules of GD&TIntro to Features and Material Conditions- Maximum Material Condition- Least Material
Condition, Basics of Functional Gauging
Unit II
DATUMS CONTROL
9
Intro to Datums- The Datum Reference Frame- Primary Datum Controls, Intro to MMB,
Adding GD&T to a Drawing/Design: The Feature Control Frame, SLOF for Drawings (Size,
Location, Orientation & Form)
Unit III
FORM TOLERANCES
9
Straightness (Surface), Straightness (Median Line/MMC) – Flatness (Surface), Flatness
(Median Plane/MMC) - Circularity- Cylindricity
Unit IV
ORIENTATION AND PROFILE TOLERANCES
9
Orientation Tolerance: Parallelism (Surface), Parallelism (Axis), Perpendicularity (Surface),
Perpendicularity (Axis), Angularity (Surface and Axis)Profile Tolerances: Profile of a
Surface – Basics, Profile (Modifiers and More Examples), Profile of a Line.
Unit V
LOCATION AND RUNOUT TOLERANCES
9
Location Tolerance: True Position –Basics, True Position vs Coordinate Dimensions,
Concentricity, Symmetry Runout Tolerances: Runout/Circular Runout, Total Runout.
Total Periods 45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Identify and summarize Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing symbols on
drawings (K2)
CO2: Explain the similarities and differences between coordinate and geometric
dimensioning and tolerancing (K2).
CO3: Explain three-plane concept and application of datum to appropriate surfaces (K2).
CO4: Summarize tolerances of orientation and profile (K2)
CO5: Explain location tolerances and tolerances of runout (K2)
Text Books:
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
1. Alex Krulikowski, “Fundamentals of Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing, as per
ANSI/ASME Y14.5M-2009”, Author: Publisher: Delmar Learning, Third edition, 2012.
2. James D Meadows,“Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing: Applications and
Techniques for Use in Design Manufacturing and Inspection”, T&F India, ISBN-10:
9781138049277, 2017
References:
1. Ashok Kumar, “Simplified GD&T: Based on ASME-Y 14.5”, Kindle Edition, 2009
2. P.S. Gill, “Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing”, K. Kataria & Sons; 2013 edition,
ISBN-10: 935014378X, ISBN-13: 978-9350143780, 2013.
3. “Dimensioning and Tolerancing ASME Y14.5”, Publisher: ASME, ISBN:
9780791831922, Publish Date: 2009.
4. Alex Krulikowski, “Fundamentals of Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing Using
Critical Thinking Skills”, 2012..
COs
1
2
3
4
5
1
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
5
1
1
1
1
1
6
7
POs
8
9
10
11
1
1
1
1
1
12
1
1
1
1
1
PSOs
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L
UME2526
HUMAN FACTORS FOR DESIGN
3
Objectives:
• Describe the meaning and importance of human factors engineering.
T
0
P
0
C
3
•
Relate human sensory, cognitive, and physical capabilities and limitations to the design of
human-machine systems.
•
Select and correctly use appropriate human-machine system analysis and design tools.
•
Apply sound human-machine system design principles to develop written and graphical
design specifications.
•
Recognize and construct proper recommendations to correct human factors deficiencies in
human-machine systems in written and/or graphical form.
• Design, conduct, and document a human factor experiment or study for a research project.
Unit I
INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN FACTORS AND
9
ERGONOMICS
Introduction to Human Factors and Ergonomics- Cost-Benefit Analysis of Improvements in the
Human Factors Design. Conducting a Human Factors Investigation.
Unit II
INFORMATION-CENTERED HUMAN FACTORS
9
Vision and Illumination Design. Human Information Processing. Design of Controls, Displays,
and Symbols. Design of Human-Computer Interaction
Unit III
HUMAN-BODY-CENTERED ERGONOMICS
9
Anthropometry in Workstation Design- Work Posture - Manual Materials Handling. Repetitive
Motion Injury and Design of Hand Tools. Physical Workload and Heat Stress. Noise and
Vibration
Unit IV
ORGANIZATION/MANAGEMENT-CENTERED HUMAN
9
FACTORS
Ergonomics of Computer Workstations. Training, Skills, and Cognitive Task Analysis
Unit V
INDUSTRIAL SAFETY CENTERED HUMAN FACTORS
9
Shift work, Design for Manufacture and Maintenance. Accidents, Human Errors, and Safety
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Describe basics of Human Factors and Ergonomics and morphology of design (K2)
CO2: Plan the design concept and Information-Centered Human Factors (K2)
CO3: Explain various Body Centered Ergonomics and design of products (K2)
CO4: Explain the methodology of Organization/Management-Centered Human Factors (K2)
CO5: Describe various Industrial Safety Centered Human Factors (K2)
Text Books:
1. Martin Helander, A Guide to Human Factors and Ergonomics, Edition 2nd Edition, CRC Press,
2005. [ISBN: 0415282489].
2. Wickens, C.D., Lee, J.D., Liu, Y., Gordon Becker, S.E. An Introduction to Human Factors in
Engineering (2nd Ed.). Upper Saddle River, New Jersey: Pearson Prentice-Hall, 2004. [ISBN:
9780131837362].
References:
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
1. Sanders, M.S., Human Factors in Engineering and Design (7th Ed.). McGraw-Hill, Inc., 2013.
[ISBN: 9780070549012].
2. Bridger R S, Introduction to Human Factors and Ergonomics, Taylor & Francis; Fourth edition,
2017. [ISBN: 9781498795944].
3. Marcelo M. Soares and Francisco Rebelo, Ergonomics in Design: Methods and Techniques
(Human Factors and Ergonomics), CRC Press; 1st edition, 2019. [ISBN: 978-0367356903].
4. Kroemer, K.H.E., Kroemer, H.B., and Kroemer-Elbert, K.E., Ergonomics: How to Design for
Ease and Efficiency (2nd Ed.). Upper Saddle River, New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 2001. [ISBN:
9780137524785].
5. Karl H.E. Kroemer, Fitting the Human: Introduction to Ergonomics / Human Factors
Engineering, Seventh Edition, CRC Press, 2017. [ISBN: 9781498746892].
COs
POs
1
1
2
3
4
5
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1
1
1
1
1
12
1
1
1
1
1
PSOs
1
2
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L T P C
UME2527
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
● To enable the student to understand the principles, functions and practices adapted in
industry for the successful management of maintenance activities.
● To explain the different maintenance categories like Preventive maintenance, condition
monitoring and repair of machine elements.
● To illustrate some of the simple instruments used for condition monitoring in industry.
Unit I
PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES OF MAINTENANCE
9
PLANNING
Basic Principles of maintenance planning – Objectives and principles of planned maintenance
activity – Importance and benefits of sound Maintenance systems – Reliability and machine
availability – MTBF, MTTR and MWT – Factors of availability – Maintenance organization –
Maintenance economics.
Unit II
MAINTENANCE POLICIES – PREVENTIVE
9
MAINTENANCE
Maintenance categories – Comparative merits of each category – Preventive maintenance,
maintenance schedules, repair cycle - Principles and methods of lubrication – TPM.
Unit III
CONDITION MONITORING
9
Condition Monitoring – Cost comparison with and without CM – On-load testing and offload
testing – Methods and instruments for CM – Temperature sensitive tapes – Pistol thermometers
– wear-debris analysis
Unit IV
REPAIR METHODS FOR BASIC MACHINE ELEMENTS
9
Repair methods for beds, slide ways, spindles, gears, lead screws and bearings – Failure analysis
– Failures and their development – Logical fault location methods – Sequential fault location.
Unit V
REPAIR METHODS FOR MATERIAL HANDLING
9
EQUIPMENT
Repair methods for Material handling equipment - Equipment records –Job order systems -Use
of computers in maintenance.
Total Periods 45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Discuss principles and practices of maintenance engineering (K2)
CO2: Explain the maintenance policies and categories related to preventive maintenance (K2)
CO3: Explain the concept of condition monitoring in maintenance engineering (K2)
CO4: Discuss the repair methods for various basic machine elements (K2)
CO5: Explain the repair method for material handling equipment (K2)
Text Books:
1. Srivastava S.K., “Industrial Maintenance Management”, S. Chand and Co., 2002, ISBN: 9788121916639
2. Venkataraman .K “Maintenance Engineering and Management”, PHI Learning, Pvt. Ltd.,
2007, ISBN: 9788120331303
References:
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
1. Bhattacharya S.N., “Installation, Servicing and Maintenance”, S. Chand and Co., 2nd edition,
1995, ISBN: 9788121908313
2. White E.N., “Maintenance Planning”, I Documentation, Gower Press, 1979., ISBN: 9780566021442
3. Garg H.P., “Industrial Maintenance”, S. Chand & Co., 2010, ISBN: 9788121901680.
4. Higgins L.R., “Maintenance Engineering Hand book”, 5th Edition, McGraw Hill, 1994,
ISBN: 978-0070288119.
COs
1
2
3
4
5
POs
1
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
PSOs
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L T P C
UME252
PRINCIPLES OF QULAITY CONTROL
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
● Developing the basic concepts of quality control procedures.
● Impart knowledge to design and implement Statistical Process control in any industry.
● Design and implement acceptance sampling inspection methods in industry.
● Study the process and machine capability.
● Develop the applications of various charts.
Unit I
QUALITY FUNDAMENTALS
9
Importance of quality- evolution of quality- definitions of quality- dimensions of quality- quality
control- quality assurance- areas of quality- quality planning- quality objectives and policiesquality costs- economics of quality- Quality loss function- quality Vs productivity- Quality Vs
reliability.
Unit II
CONTROL CHARTS FOR VARIABLES
9
Process variation- preliminary decisions- control limits and their computation- construction and
application of X bar, R and S charts - warning and modified control limits- process adjustment
for trend- Comparison of process variation with specification limits- O.C. curve for X bar chart
Unit III
CONTROL CHARTS FOR ATTRIBUTES
9
Limitations of variable control charts- Control charts for fraction non-conforming- p and np
charts, variable sample size, operating characteristic function, run length- Control chart for
nonconformities(defects)- c, u, ku charts, demerits control chart-applications
Unit IV
STATISTICAL PROCESS CONTROL
9
Process stability- process capability study using control charts- capability indices- Cp, Cpk and
Cpm – capability analysis using histogram and normal probability plot- machine capability
studygauge capability study- setting statistical tolerances for components and assembliesindividual measurement charts- X-chart, moving average and moving range chart, multi-vari
chart.
Unit V
ACCEPTANCE SAMPLING
9
Need- economics of sampling- sampling procedure- single and double sampling- O.C. curves
Average outgoing quality- Average sample number- Average total inspection- Multiple and
sequential sampling- Standard sampling plans- MIL Standards, Dodge-Roming, IS 2500.
Total Periods 45
Course Outcomes:Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Students will become familiar with details of quality costs, economies and planning (K2)
CO2: Control the quality of processes using control charts for variables in manufacturing/service
industries (K2)
CO3: Good understanding and in depth knowledge has been imparted in the process capability study
(K2)
CO4: Control the occurrence of defects in product or services industries (K2)
CO5: Determination of acceptance sampling procedures are practiced. (K2)
Text Books:
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
1. Douglus C. Montgomery, “Introduction to Statistical Quality Control”, Wiley-India,
SeventhEdition, 2013
2. Krishnaiah K.,” Applied Statistical Quality Control and Improvement”, PHI, 201
References:
1. Amitava Mitra, “Fundamentals of Quality Control and Improvement”, Wiley, Third
Edition, 2008.
2. Dale H. Besterfield, Quality Control, Pearson Education Asia, Eight Edition, 2008
3. Eugene L. Grant and Richard S. Leaven Worth, “Statistical Quality Control”, McGrawHill Education, Seventh Edition, 2000.
4. Grant E.L. and Leavens worth, Statistical Quality Control, TMH, 2000.
COs
1
2
3
4
5
POs
1
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
4
5
1
1
1
1
1
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
PSOs
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE II (VI semester)
Course Code
Course Title
L T P C
UME2621
POWER PLANT ENGINEERING
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
• To make the students understand the working of various types of power plants, concept
of heat recovery and energy storage systems
Unit I
COAL BASED THERMAL POWER PLANTS
9
Fossil Fuel Energy current scenario in India, Layout of modern coal power plant, Subsystems of
thermal power plants – Fuel and ash handling, Draught system, Feed water treatment, Boilers Types and comparison, Accessories, Super Critical Boilers, FBC Boilers. Steam Turbines.
Unit II
NUCLEAR POWER PLANTS
9
Basics of Nuclear Engineering, Decay rates and Half Lives, Layout and subsystems of Nuclear
Power Plants, Neutron Life Cycle, Working of Nuclear Reactors: Boiling Water Reactor,
Pressurized Water Reactor, CANada Deuterium- Uranium Reactor (CANDU), Breeder, Gas
Cooled and Liquid Metal Cooled Reactors. 4th Gen Nuclear Reactors, Significant Problems and
Safety measures for Nuclear Power plants.
Unit III
COGENERATION AND RESIDUAL HEAT RECOVERY
9
Gas and Vapour Power Cycle Analysis and Optimization, Intercooling, Reheating and
Regeneration, Combined cycle power plants, Cogeneration Principles, Residual Heat Sources
and Utilization.
Unit IV
POWER GENERATION FROM RENEWABLE SOURCES
9
Classification and needs of renewable energy sources, Power generation and applications –
Hydroelectric Power, Solar Energy, Biomass, Tidal, Geothermal Energy.
Unit V
POWER PLANT ECONOMICS, INSTRUMENTATION AND
9
ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEMS
Power Tariff types, Load Distribution parameters, Load Curve, Capital & Operating Costs,
Instrumentation and Process Control equipment in Power Plants, Energy Storage – Necessity,
Types
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Explain the layout, construction and working of the components of a thermal power plant
(K2)
CO2: Explain the layout, construction and working of the components of a nuclear power plant
(K2)
CO3: Explain the concepts of co-generation, waste heat recovery systems, their applications and
solve problems (K3)
CO4: Explain the various sources of renewable energy and their applications (K2)
CO5: Apply the basic economics of power generation and explain the concepts of thermal storage
systems (K3)
Text Books:
1. G. D. Rai, An Introduction to Power Plant Technology, Khanna Publishers, Third edition,
1987. [ISBN: 9789387394094]
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
2. P. K. Nag, Power Plant Engineering, McGraw Hill Education, Fourth edition, 2017. [ISBN:
9789339204044]
References:
1. R. K. Hegde, Power Plant Engineering, Pearson Education India, First edition, 2015. [ISBN:
9789332534100]
2. R. K. Rajput, A Textbook of Power Plant Engineering, Laxmi Publications, Fifth edition,
2016. [ISBN: 9788131802557]
3. M. M. El-Wakil, Power Plant Technology, McGraw Hill Education, First edition, 2017.
[ISBN: 9780070702448]
4. Thomas C. Elliott, Kao Chen and Robert C. Swanekamp, Standard Handbook of Power Plant
Engineering, McGraw Hill Education, Second Edition, 1997. [ISBN: 9780070194359]
COs
1
2
3
4
5
POs
1
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
4
5
6
7
2
1
1
8
1
2
1
1
9
10
11
12
1
1
1
1
1
PSOs
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L T P C
UME2622
RENEWABLE SOURCE OF ENERGY
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
• To make the students understand the working principle and applications of various
renewable energy systems and technologies
Unit I
INTRODUCTION
9
World Energy Use – Reserves of Energy Resources – Environmental Aspects of Energy
Utilization – Renewable Energy Scenario in Tamil Nadu, India and around the World – Potentials
- Achievements / Applications – Energy Storage Technologies – Mechanical energy, Electrical
energy, Hydrogen Storage, Chemical energy, Thermal energy
Unit II
SOLAR ENERGY
9
Solar Radiation – Measurements of Solar Radiation - Flat Plate and Concentrating Collectors –
Solar direct Thermal Applications – Solar thermal Power Generation - Fundamentals of Solar
Photo Voltaic Conversion – Solar Cells – Solar PV Power Generation – Solar PV Applications
Unit III
WIND ENERGY
9
Wind Data and Energy Estimation – Types of Wind Energy Systems – Performance – Site
Selection – Details of Wind Turbine Generator – Safety and Environmental Aspects
Unit IV
BIOENERGY
9
Biomass – direct combustion – Biomass gasifiers – Biomass Applications – Biogas plants –
Digesters – Ethanol production – Bio diesel – Cogeneration
Unit V
FUEL CELLS AND OTHER ENERGY SOURCES
9
Basics of fuel cells – types – working – comparative analysis – performance of fuel cell –
advantages and drawbacks- Hybrid Systems- Tidal energy – Wave Energy – Open and Closed
OTEC Cycles – Small Hydro-Geothermal Energy
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Explain various technologies of renewable energy and its storage (K2)
CO2: Explain methods of power generation from solar energy (K2)
CO3: Explain methods of power generation from wind energy (K2)
CO4: Explain methods of power generation from bioenergy (K2)
CO5: Explain working of fuel cells and other energy systems like tidal energy, wave energy,
ocean thermal energy, hydro energy (K2)
Text Books:
1. G. D. Rai, Non-Conventional Energy Sources, Khanna Publishers, 1988. [ISBN:
9788174090737]
2. R. K. Rajput, Non-Conventional Energy Sources and Utilization (Energy Engineering), S.
Chand & Company, 2014. [ISBN: 9788121939713]
References:
1. Chetan Singh Solanki, Solar Photovoltaics: Fundamentals, Technologies and Applications,
PHI Learning Private Limited, 2015. [ISBN: 9788120351110]
2. David M. Mousdale, Introduction to Biofuels, CRC Press, First edition, 2017. [ISBN:
9781138116276]
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
3. Leon Freris, Wind Energy Conversion Systems, Prentice Hall, 1990. [ISBN:
9780139605277]
4. Godfrey Boyle, Renewable Energy: Power for a Sustainable Future, Oxford University Press,
Third edition, 2012. [ISBN: 9780199681273]
COs
1
2
3
4
5
POs
1
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
1
1
1
9
10
11
12
1
1
1
1
PSOs
1 2
1
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L T P C
UME2623
WELDING TECHNOLOGY
3 0 0 3
Objectives:
• To understand different types of fusion welding processes, equipment used, physics of
the process and applicability
• To understand different types of solid state welding processes, Brazing and Soldering,
equipment used, physics of the process and applicability
• To understand the metallurgical and mechanical behavior of structural steels during
welding
• To understand the metallurgical and mechanical behavior of non-ferrous metals and
alloys during welding
• To understand the various welding standards, quality aspects, health and safety issues
during welding.
Unit I
FUSION WELDING PROCESSES
9
Physics of the welding process, Equipment used, Process parameters, Advantages, Limitations
and applications of the following Fusion welding Processes: Oxy Fuel Gas Welding (OFW),
Resistance Welding, shielded metal arc Welding, Gas Tungsten Arc Welding, Gas Metal Arc
Welding and Submerged Arc Welding Process. Laser Beam welding and Electron Beam Welding
Processes
Unit II
SOLID STATE WELDING PROCESSES, BRAZING AND
9
SOLDERING
Physics of the welding process, Equipment used, Process parameters, Advantages, Limitations
and applications of the following welding Processes: Friction Welding, Friction Stir welding,
Ultrasonic welding, explosive welding, Diffusion bonding, Roll Bonding, Magnetically Impelled
arc butt welding (MIAB). Different types of Brazing and Soldering processes
Unit III
WELDING METALLURGY OF STEELS
9
Behaviour of structural steels (carbon and low alloy steels only) in fusion welding: Thermal field,
Heat input and efficiency of heat input, Peak temperature, Cooling rate and thermal cycle, Δt 8/5,
Heat flow, Heat-affected zone, Properties of HAZ, Carbon equivalent, Dilution, Structure of weld
metal, Equations for the heat distribution, Solidification of weld pool, Cracking phenomenon in
Welded joints: cold cracking, hot cracking, Reheat cracking and Lamellar tearing. Pre heating
and post weld heat treatment
Unit IV
WELDING METALLURGY OF NON FERROUS ALLOYS
9
Physical and mechanical properties, weldability, Applicable joining processes and Filler
materials for Aluminium alloys, Titanium alloys, Magnesium alloys, Copper alloys and Nickel
alloys
Unit V
WELDING QUALITY AND STANDARDS
9
Welding coordination and inspection personnel; qualification tasks and responsibilities ISO
3834, ISO 14731, ISO 9712 etc... Welding Procedure Specification (WPS), Welding Procedure
qualification record (WPQR), Welder qualification ISO9606, Plant facilities, welding jigs and
fixtures, Health and Safety in welding
Total Periods 45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
CO1: Explain fusion welding processes and parameters for the fabrication of a given component
(K2)
CO2: Explain solid state welding processes and parameters for the fabrication of a given
component (K2)
CO3: Explain properties, parameters and processes associated with welding of steel (K2)
CO4: Explain properties and processes associated with welding of non-ferrous alloys (K2)
CO5: Explain various standards and quality procedures of welding (K2)
Text Books:
1. R.S.Parmar : Welding Engineering and Technology , 2013, Khanna Publishers [ISBN-13,
978-81-7409-028-7]
2. John C Lippold: Welding Metallurgy and Weldability, 2015, Wiley [ISBN: 978-1-118-230701]
References:
1. Howard B Cary: Modern Welding Technology, 2002, Prentice Hall [ISBN 10: 0135992834]
2. Sindo Kou : Welding Metallurgy 2020, Wiley [ISBN: 1119524814]
3. American Welding Society (AWS) Welding Hand Books Vol 1-5, 9th Edition, Editor: Annette
O’Brien [ISBN: 0-87171-729-8]
4. Little R.L., Welding and welding Technology, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co., Ltd., New
Delhi, 34th reprint, 2008 [ISBN: 0521650267]
COs
1
2
3
4
5
POs
1
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
1
1
1
1
PSOs
1 2
1
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L T P C
UME2624
SUSTAINABLE MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS
3 0 0
3
Objectives: To introduce the various concepts associated with Design and Manufacturing for
sustainability
Unit I
SUSTAINABILITY AND DEVELOPMENT CHALLENGES
9
Definition of sustainability – Environmental, Economic and Social dimensions of sustainability
- Sustainable Development Models – Strong and Weak Sustainability – Defining DevelopmentMillennium Development Goals – Core problems and Cross Cutting Issues of the 21 Century Global, Regional and Local environmental issues – Social insecurity - Resource Degradation –
Climate Change – Desertification.
Unit II
PRINCIPLES AND FRAME WORK
9
History and emergence of the concept of sustainable development - Our Common Future - Rio
plus 20– Rio Principles of Sustainable Development – 6 R Concept, Precautionary PrinciplePolluter Pays Principle – Role of Civil Society, Business and Government -Natural Step- Peoples
Earth Charter and Business Charter for Sustainable Development –UN Global Compact –
Product Design for Sustainability.
Unit III
SUSTAINABILE LIVELI HOOD
9
Quality of Life - Poverty, Population and Pollution – Combating Poverty - Human Development
Index - Demographic dynamics of sustainability - Strategies to end Rural and Urban Poverty and
Hunger – Sustainable Livelihood Framework- Health, Education and Empowerment of Women,
Children, Youth, Indigenous People, role of Non-Governmental Organizations in sustainable
development.
Unit IV
SUSTAINABLE SOCIO-ECONOMIC SYSTEMS
9
Protecting and Promoting Human Health – Investing in Natural Capital- Agriculture - sustainable
agriculture, Forests, Fisheries - Food security and nutrition - Water and sanitation -Biodiversity
conservation and Ecosystem integrity –Ecotourism - Urbanization and Sustainable Cities –
Sustainable Habitats- Green Buildings - Sustainable Transportation – Sustainable Consumption
and Production – Sustainable Energy–Mitigation and Adaptation - Safeguarding Marine
Resources - Waste Management.
Unit V
ASSESSING PROGRESS AND WAY FORWARD
9
Sustainability in global, regional and national context –limitations of GDP- Ecological FootprintNational initiatives for Sustainable Development -Hurdles to Sustainability – Operational
guidelines –-Measuring Sustainability – Performance indicators of sustainability and Assessment
mechanism – Inclusive Green Growth and Green Economy – National Sustainable Development
Strategy Planning – Governance - Sustainability Education.
Total Periods 45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Explain the fundamentals of Sustainability (K2)
CO2: Understand the history and current status of sustainability (K2)
CO3: Summarize the concepts of sustainable livelihood (K2)
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
CO4: Discuss the practical ways of following the sustainability concept (K2)
CO5: Summarize the indices of sustainable progress (K2)
Text Books:
1. Paulo Davim, Sustainable Manufacturing, Wiley Publishers,1st Edition, 2010 [ISBN: 978-1848-21212-1]
2. Strak, Rainer, Seliger, Gunther, Sustainable Manufacturing-Challenges, Solutions and
Implementation Perspectives, Springer Open Access, 2017 [ISBN: 978-3-319-48513-3]
References:
1. Kirkby J, O Keefe and Timberlake, Sustainable Development, Earthscan Publication, London,
1993 [ISBN: 9780367632045]
2. UNEP, , Towards a Green Economy: Pathways to Sustainable Development and Poverty
Eradication, www.unep.org/greeneconomy, 2011 [ISBN: 978-92-807-3143-9]
3. United Nations Report, Indicators of Sustainable Development: Guidelines and
Methodologies, New York: United Nations, 3rd Edition, 2007 [ISBN: 978-92-1-104577-2]
4. Barry Dalal Clayton and Stephen Bass, Sustainable Development Strategies-a resourcebook”,
Earthscan Publications Ltd, London, 2002 [SBN:1 85383 946 9]
COs
1
2
3
4
5
POs
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
1
1
1
1
7
8
3
3
3
3
3
9
1
1
1
1
1
10
11
12
2
2
2
2
2
PSOs
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L T P C
UME2625
DESIGN CONCEPTS IN ENGINEERING
3 0 0
4
Objectives:
• To impart the importance of design in today’s context of global competition,
environmental awareness and customer oriented market.
• To impart the basic concepts and various aspects of design using simple examples and
case studies.
Unit I
DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS
9
Importance of design- The design process-Considerations of Good Design – Morphology of
Design –Organization for design– Computer Aided Engineering – Designing to codes and
standards – Concurrent Engineering – Product and process cycles – Technological Forecasting –
Market Identification – Competition Bench marking.
Unit II
CUSTOMER ORIENTED DESIGN & SOCIETAL
9
CONSIDERATIONS
Identification of customer needs- customer requirements- Quality Function Deployment- Product
Design Specifications- Human Factors in Design – Ergonomics and Aesthetics. Societal
consideration - Contracts – Product liability – Protecting intellectual property – Legal and ethical
domains – Codes of ethics - Ethical conflicts – Environment responsible design-future trends in
interaction of engineering with society.
Unit III
DESIGN METHODS
9
Creativity and Problem Solving – Creativity methods-Theory of Inventive Problem Solving
(TRIZ)–Conceptual decomposition-Generating design concepts-Axiomatic Design – Evaluation
methods- Embodiment Design-Product Architecture-Configuration Design- Parametric Design.
Role of models in design-Mathematical Modeling – Simulation.
Unit IV
MATERIAL SELECTION PROCESSING AND DESIGN
9
Material Selection Process – Economics – Cost Vs Performance – Weighted property Index Value Analysis – Role of Processing in Design – Classification of Manufacturing Process –
Design for Manufacture – Design for Assembly –Designing for castings, Forging, Metal
Forming, Machining and Welding – Residual Stresses.
Unit V
PROBABILITY CONCEPTS IN DESIGN FOR RELIABILITY
9
Probability – Distributions – Test of Hypothesis – Design of Experiments – Reliability Theory –
Design for Reliability – Reliability centered Maintenance-Robust Design-Failure mode Effect
Analysis.
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Explain the importance of need for design, design process, materials and processes
used for designing various components. (K2)
CO2: Explain the importance of customer centered design and ergonomics (K2)
CO3: Develop creative components and explain the legal, human and marketing factors
during the design of products. (K2)
CO4: Explain the tools used to improve the quality, reliability and performance
of a product. (K2)
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
CO5: Summarize the technique to promote innovative and successful designs. (K2)
Text Books:
1. Dieter, George E., “Engineering Design - A Materials and Processing Approach”, McGraw
Hill, International Editions, Singapore, 2000.
References:
1. Pahl, G, Beitz, W, Feldhusen, J, Grote, K.-H,” Engineering Design- A systematic
approach”, Springer – Verlag, NY. 2007.
2. Ray, M.S., “Elements of Engg. Design”, Prentice Hall Inc. 1985.
3. Suh, N.P., “The principles of Design”, Oxford University Press, NY.1990.
4. Karl T. Ulrich and Steven D. Eppinger “Product Design and Development” McGraw Hill
Edition 2008.
COs
1
2
3
4
5
1
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
3
4
5
6
2
2
2
2
7
POs
8
9
10
11
12
PSOs
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L T P C
UME2626
TRIBOLOGY IN DESIGN
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
• The basic objective of the subject is to deal fundamentals of friction, wear and
lubrication. The subject is useful in understanding the nature of surfaces of
engineering materials.
• To understand the roll bearing behaviour characteristics at different lubricated policy.
Unit I
FUNDAMENTALS OF TRIBOLOGY
9
Introduction to tribology and its historical background, Industrial importance, factors
influencing Tribological phenomenon. Engineering surfaces- surface characterization,
computation of surface parameters. Surface measurement techniques, Measurement of the
real area of contact.
Unit II
FRICTION OF SURFACE
9
Genesis of friction, friction in contacting rough surfaces, Stick-Slip, sliding and rolling
friction, various laws and theory of friction, friction of elastomers, friction of various
materials, composites, friction of non-metallic materials, Friction of Solid Lubricants,
friction measurement methods.
Unit III
WEAR MECHANISM
9
Introduction, types of wear, wear mechanism, minor forms of wear, wear debris analysis,
wear testing method, wear of metals, ceramics, polymers, system approach for wear
reduction.
Unit IV
THEORY OF LUBRICTION
9
Basic principle of lubrication, choice of lubricant type, selection of lubrication oils, oil
changing and oil conservation, oil feed system, Greece and anti seizes, gas bearing,
lubricating sealing, lubricating testing and specifications, lubrication monitoring, Additives
in lubricants.
Unit V
DESIGN FOR TRIBOLOGICAL ELEMENTS
9
An overview of engineering materials having potential for tribological application,
characterization
and
evaluation
of
ferrous
materials
for
tribological
requirements/application, selection of ferrous materials for rolling element bearings, Basic
Equation for fluid film lubrication Boundary lubrication, Mixed friction, Stribeck Curve,
Hydrodynamic lubrication, Elasto hydrodynamic lubrication.
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Explain the fundamental of Triblogy (K2)
CO2: Discuss about the various friction in the surfaces (K2)
CO3: Explain about the various wear mechanism (K2)
CO4: Explain the theory of lubrication (K2)
CO5: Discuss the design of tribological components (K2)
Text Books:
1. Theo Mang, Kirsten Bobzin, and Thorsten Bartels, Industrial Tribology- Tribosystems,
Friction, Wear and Surface Engineering, Lubrication, WILEY-VCH Verlag & Co.
KGaA, 2011. [ISBN: 9783527320578].
2. Bharat Bhushan, Principles and Applications of Tribology, Second Edition, John Wiley
& Sons, 2013. [ISBN: 9781119944546].
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
References:
1. Sahoo Prashant, Engineering Tribology, Prentice-Hall of India, New Delhi, 2005
[ISBN: 9788120327245].
2. Lansdown A R, Lubrication, A practical Guide to Lubricant selection, Pergamon Press,
2013. [ISBN: 978-0080267272].
3. Majumdar BC, Introduction to Tribology of Bearings, Wheeler Publishing, New Delhi,
2010. [ISBN: 978-8121929875].
4. R.S. Khurmi, J. K. Gupta, A Textbook of Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, S Chand
Publishers, 2006. [ISBN: 9788121927819].
5. Ian Hutchings, Philip Shipway, Tribology- Friction and Wear of Engineering Material,
Second Edition, Butterworth-Heinemann, 2017 Edward Arnold, London. [ISBN:
0081009100]
COs
POs
1
1
2
3
4
5
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
4
2
2
2
2
2
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
1
1
1
1
PSOs
1 2
1
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L T P C
UME2627
3 0 0
3
RELIABILITY ENGINEERING
Objectives:
To impart knowledge in reliability concepts, reliability estimation methods and reliability
improvement methods
Unit I
RELIABILITY MATHEMATICS
9
Venn diagrams – Probability – Rules for Probabilities - Random variables – Density and
distribution functions – Baye’s theorem - Mathematical Expectation – Variance and
Standard deviation – Permutations and Combinations
Unit II
RELIABILITY CONCEPTS
9
Reliability – Concept, terms and definition –Reliability parameters- f(t), F(t) and R(t)
functions – Mean Time To Failure (MTTF) – Median – Variance - Bath tub curve – Hazard
rate.
Unit III
LIFE DATA ANALYSIS
9
Data classification – Non parametric methods: Ungrouped, Grouped, Complete, Censored
data – Probability Plotting – Exponential, Weibull - Goodness of fit tests.
Unit IV
RELIABILITY ESTIMATION
9
Series parallel configurations – Parallel redundancy – m/n system – Complex systems: RBD
approach – Baye’s method – Minimal path and cut sets - Fault Tree analysis – Standby
system.
Unit V
RELIABILITY MANAGEMENT AND IMPROVEMENT
9
Reliability life testing – Test Time Calculations - Reliability allocation – Analysis of
downtime – Repair time distribution – Availability – Concepts and definitions –
Replacement decisions - Economic life.
Total Periods 45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Discuss various concepts of mathematics that could be applied in reliability
engineering (K2)
CO2: Explain the major concepts of reliability prediction (K2)
CO3: Explain the data classification types and probability plotting (K2)
CO4: Explain reliability estimation techniques (K2)
CO5: Explain the concepts of reliability testing, availability, maintainability and economic
life of components (K2)
Text Books:
1. Roy Billington and Ronald N. Allan, Reliability Evaluation of Engineering
Systems,Springer, 2008, ISBN: 9788181285522.
2. Charles E. Ebeling, An Introduction to Reliability and Maintainability
Engineering,TMH, 2007, ISBN: 978-0070421387.
References:
1. Aggarwal, K.K., Reliability Engineering, Springer, 1993, ISBN: 8181285573.
2. E. Balagurusamy, Reliability Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, © 1984,
Reprint 2010, ISBN: 0-07-048339-6.
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
3.
4.
Jiang, Renyan, Introduction to Quality and Reliability Engineering, Springer, 2015,
ISBN: 9783662472156.
Kailash C. Kapur, Michael Pecht, Reliability Engineering, Wiley, 2014, ISBN:
9781118140673.
COs
1
2
3
4
5
1
3
3
3
3
3
2
1
1
1
1
1
3
4
5
6
7
Pos
8
9
10
11
12
PSOs
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course
Course Title
L T P C
Code
UME2628
3 0 0
3
EXPERT DECISION SUPPORT SYSTEMS
Objectives:
• Explain the fundamental terms, concepts and theories associated with the phases of
Decision Support Systems.
• Describe the uses of various mathematical models, data warehousing and mining.
• Discuss and develop skills in the analysis, design and implementation of group
support systems and knowledge management systems.
• Illustrate expert system as a subsystem of DSS. Track the knowledge representation
methods.
Unit I
INTRODUCTION
9
Managerial decision-making, system modeling and support - preview of the modeling
process phases of decision-making process.
Unit II
ANALYSIS OF DECISION SUPPORT SYSTEMS
9
DSS components- Data warehousing, access, analysis, mining and visualization modeling
and analysis-DSS development.
Unit III
TECHNOLOGIES OF DECISION SUPPORT SYSTEMS
9
Group support systems- Enterprise DSS- supply chain and DSS - Knowledge management
methods, technologies and tools.
Unit IV
EXPERT SYSTEMS
9
Artificial intelligence and expert systems - Concepts, structure, types – Knowledge
acquisition and validation - Difficulties, methods, selection – Neural and Fuzzy expert –
Hybrid systems
Unit V
SEMANTIC NETWORKS
9
Representation in logic and schemas, semantic networks, production rules and frames,
inference techniques, intelligent system development, implementation and integration of
management support systems.
Total Periods 45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Make decisions in the semi structured and unstructured problem situations (K2)
CO2: Able to apply data warehousing and data mining principles in basic applications (K2)
CO3 Develop knowledge management system with simple tools and techniques (K2)
CO4: Develop intelligent based DSS (K2)
CO5: Able to use logical and analytical thinking (K2)
Text Books:
1. Efraim Turban and Jay E Aronson, “Decision Support and Business Intelligent
Systems”, PHI, Eighth edition, 2010
2. Vicki L. Sauter, “Decision Support Systems for Business Intelligence, Wiley 2nd
Edition”, 2011
References:
1. Rajasekarn.S and Vijayalakshmi Pai GA, "Neural Networks, Fuzzy Systems and
Evolutionary Algorithms: Synthesis and Applications" , PHI , 2017
2. E Elain Rich and Kevin Knight, “Artificial intelligence”, TMH,1993
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
3.
4.
Jason Papathanasiou, Nikolaos Ploskas, Isabelle Linden, “Real-World Decision
Support Systems: Case Studies” Springer , 2016
Mitra SS, “Decision support systems, tools and techniques”, John Wiley,.
COs
1
2
3
4
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
4
1
1
1
1
1
5
2
2
2
2
2
6
7
Pos
8
9
10
11
2
2
2
2
2
12
PSOs
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE III (VII semester)
Course
Code
UME2721
Course Title
L
T
P
C
ALTERNATIVE FUELS & EMISSION CONTROL
FOR AUTOMOBILE
3
0
0
3
Objectives:
• To make the students understand engine combustion and emission characteristics by
using alternative fuels like alcohols, vegetable oils and gaseous fuels
• To impart knowledge on engine emissions and their control, alternate fuels and their
application in automobiles
Unit I
EMISSIONS FROM SI ENGINES AND THEIR CONTROL
9
Introduction to SI Engine Combustion, Pollutants – sources – formation (CO, HC, NOx and
lead) – Effect of design and operating variables on emission formation, Effects of pollution
on environment, human – Regulated & Unregulated emissions - Emission Standards controlling of emission formation in engines, catalytic converters, charcoal canister control
for evaporative emission, positive crankcase ventilation system, nanoparticles
Unit II
EMISSIONS FROM CI ENGINES AND THEIR CONTROL
9
Introduction to CI Engine Combustion, Emission formation in CI Engines (HC, CO, NOx,
aldehydes, smoke and particulates) - Physical and Chemical delay - Effects of design and
operating variables on emission formation – Control techniques, Fumigation, EGR, HCCI,
RCCI, NOx SCR, DO-OC, DPF, NOx versus particulates tradeoff, Secondary air injection,
Cetane number effect, NOx Adsorber.
Unit III
EMISSION MEASUREMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES
9
Emission measuring instruments - Principle, Operation, NDIR, FID, Chemiluminescent
analyzer, Liquid and Gas Chromatography, Spot sampling and continuous indication type
smoke meters (Bosch, AVL and Hartridge smoke meters) – Emission norms - EPA, CARB,
Euro and Bharat norms, Emission Test Procedures - FTP, Steady State, Constant volume
sampling (CVS 1 & 3), Chassis dyno - seven mode and thirteen mode cycles for emission
sampling, Dilution tunnel
Unit IV
ALCOHOL FUELS AND GASEOUS FUELS
9
Properties of alcohols, alcohol - gasoline blends – flexible fuel vehicle, methanol reformed
gas engine, dual fuel system, spark assisted diesel engine, surface ignition engine – ignition
accelerators, oxygenated additives – Engine modifications – Performance, Combustion and
Emission characteristics in SI and CI engines – Properties of hydrogen, storage methods,
safety precautions, biogas production and its properties, CO2 and H2S scrubbing in Biogas,
Properties of LPG and CNG – Performance, Combustion and Emission characteristics of
gaseous fuels in SI and CI engines.
Unit V
VEGETABLE OILS
9
Various vegetable oils for diesel engines, structure and properties, Problems in using
vegetable oils in diesel engines – engine performance improvement methods – Preheating,
Transesterification, Emulsification, Blending with good secondary fuels, Production
technologies for biofuels for internal combustion engines - pyrolysis, gasification,
liquefaction – batch reactors – types – Performance in engines, Role of Nanofluids, additives
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
and Cetane improvers for performance improvement of vegetable oils as fuel.
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Explain the formation of various emissions from SI engine and control techniques (K2)
CO2: Explain the formation of various emissions from CI engine and control techniques
(K2)
CO3: Explain the working of emission measuring instruments and test procedures (K2)
CO4: Explain properties of alcohol and gaseous fuels and their use in SI and CI engines (K2)
CO5: Explain properties of various vegetable oils (Biodiesel) and their use in CI engines
(K2)
Text Books:
1. B. P. Pundir, IC Engines Combustion and Emissions, Narosa Publishers, 2010. [ISBN:
9788184870879]
2. Richard L Bechtold P.E., Alternative Fuels Guide book, SAE International, 1997. [ISBN:
9780768000528]
References:
1. Ganesan. V, Internal Combustion Engines, Tata McGraw Hill, Fourth edition, 2017.
[ISBN: 9781259006197]
2. John B. Heywood, Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals, McGraw Hill, First
edition, 2017. [ISBN: 9781259002076]
3. Crouse.W.M. and Anglin.A.L., Automotive Emission Control, McGraw Hill, Third
edition, 1983. [ISBN: 9780070148161]
4. S.S Thipse, Alternative Fuels, Jaico Publishing house, First edition, 2010. [ISBN:
9788184950786]
COs
1
2
3
4
5
POs
1
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
1
1
1
1
9
10
11
12
1
1
1
1
1
PSOs
1 2
1
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course
Course Title
L T P C
Code
UME2722
COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
• To inculcate knowledge of partial differential equations and different methods of
solving the equations
Unit I
INTRODUCTION TO PDEs, CFD AND APPLICATIONS
9
Mathematical behaviour of partial differential equations (PDEs) - Elliptic, Parabolic and
Hyperbolic equations, Initial and Boundary conditions, Basics of computational fluid
dynamics (CFD) – General Transport equations of fluid flow – Continuity, Momentum and
Energy equations (Navier-Stokes equations) – Physical boundary conditions, Steps followed
in CFD, commercial CFD softwares/tools, applications of CFD
Unit II
FINITE DIFFERENCE AND FINITE VOLUME METHODS
9
Discretization - Finite Difference Methods (FDM) - 1D, 2D steady and unsteady heat
conduction equations - Parabolic and elliptic equations – Explicit, Implicit and semi-Implicit
schemes (Crank-Nicholson) – numerical stability and accuracy with various schemes.
Solving system of linear algebraic equations, iterative schemes, L-U decomposition, ADI
(Alternate direction iteration), TDMA (Tridiagonal Matrix algorithm. Finite volume
formulation (FVM) - Introduction, FVM for steady state 1D, 2D and 3D diffusion problems
Unit III
FINITE VOLUME METHOD FOR CONVECTION
9
DIFFUSION
Steady one-dimensional convection and diffusion – Central, upwind differencing schemes
properties of discretization schemes – Conservativeness, Boundedness, Transportiveness,
Hybrid, Power-law, Quadratic Upstream Interpolation for Convective Kinematics Schemes
(QUICK)
Unit IV
PRESSURE-VELOCITY COUPLING
9
Representation of the pressure gradient term and continuity equation – Staggered grid –
Momentum equations – Pressure and Velocity corrections – Pressure Correction equation,
SIMPLE algorithm and its variants – PISO Algorithms
Unit V
TURBULENCE MODELS AND MESH GENERATION
9
Turbulence models, mixing length model, two equation (k-) models – High and low
Reynolds number models – Structured Grid generation – Unstructured Grid generation –
Mesh refinement – Adaptive mesh, need for CFD validation, computing system
requirements for CFD, advanced mesh generation tools
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Classify partial differential equations (PDE), explain the basics of CFD and derive the
mass, momentum and energy equations for a given system (K3)
CO2: Apply finite difference and finite volume techniques to discretize a given system of
governing PDEs (K3)
CO3: Apply finite volume techniques to discretize convection-diffusion problems (BL: L3)
CO4: Apply pressure-velocity coupling in CFD and different algorithms like SIMPLE,
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
PISO, PRESTO (K3)
CO5: Apply the concepts of turbulence modelling, meshing (structured/unstructured and
adaptive grids) and explain different CFD software tools (K3)
Text Books:
1. P. S. Ghoshdastidar, Computer Simulation of flow and heat transfer, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Company Ltd., 2017. [ISBN: 9780074631508]
2. H. K. Versteeg and W. Malalasekera, An Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics:
The finite volume Method, Pearson Education Ltd. Second Edition, 2007. [ISBN:
9780131274983]
References:
1. Anil W. Date Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics, Cambridge University
Press, 2005. [ISBN: 9780521853262]
2. T. J. Chung, Computational Fluid Dynamics, Cambridge University, Press, 2002. [ISBN:
9780521594165]
3. K. Muralidhar, and T. Sundararajan, Computational Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer,
Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 2014. [ISBN: 9788173195228]
4. S. V. Patankar, Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow, Hemisphere Publishing
Corporation, 2004. [ISBN: 978 0891165224]
COs
1
2
3
4
5
POs
1
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
4
5
2
2
2
2
2
6
2
2
2
2
2
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
1
1
1
1
PSOs
1 2
3
3
3
3
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course
Course Title
L T P C
Code
UME2723
ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
• To make the students familiarize with the principles , methods , area of usage ,
possibilities and limitations of latest Manufacturing technology
Unit I
INTRODUCTION
9
Overview – History – Need for Additive Manufacturing – Rapid Prototyping – AM Process
Chain–Classification –Additive Manufacturing Technology in product development –
Benefits –Application – Materials for Additive Manufacturing Technology – Rapid Tooling
– Types – Applications– benefits - Economics aspect: Strategic aspect- Operative aspect
Unit II
DESIGN FOR ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING
9
Basic Concept – Digitization techniques – Model Reconstruction – Part Consolidation–
Topology Optimization - Data Processing for Additive Manufacturing Technology: CAD
model preparation – Part Orientation and support generation – Model Slicing –Tool path
Generation – Software’s for Additive Manufacturing Technology: MIMICS, MAGICS
Unit III
VAT POLYMERIZATION AND MATERIAL EXTRUSION
9
Photo polymerization: Sterolithography Apparatus (SLA) – Materials – Process –
Advantages- Limitations – Applications. Digital Light Processing (DLP)– Materials –
Process – Advantages – Applications. Extrusion Based System: Fused Deposition Modelling
(FDM) – Process – Materials –Applications and Limitations. Case Studies – SLA– FDM
BED FUSION AND DIRECT ENERGY DEPOSITION
Unit IV
9
Powder Bed Fusion: Selective Laser Sintering (SLS): Process – Powder Fusion Mechanism
–Process Parameters – Typical Materials and Application. Selective Laser Melting (SLM)
and Electron Beam Melting (EBM): Materials – Process– Advantages and Applications.
Beam Deposition Process: Laser Engineered Net Shaping (LENS)– Process -Material
Delivery – Process Parameters – Materials – Benefits – Applications.Case Studies – SLS –
EBM – LENS
OTHER ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
Unit V
9
Binder Jetting: Three Dimensional Printing – Materials – Process – Benefits and Limitations.
Material Jetting: Multi-jet Modelling– Materials – Process– Benefits. Sheet Lamination
Process: Laminated Object Manufacturing (LOM)– Basic Principle- Mechanism: Gluing or
Adhesive Bonding – Thermal Bonding- Materials-Application and Limitation
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Recognize the developments in Additive Manufacturing and how it evolved the
Product development process in various sectors (K2)
CO2: Acquire knowledge on process of transforming a concept into the final product in AM
technology (K2)
CO3: Acquire knowledge on process and applications of VAT polymerization and Material
Extrusion(K2)
CO4: Acquire knowledge on process and applications of powder bed fusion and direct
energy deposition(K2)
CO5: Acquire knowledge on process and applications of Binder jetting and sheet lamination
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
process (K2)
Text Books:
1. Ian Gibson, David W. Rosen and Brent Stucker “Additive Manufacturing Technologies:
Rapid Prototyping to Direct Digital Manufacturing”, 2nd edition, Springer., United
States, 2015, ISBN-13: 978-1493921126
2. Andreas Gephardt and Jan-Steffen Hotter “Additive Manufacturing: 3D Printing for
Prototyping and Manufacturing”, Hanser publications, United States, 2015, ISBN: 9781- 56990-582-1
References:
1. Amit Bandyopadhyay and Susmita Bose, “Additive Manufacturing”, 1st Edition, CRC
Press., United States, 2015, ISBN-13: 978-1482223590
2. Chua, C.K., Leong K.F. and Lim C.S., Rapid prototyping: Principles and applications,
second edition, World Scientific Publishers, 2010, ISBN : 9812778985
3. Liou L.W. and Liou F.W., “Rapid Prototyping and Engineering applications: A tool
box for prototype development”, CRC Press., United States, 2011, ISBN:
9780849334092
4. Milan Brandt, “Laser Additive Manufacturing: Materials, Design, Technologies, and
Applications”, Wood head Publishing., United Kingdom, 2016, ISBN: 9780081004333
COs
1
1
2
3
4
5
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
3
3
3
4
5
6
7
POs
8
9
10
11
12
PSOs
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course
Course Title
L T P C
Code
UME2724
INDUSTRIAL SAFETY
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
• To impart knowledge on understanding the principles of safety engineering.
• To enable the students to learn about various functions and activities of safety
department.
• To have knowledge about various hazard identification and risk assessment
techniques.
• To familiarize students with evaluation of safety performance.
• To provide wide exposure to the students about various legislations applicable to an
industrial unit.
Unit I
CONCEPTS OF SAFETY MANAGEMENT
9
History of Safety movement – Evolution of modern safety concept-safety management
functions– safety organization, safety department-safety committee-line and staff functions
for safety-safety policy.
Unit II
HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND CONTROL
9
Hazard- classification-Identification and Control measures -Electrical hazards – Shock
Protection methods-Fire hazards of flammable and explosive materials-Fire prevention and
control – hazard evaluation techniques - Personal Protective equipment.
Unit III
SAFETY IN ENGINEERING INDUSTRY
9
Safety in the use of metal cutting machine tools - wood working machinery - safety in
welding-safety in cold forming and hot working of metals- occupational diseases-Lead,
Nickel, Chromium and Manganese toxicity.
Unit IV
SAFETY PERFORMANCE MONITORING
9
Calculation of accident indices, frequency rate, severity rate–Total Injury illness incidence
rate, Lost work day cases Incidence rate (LWDI), Number of lost work days rate–problemsOSHA forms 300, 301 and 300 A- safety audit.
Unit V
SAFETY AND HEALTH REGULATIONS
9
History of legislations related to safety – Factories act 1948 with special reference to safetyIndian boiler act – The environmental protection act – Electricity act –Explosive actOccupational Safety health act (OSHA)
Total Periods 45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Explain the functions and activities of safety engineering department (K2)
CO2: Conduct hazard analysis for a given activity or task and suggest suitable suggestions
for hazard prevention and control (K2)
CO3: Prepare safe procedure for operation of machine tools (K2)
CO4: Evaluate the safety performance of an organization from accident records (K2)
CO5: List out requirements mentioned in various acts and rules for the prevention of
accidents (K2)
Text Books:
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
1. C.Ray Asfahl, David W. Rieske, “Industrial Safety and Health Management”, Prentice
Hall, 7th Edition, 2018. ISBN-10 : 0134630564, ISBN-13 : 978-0134630564
References:
1. John V.Grimaldi and Rollin H.Simonds, “Safety Management”, Richard D. Irwin
publisher,1994. ISBN-10 : 0939874989, ISBN-13 : 978-0939874989
2. R.K.Mishra, “Safety Management”, AITBS Publishers, 2012. ISBN-10 : 9374734982,
ISBN-13 : 978-9374734988
3. Blake R.B., “Industrial Safety” Prentice Hall, Inc., New Jersey, 3rd edition, 2000.
ISBN-10 : 0134631331, ISBN-13 : 978-0134631332
4. Philip Hagan, John F. Montgomery & James T. O Reilly “Accident Prevention Manual
for Business and Industry”, N.S.C.Chicago, 14th Edition, 2015. ISBN-10 :
0879122811, ISBN-13 : 978-0879122812.
COs
1
2
3
4
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
3
3
3
3
3
7
POs
8
9
10
11
12
PSOs
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course
Course Title
L T P C
Code
UME2725
NOISE AND VIBRATION CONTROL
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
The student will be able to understand the sources of vibration and noise in
automobiles and make design modifications to reduce the vibration and noise and
improve the life of the components
Unit I
BASICS OF VIBRATION
9
Introduction, classification of vibration: free and forced vibration, undamped and damped
vibration, linear and non-linear vibration, response of damped and undamped systems under
harmonic force, analysis of single degree and two degree of freedom systems, torsional
vibration, determination of natural frequencies.
Unit II
BASICS OF NOISE
9
Introduction, amplitude, frequency, wavelength and sound pressure level, addition,
subtraction and averaging decibel levels, noise dose level, legislation, measurement and
analysis of noise, measurement environment, equipment, frequency analysis, tracking
analysis, sound quality analysis.
Unit III
AUTOMOTIVE NOISE SOURCES
9
Noise characteristics of engines, engine overall noise levels, assessment of combustion
noise, assessment of mechanical noise, engine radiated noise, intake and exhaust noise,
engine necessary contributed noise, transmission noise, aerodynamic noise, tire noise, brake
noise.
Unit IV
CONTROL TECHNIQUES
9
Vibration isolation, tuned absorbers, un-tuned viscous dampers, damping treatments,
application dynamic forces generated by ic engines, engine isolation, crank shaft damping,
modal analysis of the mass elastic model shock absorbers.
Unit V
SOURCE OF NOISE AND CONTROL
9
Methods for control of engine noise, combustion noise, mechanical noise, predictive
analysis, palliative treatments and enclosures, automotive noise control principles, sound in
enclosures, sound energy absorption, sound transmission through barriers.
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Explain the basics of vibrations (K2)
CO2: Discuss the basics of noise (K2)
CO3: Explain the various sources of noise in automobiles (K2)
CO4: Distinguish the various control methods for noise reduction (K2)
CO5: Summarize the various noise reduction methods in automobiles (K2)
Text Books:
1. Singiresu S.Rao, Mechanical Vibrations, 5th Edition, Pearson Education, 2010. [ISBN:
9780132128193].
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
2. David Bies And Colin Hansen, Engineering Noise Control – Theory and Practice,4th
Edition, E and FN Spon, Taylore & Francise E-Library, 2009. [ISBN:
9780415487061].
References:
1. Benson H. Tongue, Principles of Vibrations, Oxford University Press, 2012. [ISBN:
9780198087359].
2. Grover. G.T., Mechanical Vibrations, Nem Chand And Bros., 2009. [ISBN:
9788185240565].
3. Bernard Challen And Rodica Baranescu, Diesel Engine Reference Book, Second
Edition, SAE International, 1999. [ISBN: 9780768004038].
4. Julian Happian-Smith – “An Introduction to Modern Vehicle Design”- ButterworthHeinemann, 2004. [ISBN: 9780750650441].
5. John Fenton, “Handbook of Automotive Body Construction and Design Analysis,”
Professional Engineering Publishing, 1998. [ISBN: 9781860580734].
COs
POs
1
1
2
3
4
5
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
4
2
2
2
2
2
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1
1
1
1
1
12
3
3
3
3
3
PSOs
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course
Course Title
L T P C
Code
UME2726
PRODUCT DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
• To Competence with a set of tools and methods for product design and
development.
• To Confidence in own abilities to create a new product.
• To impart awareness about the role of multiple functions in creating a new product.
Unit I
INTRODUCTION TO PRODUCT DESIGN
9
Introduction: Classification/ Specifications of Products- Product life cycle. Product mixIntroduction to product design- Modern product development process.
Unit II
CONCEPTUAL DESIGN
9
Conceptual Design: Generation, selection & embodiment of concept - Product architecture.
Unit III
DESIGN FOR MFG & ASSEMBLY
9
Methods of designing for Manufacturing & Assembly- Designs for Environment- Legal
factors and social issues. Engg. ethics and issues of society related to design of products.
Unit IV
VALUE ENGINEERING AND ERGONOMICS
9
Value Engineering: Definition. Methodology- Economic analysis: Qualitative &
Quantitative. Ergonomics- Anthropometry, Man-Machine interaction, Aesthetics: Concepts
of size and texture, colour.
Unit V
CREATIVITY TECHNIQUES
9
Creativity Techniques: mind maps, brain storming, Triz method, Six Thinking hats,
scampers, lateral thinking.
Total Periods 45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Describe basics of product design, product development process and morphology of
design (K2)
CO2: Select a design concept and explain industrial design, robust design and Taguchi
design (K2)
CO3: Explain various methods of design for manufacturing and social issues related to
design of products (K2)
CO4: Explain the methodology of value engineering and concepts of ergonomics and
aesthetics (K2)
CO5: Describe various creativity techniques, concepts of concurrent engineering and rapid
prototyping (K2)
Text Books:
1. Karl T Ulrich, Steven D Eppinger, “Product Design & Development.” Tata
McGrawhill 7th edition, 2019. ISBN-10 : 1260043657, ISBN-13 : 978-1260043655.
2. David G Ullman, “The Mechanical Design Process.” McGrawhill Inc, 4th edition,
2010, ISBN 978–0–07–297574–1—ISBN 0–07–297574–1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
References:
1. Baldwin E N & Neibel B W “Designing for Production.” Edwin Homewood Illinois,
2012, ISBN-10 : 1258316110, ISBN-13 : 978-1258316112
2. Kevin Otto & Kristin Wood Product Design: “Techniques in Reverse Engineering and
new Product Development.” 1st edition 2004 , Pearson Education New Delhi ISBN:
9788177588217, 8177588214.
3. Jones J C “Design Methods.” Seeds of Human Futures. John Willey New York, 2012,
ISBN-10 : 1258304945, ISBN-13 : 978-1258304942.
4. Bralla J G “Handbook of Product Design for Manufacture", McGrawhill NewYork,
ISBN-10 : 0070071306, ISBN-13 : 978-0070071308.
COs
1
2
3
4
5
1
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
5
1
1
1
1
1
6
7
1
1
POs
8
9
10
11
1
1
1
1
1
12
1
1
1
1
1
PSOs
1
2
1
1
2
2
2
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course
Course Title
L T P C
Code
UME2727
PROCESS PLANNING AND COST ESTIMATION 3 0 0
3
Objectives:
To introduce the process planning concepts to make cost estimation for various products
Unit I
INTRODUCTION TO PROCESS PLANNING
9
Introduction- methods of process planning-Drawing Interpretation-Material evaluation –
steps in process selection - Production equipment and tooling selection
Unit II
PROCESS PLANNING ACTIVITIES
9
Process parameters calculation for various production processes - Selection of jigs and
fixtures election of quality assurance methods - Set of documents for process planningEconomics of process planning- case studies
Unit III
INTRODUCTION TO COST ESTIMATION
9
Importance of costing and estimation –methods of costing-elements of cost estimation –
Types of estimates – Estimating procedure- Estimation of labour cost, material costallocation of overhead charges- Calculation of depreciation cost
Unit IV
PRODUCTION COST ESTIMATION
9
Estimation of Different Types of Jobs - Estimation of Forging job, Estimation of Welding
job, Estimation of Foundry job
Unit V
MACHINING TIME CALCULATION
9
Estimation of Machining Time - Importance of Machine Time Calculation- Calculation of
Machining Time for Different Lathe Operations, Drilling and Boring - Machining Time
Calculation for Milling, Shaping and Planning -Machining Time Calculation for Grinding.
Total Periods 45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Select the process, equipment and tools for various industrial products (K2)
CO2: Prepare process planning activity chart (K2)
CO3: Explain the concept of cost estimation (K2)
CO4: Compute the job order cost for different type of shop floor (K2)
CO5: Calculate the machining time for various machining operations (K2)
Text Books:
1. Peter scalon, Process planning, Design/Manufacture Interface, Elsevier science
technology Books, Dec 2002..
2. Sinha B.P, Mechanical estimating and Costing, Tata-McGraw Hill publishing co, 1995.
References:
1. Chitale A.V. and Gupta R.C., Product Design and Manufacturing, 2ndEdition, PHI,
2002
2. Ostwalal P.F. and Munez J., Manufacturing Processes and systems, 9th Edition, John
Wiley, 1998.
3. Russell R.S and Tailor B.W, Operations Management, 4thEdition, PHI, 2003..
4. Mikell P. Groover, Automation, Production, Systems and Computer Integrated
Manufacturing, Pearson Education 2001.
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
COs
1
2
3
4
5
POs
1
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
PSOs
1 2
1
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L T P C
UME2728
ADVANCED OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
• Learn to solve integer programming problems
• To know how to solve the Dynamic programming problems
• Learn to solve un-constrained non–linear programming problems
• Understand to solve non-linear programming problems using KKT conditions,
quadratic and separable programming
• To create awareness of Meta heuristic algorithms.
Unit I
INTEGER PROGRAMMING
9
Branch and Bound technique – Cutting plane algorithm method – Zero-One Enumeration
method - Travelling Salesman problem -Traveling Salesman Problem - Branch and Bound
Algorithms for TSP - Heuristics for TSP - Chinese Postman Problem - Vehicle Routing
Problem.
Unit II
DYNAMIC PROGRAMMING
9
Characteristics of Dynamic Programming Problems - Deterministic Dynamic Programming
- Forward and Backward recursive recursion – selected dynamic programming application –
investment model – inventory model – replacement model – reliability model – stage coach
problem
Unit III
NONLINEAR PROGRAMMING - I
9
Types of Nonlinear Programming Problems - One-Variable Unconstrained Optimization Multivariable Unconstrained Optimization.
Unit IV
NONLINEAR PROGRAMMING – II
9
The Karush-Kuhn-Tucker (KKT) Conditions for Constrained Optimization - Quadratic
Programming - Separable Programming - Convex Programming - Nonconvex Programming
Unit V
NON-TRADITIONAL OPTIMIZATION METHODS
9
Overview of Genetic algorithms, Simulated Annealing, neural network based optimization.
Particle Swarm optimization, Ant Colony Optimization, Fuzzy logic.
Total Periods 45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Know how to solve integer programming problems (K2)
CO2: Able to solve Dynamic programming problems (K2)
CO3: Familiar in solving unconstrained nonlinear optimization problems. (K2)
CO4 Familiar in solving constrained liner optimization problems. (K2)
CO5: Know how to solve nonlinear optimization problems using Meta heuristic algorithm.
(K2)
Text Books:
1. Fredrick S.Hillier and G.J.Liberman, “Introduction to Operations Research”, McGraw
Hill Inc 1995.
2. Kalymanoy Deb, “Optimization for Engineering Design”,PHI,2003
References:
1. Christos H. Papadimitriou, Kenneth Steiglitz, Combinatorial Optimization, PHI 2006
2. Ravindran – Phillips –Solberg, “Operations Research – Principles and Practice”, John
Wiley India, 2006.
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
3. Singiresu S.Rao, “Engineering optimization – Theory and practices”, John Wiley and
Sons, 1996.
COs
1
2
3
4
5
POs
1
3
3
3
3
3
2
1
1
1
1
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1
1
1
1
1
12
PSOs
1 2
1
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE IV (VII semester)
Course Code
Course Title
L T P C
UME2746
ELECTRIC VEHICLES
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
• To make the students understand concepts of Hybrid and Electric Vehicles, energy
storage devices and controls
Unit I
NEED FOR ALTERNATIVE SYSTEM
9
History of electric and hybrid vehicles. Need and limitations of electric vehicles (EV) –
Comparative study with ICE vehicles – Industry growth after COVID-19 – Worldwide
research and development – classification of EV architecture – BEV, HEV, PHEV, MHEV
Unit II
ENERGY STORAGE DEVICES
9
Electromechanical batteries - Types of batteries, battery manufacturing – battery
terminology – SOC, DOD, SOH – battery recycling – Battery management System (BMS),
design consideration and building blocks of BMS – Electro-chemical reactions,
Thermodynamic voltage, specific energy, specific power, energy efficiency and UltraCapacitors
Unit III
PROPULSION MOTORS AND CONTROLLERS
9
Types of electric motors – AC, DC, PMSM, PMDC, BLDC and induction motors –
characteristics of each type of motor – AC single phase and 3-phase motor – inverters –
controller system in electric vehicle – DC and AC motor speed controllers – types of CAN
bus – applications
Unit IV
ELECTRIC VEHICLES
9
Electric vehicle layout, specifications, advanced materials – system components – sizing and
calculation – energy conversion – electro mechanics – Electronic control system, power
electronics – operation modes of 2W, 3W and 4W – power system distribution – performance
of electric vehicles – traction motor characteristics, tractive effort, transmission
requirements, energy consumption, safety and challenges in electric vehicles
Unit V
HYBRID VEHICLES
9
Concept and architecture of hybrid electric drive trains – electric drive train design in series
and parallel EV – Plug-in hybrid electric vehicles and Range Extended Electric Vehicles
(REEV), Fuel Cell powered hybrid vehicles – fuel cell characteristics – fuel cell types –
advantages – design of charging station – power protection – smart grid
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Explain need & importance of electric vehicles and classify them (K2)
CO2: Explain various types and methods of energy storage devices (K2)
CO3: Explain various types and characteristics of electric motors and their controls (K2)
CO4: Explain working principle and performance of electric vehicle and its components
(K2)
CO5: Explain working principle and architecture of hybrid vehicles (K2)
Text Books:
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
1. James Larminie and John Lowry, Electric Vehicle Technology Explained, Wiley,
Second edition, 2012. [ISBN: 9781119942733]
2. Iqbal Husain, Electric and Hybrid Vehicles-Design Fundamentals, CRC Press, 2003.
[ISBN: 9780849314667]
References:
1. M. Ehsani, Y. Gao, S. Gay and Ali Emadi, Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric, and Fuel
Cell Vehicles: Fundamentals, Theory, and Design, CRC Press, First edition, 2004 [ISBN:
978 0849331541]
2. Ron Hodkinson, John Fenton, Light Weight Electric/ Hybrid Vehicle Design,
Butterworth Heinemann Publication, 2001. [ISBN: 9780750650922]
3. Sheldon S. Williamson, Energy Management Strategies for Electric and Plug-in Hybrid
Electric Vehicles, Springer, 2013. [ISBN: 9781461477105]
4. Jack Erjavec & Jeff Arias, Hybrid, Electric & Fuel Cell Vehicles, Cengage Learning,
First edition, 2006. [ISBN: 9781401881085]
COs
1
1
2
3
4
5
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
5
6
POs
8
9
7
1
1
10
11
12
1
PSOs
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L T
UME2729
ENERGY EFFICIENT BUILDINGS
3 0
Objectives:
• To make students learn about aspects of energy efficient building design
P
0
C
3
•
To impart knowledge in estimating thermal performance and incorporating
renewable energy sources in buildings
Unit I
INTRODUCTION
9
Climate and Building, Historical perspective, Aspects of green building design – Sustainable
Site, Water, Energy, Materials and IAQ, ECBC Standards
Unit II
LANDSCAPE AND BUILDING ENVELOPES
9
Energy efficient landscape design – Microclimate, Shading, Arbors, Windbreaks,
Xeriscaping, Building envelope – Thermal comfort, Psychrometry, Comfort indices,
Thermal Properties of Building Materials – Thermal Resistance, Thermal Time Constant
(TTC), Diurnal Heat Capacity (DHC), Thermal Lag, Decrement Factor, Effect of Solar
Radiation – Sol-air Temperature, Processes of heat exchange of building with environment,
Insulation
Unit III
PASSIVE HEATING AND COOLING
9
HVAC – Passive Heating – basics of solar radiation, Sun Path Diagram, Direct Heating,
Indirect Heating and Isolated heating, Concept of Daylighting, Passive Cooling – Natural
Ventilation (Stack and Wind), Evaporative Cooling and Radiant cooling
Unit IV
THERMAL PERFORMANCE OF BUILDINGS
9
Heat transfer due to fenestration/infiltration, Calculation of Overall Thermal Transmittance,
Estimation of building loads: Steady state method, network method, numerical method,
correlations, Thermal Storage integration in buildings
Unit V
RENEWABLE ENERGY IN BUILDINGS
9
Introduction of renewable energy sources in buildings, building integrated photovoltaic
systems, Solar water heating, small wind turbines, stand-alone PV systems and Hybrid
system – Economics
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Explain aspects of energy efficient buildings (K2)
CO2: Explain landscape parameters and elements of building envelope (K2)
CO3: Explain methods of passive heating and cooling in buildings (K2)
CO4: Explain various methods of estimating building loads and thermal performance of
buildings (K2)
CO5: Explain integration of renewable energy systems in buildings (K2)
Text Books:
1. Jan F. Kreider, Peter S. Curtiss, Ari Rabl, Heating and Cooling of buildings: Design for
Efficiency, Revised Second Edition, CRC Press, 2010. [ISBN: 9781439811511]
2. Charles J. Kibert, Sustainable Construction: Green Building Design and Delivery, John
Wiley & Sons, Third edition, 2012. [ISBN: 9780470904459]
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
References:
1. Baruch Givoni, Climate considerations in building and Urban Design, Wiley, First
edition, 1998. [ISBN: 9780471291770]
2. Baruch Givoni, Passive Low Energy Cooling of Buildings, Wiley, First edition, 1994
[ISBN: 9780471284734]
3. JA Duffie and WA Beckman: Solar Engineering of Thermal Processes, John Wiley &
Sons, Third Edition, 2006. [ISBN: 9780471698678]
4. Ursula Eicker, Solar Technologies for buildings, Wiley, First edition, 2003. [ISBN:
9780471486374]
COs
1
2
3
4
5
POs
1
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
1
1
1
1
PSOs
1 2
1
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course
Course Title
L T P C
Code
UME2731
FUNDAMENTALS OF NANO SCIENCE
3 0 0
3
Objectives: To learn about basis of nanomaterial science, preparation methods, and
applications.
Unit I
INTRODUCTION
8
Nanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics, Chemistry, Biology and
Engineering, Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particles- quantum dots,
nanowires-ultra-thin films-multi-layered materials. Length Scales involved and effect on
properties: Mechanical, Electronic, Optical, Magnetic and Thermal properties.
Unit II
METHODS OF PREPARATION
9
Bottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach: Co-Precipitation, Ultrasonication, Mechanical
Milling, Colloidal routes, Self-assembly, Vapour phase deposition, MOCVD, Sputtering,
Evaporation, Molecular Beam Epitaxy, Atomic Layer Epitaxy, MOMBE, Plant based nano
particle synthesis.
Unit III
NANOMATERIALS
12
Nanoforms of Carbon - Buckminster fullerene- graphene and carbon nanotube, Single wall
carbon Nanotubes (SWCNT) and Multi wall carbon nanotubes (MWCNT)- methods of
synthesis (arc-growth, laser ablation, CVD routes, Plasma CVD), structure-property
relationships - Nano metal oxides-ZnO, TiO2, MgO, ZrO2, NiO, Al2O3, Ferrites, Nano
clays functionalization and applications-Quantum wires, Quantum dots-preparation,
properties and applications.
Unit IV
CHARACTERIZATION TECHNIQUES
9
UV Spectroscopy, X-ray diffraction technique, Scanning Electron Microscopy environmental techniques, Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution
imaging, Surface Analysis techniques- AFM, SPM, STM, SNOM, ESCA, SIMSNanoindentation.
Unit V
APPLICATIONS
9
NanoInfoTech: Information storage- nanocomputer, molecular switch, super chip, Nanobiotechnology: nanoprobes in medical diagnostics and biotechnology, Targeted drug
delivery, Nano crystalline silver for bacterial inhibition, Nanoparticles for sun barrier
products - solar cell, battery, Applications of nano fluids, Applications of nanocomposite:
Metal, Polymer, Ceramic nanocomposites.
Total Periods 45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO:1 Explain the science of materials behaviour at nano level (K2)
CO:2 Explain the fabrication methods for various nano materials (K2)
CO:3 Explain the behaviour of carbon, metallic oxide and semiconductor nano particles
(K2)
CO:4 Explain the characterization methods for nano structures (K2)
CO:5 Explain the applications of nano materials to the various fields (K2)
Text Books:
1.A.S. Edelstein and R.C. Cammearata, eds., Nanomaterials: Synthesis, Properties and Applications,
Institute of Physics Publishing, Bristol and Philadelphia, 1996.
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
2.N John Dinardo, Nanoscale Characterization of surfaces & Interfaces, 2nd edition,
Weinheim Cambridge, Wiley-VCH, 2000.
References:
1.Narendra Kumar and Sunita Kumbhat, Essentials in Nanoscience and Nanotechnology, John Wiley
& Sons, New Jeresy, 2016
2.G Timp, Nanotechnology, AIP press/Springer, 1999.
3.Akhlesh Lakhtakia, The Hand Book of Nano Technology, Nanometer Structure, Theory,
Modeling and Simulations, Prentice-Hall of India (P) Ltd, New Delhi, 2007.
COs
1
1
2
3
4
5
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
4
5
6
POs
8
9
7
1
10
11
12
PSOs
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course
Course Title
L T P C
Code
UME2732
MICRO ELECTROMECHANICAL SYSTEMS
3 0 0
3
Objectives: To impart knowledge about the various electronic materials, principles,
sensors, actuators, and micromachining process involved in Micro Electromechanical
Systems (MEMS).
Unit I
INTRODUCTION
9
Definition – historical development – properties, design and fabrication micro-systemIntrinsic characteristics of MEMS – Energy domains and transducers- Sensors and actuators
– Introduction to micro fabrication - Silicon based MEMS processes – New materials –
Review of electrical and mechanical concepts in MEMS – Semiconductor devices.
Unit II
SENSORS AND ACTUATORS-I
9
Electrostatic sensors – Parallel plate capacitors – Applications – Interdigitated finger
capacitor – Comb drive devices – Micro grippers – Micro motors - Thermal sensing and
actuation – Thermal expansion – Thermal couples – Thermal resistors – Thermal bimorph Applications – Magnetic Actuators – Micromagnetic components – Case studies of MEMS
in magnetic actuators-Actuation using shape memory alloys.
Unit III
SENSORS AND ACTUATORS-II
9
Piezoresistive sensors – Piezoresistive sensor materials - Stress analysis of mechanical
elements – Applications to Inertia, Pressure, Tactile and Flow sensors – Piezoelectric sensors
and actuators – piezoelectric effects – piezoelectric materials – Applications to Inertia,
Acoustic, Tactile and Flow sensors.
Unit IV
MICROMACHINING
9
Bulk micromachining- surface micromachining- Silicon anisotropic etching – Anisotropic
wet etching – Dry etching of silicon – Plasma etching – Deep reaction ion etching (DRIE) –
Isotropic wet etching – Gas phase etchants – Basic surface micro machining processes –
Structural and sacrificial materials – Acceleration of sacrificial etch – Striction and ant
striction methods – LIGA-SLIGA Processes.
Unit V
POLYMER AND OPTICAL MEMS
9
Polymers in MEMS– Conductive polymers- Polyimide - SU-8 - Liquid Crystal Polymer
(LCP) – PDMS – PMMA – Parylene – Fluorocarbon - Application to acceleration, pressure,
flow and tactile sensors Optical MEMS –Lenses and mirrors – Actuators for active optical
MEMS.
Total Periods 45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Explain the basic concepts of Micro Electromechanical Systems (K2)
CO2: Explain the working principle and applications of sensors used in MEMS (K2)
CO3: Explain the piezoelectric based sensors and actuators used in MEMS (K2)
CO4: Explain the various micromachining process used in MEMS (K2)
CO5: Explain the application of polymers in MEMS and Optical MEMS (K2)
Text Books:
1. Chang Liu, Foundations of MEMS, Pearson Education Inc., 2nd edition, 2011.
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
2. Tai Ran Hsu, MEMS & Micro systems Design and Manufacture, Tata McGraw Hill,
2017.
References:
1. James J.Allen, Micro Electro Mechanical System Design, CRC Press Publisher, 2010.
2. Julian W. Gardner, Vijay K. Varadan, Osama O. Awadelkarim, Micro Sensors MEMS
and Smart Devices, John Wiley & Son LTD, 2002.
3. Mohamed Gad-el-Hak, editor, The MEMS Handbook, CRC press Baco Raton, 2000
4. Stephen D Senturia, Microsystem Design, Springer Publication, 2004.
5. Thomas M.Adams and Richard A.Layton,Introduction MEMS, Fabrication and
Application, Springer, 2012.
COs
1
1
2
3
4
5
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
2
2
2
4
2
2
2
5
6
2
2
2
7
POs
8
9
10
11
12
PSOs
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L T P C
UME2733
VEHICLE DYNAMICS & DESIGN
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
• To make students to learn about the Application of Basic Mechanics Principles for
Dynamic Analysis of Vehicles.
Unit I
CONCEPT OF VIBRATION
9
Definitions, Modeling and Simulation, Global and Vehicle Coordinate System, Free, Forced,
Undamped and Damped Vibration, Response Analysis of Single DOF (Degrees Of
Freedom), Two DOF, Multi DOF, Magnification Factor, Transmissibility, Vibration
Absorber, Vibration Measuring Instruments, Torsional Vibration, Critical Speed.
Unit II
TIRES
9
Tire Forces and Moments, Tire Structure, Longitudinal and Lateral Force at Various Slip
Angles, Rolling Resistance, Tractive and Cornering Property of Tire. Performance of Tire
on Wet Surface. Ride Property of Tires. Magic Formulae Tire Model, Estimation of Tire
Road Friction. Test on Various Road Surfaces. Tire Vibration.
Unit III
VERTICAL DYNAMICS
9
Human Response to Vibration, Sources of Vibration. Design and Analysis of Passive, SemiActive and Active Suspension Using Quarter Car, Half Car and Full Car Model. Influence
of Suspension Stiffness, Suspension Damping, and Tire Stiffness. Control Law for LQR, HInfinite, Skyhook Damping. Air Suspension System and Their Properties
Unit IV
LONGITUDINAL DYNAMICS AND CONTROL
9
Aerodynamic Forces and Moments. Equation of Motion. Tire Forces, Rolling Resistance,
Load Distribution for Three-Wheeler, and Four-Wheeler. Calculation of Maximum
Acceleration, Reaction Forces for Different Drives. Braking and Driving Torque. Prediction
of Vehicle Performance. ABS, Stability Control, Traction Control.
Unit V
LATERAL DYNAMICS
9
Steady State Handling Characteristics. Steady State Response to Steering Input. Testing of
Handling Characteristics. Transient Response Characteristics, Direction Control of Vehicles.
Roll Centre, Roll Axis, Vehicle under Side Forces. Stability of Vehicle on Banked Road,
During Turn. Effect of Suspension on Cornering.
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Explain the concept of vibration (K2)
CO2: Explain about the concept of tyres (K2)
CO3: Summarize the vertical dynamics of vehicles (K2)
CO4: Summarize the longitudinal dynamics of vehicles (K2)
CO5: Summarize the lateral dynamics of vehicles (K2)
Text Books:
1. Wong. J. Y., Theory of Ground Vehicles, 3rd Edition, Wiley-Interscience, 2001 [ISBN10 : 0471354619]
2. Thomas D. Gillespie, Fundamentals of Vehicle Dynamics, Society of Automotive
Engineers Inc, 1992. [ISBN-10 : 1560911999].
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
References:
1. Rajesh Rajamani, Vehicle Dynamics and Control, Springer, 2011. [ ISBN-13 : 9781461414322].
2. Dean Karnopp, Vehicle Stability, CRC Press, 2013. [ISBN-10: 1466560851].
3. Singiresu S. Rao, Mechanical Vibrations, Prentice Hall, 2010. [ISBN-10 : 0132128195].
4. Nakhaie Jazar. G., Vehicle Dynamics: Theory and Application, Springer, 2008. [ISBN10 : 0387742433].
5. Michael Blundell & Damian Harty, The Multibody Systems Approach to Vehicle
Dynamics, Butterworth-Heinemann , 2014. [ISBN-10 : 0080994253]
6. Hans B Pacejka, Tire and Vehicle Dynamics, SAE International, 2005. [ISBN-10 :
0768011264]
7. John C. Dixon, Tires, Suspension, and Handling, Society of Automotive Engineers Inc,
1996. [ISBN-10 : 1560918314]
8. Jan Zuijdijk, “Vehicle Dynamics and Damping,” Author House, 2013. [ASIN :
B079J3HJDC].
9. Pacejka, Hans, Tire and vehicle dynamics, Butterworth-Heinemann, 2012. [ISBN-10
0080970168].
10. Jazar, Reza N., Vehicle Dynamics - Theory and Applications,Springer, 2009. [ ISBN10 : 0387742433].
COs
1
2
3
4
5
POs
1
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
2
2
2
2
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
PSOs
1 2
1
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L T P C
UME2734
FATIGUE AND FRACTURE MECHANICS
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
• To impart the basic knowledge on concepts involved in fatigue analysis and
fracture mechanics in aerospace applications
Unit I
FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES
7
Introduction to S.N. curves - Endurance limits - Effect of following parameters on
Fatigue: mean stress, stress concentration, specimen size, surface roughness, residual
stress, microstructure and temperature. Goodman, Gerber and Soderberg relations and
diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuber’s stress concentration factors Plastic stress concentration factors.
Unit II
STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR
10
Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Manson’s relation - Transition life - cyclic
strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques Cumulative damage - Miner’s theory - Other theories.
Unit III
PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE
10
Phase in fatigue life - Construction of fatigue crack growth curves, Paris sigmoidal
relationships, Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces.
Unit IV
FRACTURE MECHANICS
10
Fracture behavior: Types of fracture in metals: ductile and brittle fracture - Theoretical
cohesive strength of metals - Griffith theory - Metallographic aspects of fracture Fractography - Notch effect - Concept of fracture curve.
Fracture mechanics: strain energy release rate, stress intensity factor, crack deformation
modes, fracture toughness testing, plastic zone size correction, crack opening
displacement, J-integral and R-curve.
Unit V
FATIGUE DESIGN AND TESTING
8
Safe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace
structures - Application of FEM software to fracture parameters determination.
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Apply the concept of fatigue failure and its influencing parameters (K3)
CO2: Explain the statistical aspects of the fatigue behaviour (K2)
CO3: Explain the physical aspects of fatigue behaviour (K2)
CO4: Explain the various mechanics of fracture (K2)
CO5: Apply fatigue design and testing in fracture mechanics (K3)
Text Books:
1. Prasanth Kumar, Elements of fracture mechanics, Wheeter publication, 1999.
2. Barrois W, Ripely, E.L., Fatigue of aircraft structure, Pergamon press. Oxford, 1983.
References:
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
1. Sih C.G., Mechanics of fracture, Vol – I, Sijthoff and w Noordhoff International
Publishing Co., Netherlands, 1989.
2. Knott, J.F., Fundamentals of Fracture Mechanics, – Buterworth & Co., Ltd., London,
1983.
3. Kare Hellan, Introduction to Fracture Mechanics, McGraw Hill, Singapore, 1985.
COs
1
2
3
4
5
1
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
2
7
POs
8
9
10
11
12
PSOs
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L T P C
UME2735
DESIGN OF EXPERIMENTS
3 0 0
3
Objectives: To impart knowledge on design of experiments to a problem situation using
traditional experimental designs as well as Taguchi methods.
Unit I
EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS
9
Importance of experiments, experimental strategies, basic principles of design, terminology,
ANOVA, steps in experimentation, sample size, normal probability plot, linear regression
models.
Unit II
SINGLE FACTOR EXPERIMENTS
9
Completely randomized design, Randomized block design, Latin square design. Duncan’s
multiple range test, Tukey’s test, estimation of model parameters, model adequacy checking,
pair wise comparison tests.
Unit III
MULTIFACTOR EXPERIMENTS
9
Two and three factor full factorial experiments, Randomized block factorial design,
Experiments with random factors, rules for expected mean squares, approximate F-tests. 2K
factorial Experiments.
Unit IV
SPECIAL EXPERIMENTAL DESIGNS
9
Blocking and confounding in 2k designs. Two level Fractional factorial design, nested
designs, Split plot design, Response Surface Methods.
Unit V
TAGUCHI METHODS
9
Steps in experimentation, design using Orthogonal Arrays, data analysis, Robust designcontrol and noise factors, S/N ratios, parameter design, Multi-level experiments, Multiresponse optimization.
Total Periods 45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Explain the methods for experiment construction and data collection (K2).
CO1: Design the single factor experiments (K3).
CO3: Design the multilevel factors experimental design (K3).
CO4: Design and explain the special and complex experimental design (K3).
CO5: Design and analyse the mixed level of Taguchi design and optimization (K3).
Text Books:
1. Montgomery, D.C., Design and Analysis of experiments, John Wiley and Sons, Eighth
edition, 2012.
References:
1.Krishnaiah, K. and Shahabudeen, P. Applied Design of Experiments and Taguchi
Methods, PHI learning private Ltd., 2012.
2.Montgomery, D.C., Design and Analysis of Experiments, Minitab Manual, John Wiley and
Sons, Seventh edition, 2010.
3.Nicolo Belavendram, Quality by Design; Taguchi techniques for industrial
experimentation, Prentice Hall, 1995
4.Phillip J.Rose, Taguchi techniques for quality engineering, McGraw Hill, 1996
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
COs
1
1
2
3
4
5
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
2
3
3
3
3
5
1
1
3
3
3
6
3
3
3
3
3
7
POs
8
9
10
11
12
PSOs
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course
Course Title
L T P C
Code
UME2736
SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
• Explain the role of supply chain management in an organization.
• Identify the various aspects of supply chain management and the factors affecting
them.
• Explain the relationship among various factors involved in planning, organising and
controlling supply chain operations.
• Summarize the sourcing and inventory decisions involved in supply chain operations.
• Explain the use of information technology in supply chain management
Unit I
INTRODUCTION SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT
9
Introduction, Types of supply chains with and examples, Evolution of SCM concepts, Supply chain
performance, Strategic Fit, Drivers of Supply Chain Performance – key decision areas – External
Drivers of Change. Supply contracts – centralized vs. decentralized system
Unit II
SUPPLY CHAIN NETWORK DESIGN
9
Need for distribution network design- Factors affecting, Design options for distribution
network. Network design decisions - Framework, factors influencing, Models of facility
location and capacity allocation. Role of Transportation in supply chain, modes of
transportation Modal Selection, Classification of carriers, Carrier Selection, Transportation
Execution and Control. Food Mile Concept., design options.
Unit III
DEMAND AND SUPPLY IN SUPPLY CHAIN
9
Forecasting in supply chain- Methods, Approach, Errors. Aggregate planning in supply chain
Problem, Strategies and Implementation. Predictable variability in supply chain, managing
supply and demand. Distribution strategies-direct shipment, traditional warehousing, cross
docking, inventory pooling, transshipment, choosing appropriate strategy, Milk Run Model.
Unit IV
SOURCING AND INVENTORY DECISIONS IN SUPPLY
9
CHAIN
Purchasing Vs Procurement Vs Strategic Sourcing, Item procurement importance matrix,
Strategic Sourcing Methodology, Managing sourcing and procurement process, Supplier
selection and evaluation, Bullwhip effect and its management, Economies of scale in supply
chain- Cycle inventory, Estimation, Quantity discounts, Multi-echelon cycle inventory.
Uncertainty in supply chain- Safety inventory, Determination of appropriate level, Impact
on uncertainty.
Unit V
IT IN SUPPLY CHAIN
9
Information in supply chain, Role of Information technology, IT framework in supply chain,
Supplier and Customer relationship management. Role of e-business in supply chain, esourcing and e-procurement. Technology drivers in supply chain.
Total Periods 45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Explain different types of supply chain and their performance (K2).
CO2: Explain distribution network and network design (K2).
CO3: Explain demand and supply strategies an implementation in supply chain (K2).
CO4: Explain sourcing and inventory decisions in supply chain (K2).
CO5: Explain the role of e-business, e-sourcing and e-procurement in supply chain (K2).
Text Books:
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
1. Chopra S. and Meihdl P., “Supply Chain Management- Strategy, Planning and
Operations”,Pearson Education Asia. 2007.
2. Kaminsky S., “Design and Managing the Supply chain” , McGraw Hill International
Edition. 2000.
References:
1. Dougart L., Stock J. and Ellram L., “Logistic Management”, Irwin McGraw Hill
International Edition" 1998
2. Raghuram G, and N.Rangaraj, “Logistics and Supply Chain Management -cases and
3.
4.
5.
6.
concepts”, McMilan India Pvt Ltd, New Delhi,. 2000
Sahay B.S. “Supply Chain Management: For Global Competitiveness”, 2nd Edition,
Macmillan, India Ltd, 2011.
Michael H. Hugos, Essentials of Supply Chain Management , Wiley publication , 2018
Dougart L., Stock J. and Ellram L., “Logistic Management”, Irwin McGraw Hill
International Edition" 1998
Raghuram G, and N.Rangaraj, “Logistics and Supply Chain Management -cases and
concepts”, McMilan India Pvt Ltd, New Delhi,. 2000
COs
1
1
2
3
4
5
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
4
5
3
6
7
POs
8
9
10
11
2
2
2
2
2
12
PSOs
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE V (VII semester)
Course Code
Course Title
L T P C
UME2737
ADVANCED IC ENGINES
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
• To make the students understand the principles of operation of different IC Engines
and components.
• To impart knowledge on pollutant formation, control, alternate fuels
Unit I
ENGINE BASICS AND OPERATING PARAMETERS
9
Engine Classification – Engine Geometry – Engine Cooling and Lubrication systems –
Crank Case Ventilation - Engine Cycles, Combustion thermodynamics – Combustion
Stoichiometry – Combustion Equations - Chemical Equilibrium – Thermochemistry – First
law analysis of open reacting systems – Compression ratio, Enthalpy of formation, Adiabatic
Flame Temperature, A/F ratio, Combustion Efficiency
Unit II
SPARK IGNITION ENGINES
9
Fuel systems – Advanced carburettor, MPFI, GDI – Types of Nozzles, Mixture
requirements, Ignition systems – Firing order, Stages of combustion, Flame Structure and
Propagation, Knock - Factors affecting knock, Combustion chamber design, Ignition timing
and advance mechanisms
Unit III
COMPRESSION IGNITION ENGINES
9
Diesel fuel injection systems - Stages of combustion – Delay period – Detonation, knock –
Factors affecting knock – Combustion chambers – Fuel spray behaviour – Spray structure
and spray penetration – Injection timing advance – Air motion - Introduction to
turbocharging – Scavenging systems.
Unit IV
ALTERNATIVE FUELS AND EMISSION CONTROL
9
Alcohol, Hydrogen, CNG, LPG and Bio Diesel - Properties, Suitability, Merits and demerits
- Engine modifications, Calorimeter – Pollutant – Sources – Formation of CO, UHC, NOx,
smoke and particulate matter – Methods of controlling emissions – Catalytic converters,
SCR and particulate traps
Unit V
RECENT TRENDS IN IC ENGINES
9
Air assisted combustion, Low Temperature diesel combustion, HCCI, PCCI, RCCI engine
strategies, Low Heat Rejection engines, Variable Geometry Turbochargers – Common Rail
Direct Injection Systems – Six Stroke engines – Lightweight Materials – Powder Metallurgy
– Improved Vehicle Aerodynamics - Advanced Electronics – On-board diagnostics – Hybrid
Electric Vehicles – NOx adsorbers
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Explain principles of operation & features of Internal Combustion (IC) engine & its
components and apply concepts of combustion thermodynamics (K3)
CO2: Explain principles of operation & features of spark ignition engine & its components,
various stages of combustion and knocking (K2)
CO3: Explain principles of operation & features of compression ignition engine & its
components, various stages of combustion and knocking (K2)
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
CO4: Explain alternative fuels and their properties, emission formation and control using
various fuels (K2)
CO5: Explain new technologies used in engine studies with various fuels for improvements
in efficiency and fuel savings (K2)
Text Books:
1. K. K. Ramalingam, Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals, Scitech Publications,
Third edition, 2018. [ISBN: 9788183716734]
2. V. Ganesan, Internal Combustion Engines, Tata McGraw Hill, Fourth edition, 2017.
[ISBN: 9781259006197]
References:
1. R. B. Mathur and R.P. Sharma, Internal Combustion Engines, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, 2014.
[ISBN: 9789383182428]
2. John B. Heywood, Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals, McGraw Hill, First
Edition, 2017. [ISBN: 9781259002076]
3. Duffy Smith, Auto Fuel Systems, Good Heart Wilcox Publisher, 1987. [ISBN:
9780870066238]
4. Eric Chowanietz, Automobile Electronics, SAE Publications, 1995. [ISBN:
9781560917397]
COs
1
1
2
3
4
5
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
5
6
POs
8
9
7
3
1
1
10
11
12
1
1
1
1
1
PSOs
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
UME2738
Course Title
PRINCIPLES OF ENERGY CONSERVATION,
AUDIT AND MANAGEMENT
L
T
P
C
3
0
0
3
Objectives:
• To make students understand about the current energy scenario, aspects of energy
conservation, energy economy and management and know the process of detailed
energy audit and scope of energy conservation in different energy intensive
electric/thermal utilities
Unit I
INTRODUCTION
9
Energy scenario, climate change, global warming, need and scope of energy conservation in
domestic, transportation, agriculture and industrial sectors, Bureau of Energy Efficiency
(BEE), Energy Policies, Energy Certification, energy Auditors, energy Managers, Green
Building concepts
Unit II
ENERGY CONSERVATION IN ELECTRICAL UTILITIES
9
Basics of electrical energy usage, transformers & motors, fans, pumps and compressors,
illumination and energy efficient devices– Scope for energy conservation-Case studies
Unit III
ENERGY CONSERVATION IN THERMAL UTILITIES
9
Energy efficiency opportunities – Boilers, Pipes, Steam traps, Cogeneration – Principles &
operation, Assessment of steam distribution system. Performance analysis of HVAC systems.
DG Set – Performance prediction – Cost of power generation – Scope for energy conservationCase studies
Unit IV
ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND ENERGY AUDIT
9
Industrial Practices - Energy management program. Energy audit types, Audit methodology.
Energy monitoring and targeting: Instruments and their usage for auditing
Unit V
ECONOMIC ANALYSIS
9
Cost / Energy Share Diagram – Break even analysis – Depreciation – Financial analysis
techniques – Cumulative Sum Control Chart Technique – Energy management information
systems (EMIS) - Energy Service Companies Concept (ESCO) and Contracts-Case studies
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Explain India's energy scenario, know about the country's energy policy, green building
concepts and roles of energy auditors and BEE on energy conservation (K2)
CO2: Explain basic principles and operation of key electric utilities like transformers, motors,
pumps, fans, etc. and energy conservation opportunities on the utilities (K2)
CO3: Explain basic principles and operation of key thermal utilities like boilers, steam traps,
HVAC systems, etc. and energy conservation opportunities on the utilities (K2)
CO4: Apply the basic aspects of energy management and energy auditing (K3)
CO5: Explain different techniques of financial analysis and apply the same for economic
assessment of projects (K3)
Text Books:
1. S. S. Thipse, Energy Conservation and Management, Alpha Science Internationals Ltd.,
2014. [ISBN: 9781842659212]
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
2. K. Nagabhushan Raju K., Industrial Energy Conservation Techniques: Concepts,
Applications and Case studies, Atlantic, 2007. [ISBN: 9788126907748]
References:
1. Barney L. Capehart, Wayne C Turner, William J. Kennedy, Guide to Energy Management,
Fairmont Press, Eighth edition, 2016. [ISBN: 9781498759335]
2. Ashok Sethuraman, Practical Guide to Energy Conservation & Management, Notion Press,
2020. [ISBN: 9781636696027]
3. Udit Mamodiya, Electrical Energy Conservation & Auditing, Ashirwad Publishers, First
edition, 2020. [ISBN: 9788194250692]
4. Y. Y. Haimes, Energy Auditing and Conservation; Methods Measurements, Management
and Case studies, Hemisphere Publications, Washington, 1980. [ISBN: 9780891161752]
COs
PSOs
POs
1
2
3
4
5
12
1
1
1
1
6
7
3
8
9
10
11
CO1
3
CO2
3
1
1
1
CO3
3
1
1
1
CO4
3
3
3
1
1
CO5
3
3
3
1
1
3
2
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L T P C
UME2739
DESIGN FOR MANUFACTURING
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
• To understand the principles of design such that the manufacturing of the product is
possible.
• To educate students on various design aspects to be considered for manufacturing the
products using different processes.
Unit I
INTRODUCTION
5
General design principles for manufacturability - strength and mechanical factors,
mechanisms selection, evaluation method, Process capability - Feature tolerances Geometric
tolerances - Assembly limits -Datum features - Tolerance stacks.
Unit II
FACTORS INFLUENCING FORM DESIGN
13
Working principle, Material, Manufacture, Design- Possible solutions - Materials choice –
Influence of materials on form design - form design of welded members, forgings and
castings.
Unit III
COMPONENT DESIGN - MACHINING CONSIDERATION
8
Design features to facilitate machining - drills - milling cutters - keyways - Doweling
procedures, counter sunk screws - Reduction of machined area- simplification by separation
- simplification by amalgamation - Design for machinability - Design for economy - Design
for clampability – Design for accessibility - Design for assembly – Product design for manual
assembly - Product design for automatic assembly – Robotic assembly.
Unit IV
COMPONENT DESIGN – CASTING CONSIDERATION
10
Redesign of castings based on parting line considerations - Minimizing core requirements,
machined holes, redesign of cast members to obviate cores. Identification of uneconomical
design - Modifying the design - group technology - Computer Applications for DFMA
Unit V
DESIGN FOR THE ENVIRONMENT
9
Introduction – Environmental objectives – Global issues – Regional and local issues – Basic
DFE methods – Design guide lines – Example application – Lifecycle assessment – Basic
method –AT&T’s environmentally responsible product assessment - Weighted sum
assessment method – Lifecycle assessment method – Techniques to reduce environmental
impact – Design to minimize material usage – Design for disassembly – Design for
recyclability – Design for manufacture – Design for energy efficiency – Design to
regulations and standards.
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Summarize general design principles for manufacturability (K2)
CO2: Explain various factors influencing form design (K2)
CO3: Explain the design of components considering manufacture ability (K2)
CO4: Summarize design of casting and weld structures (K2)
CO5: Explain principles of design for assembly (K2)
Text Books:
1. Harry pack, Designing for Manufacture, Pitman Publications, 1983. [ISBN:
0273000071].
2. Corrado Poli, Design for Manufacturing, A Structured Approach, ButterworthHeinemann, 2001 [ISBN: 9780750673419].
References:
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
1. Geoffrey Boothroyd, Assembly Automation and Product Design (Manufacturing
Engineering and Materials Processing), CRC Press; 2nd edition, 2005. [ISBN:
9781574446432].
2. James Bralla, Design for Manufacture handbook, McGraw hill, 1998. [ISBN:
0852969767].
3. Joseph Fiksel, Design for Environment, Second Edition: A Guide to Sustainable
Product Development, McGraw-Hill Education, 2009.
4. Kevin Otto and Kristin Wood, Product Design. Pearson Publication, (Fourth
Impression) 2009. [ISBN: 9788177588217].
COs
1
2
3
4
5
POs
1
3
3
3
3
3
2
1
3
1
3
3
3
1
1
1
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1
1
1
1
1
12
1
1
1
PSOs
1 2
1
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L T P C
UME2741
DESIGN OF JIGS AND FIXTURES
3 0 0
4
Objectives:
• To understand the functions and design principles of Jigs, fixtures and press tools
• To gain proficiency in the development of required views of the final design.
(Use of PSG Design data book is permitted in all assessment examinations)
Data Book: Design Data: Data Book of Engineers by PSG College-Kalaikathir Achchagam
– Coimbatore.
Unit I
LOCATING AND CLAMPING PRINCIPLES
8
Objectives of tool design- Function and advantages of Jigs and fixtures – Basic elements principles of location – Locating methods and devices – Redundant Location – Principles of
clamping – Mechanical actuation – pneumatic and hydraulic actuation Standard parts – Drill
bushes and Jig buttons – Tolerances and materials used.
Unit II
JIGS AND FIXTURES
10
Design and development of jigs and fixtures for given component- Types of Jigs – Post,
Turnover, Channel, latch, box, pot, angular post jigs – Indexing jigs – General principles of
milling, Lathe, boring, broaching and grinding fixtures – Assembly, Inspection and Welding
fixtures – Modular fixturing systems- Quick change fixtures.
Unit III
PRESS WORKING TERMINOLOGIES AND ELEMENTS OF
10
CUTTING DIES
Press Working Terminologies - operations - Types of presses – press accessories Computation of press capacity – Strip layout – Material Utilization – Shearing action Clearances – Press Work Materials - Center of pressure- Design of various elements of dies
- Die Block – Punch holder, Die set, guide plates – Stops – Strippers – Pilots.
Unit IV
BENDING AND DRAWING DIES
10
Difference between bending and drawing – Blank development for above operations – Types
of Bending dies – Press capacity – Spring back – knockouts – direct and indirect – pressure
pads – Ejectors – Variables affecting Metal flow in drawing operations – draw die inserts –
draw beads- ironing – Design and development of bending, forming, drawing, reverse redrawing and combination dies.
Unit V
OTHER FORMING TECHNIQUES
7
Bulging, Swaging, Embossing, coining, curling, hole flanging, shaving and sizing, assembly,
fine Blanking dies – recent trends in tool design- computer Aids for sheet metal forming
Analysis – basic introduction - tooling for numerically controlled machines- setup reduction
for work holding – Single minute exchange of dies – Poka Yoke.
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Summarize the principles of locating and clamping devices. (K2)
CO2: Apply the concept of design to jigs, fixtures and press tools for engineering. (K3)
Components.
CO3: Apply the concept of design to press working tools and design of various dies. (K3)
CO4: Summarize the various operations such as bending, forming and shearing. (K2)
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
CO5: Explain the concepts of various forming techniques and computer numerical
controlled machines. (K2)
Text Books:
3. Joshi, P.H. “Jigs and Fixtures”, Second Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co., Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2004.
4. JoshiP.H “Press tools – Design and Construction”, wheels publishing, 1996.
References:
1. K. Venkataraman, “Design of Jigs Fixtures & Press Tools”, Tata McGraw Hill, New
Delhi, 2005.
2. Donaldson, Lecain and Goold “Tool Design”, III rd Edition Tata McGraw Hill, 2000.
3. Kempster, “Jigs and Fixture Design”, Hoddes and Stoughton – Third Edition 1974.
4. Hoffman “Jigs and Fixture Design” – Thomson Delmar Learning, Singapore, 2004.
5. ASTME Fundamentals of Tool Design Prentice Hall of India.
6. Design Data Hand Book, PSG College of Technology, Coimbatore.
COs
1
2
3
4
5
1
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
5
6
2
2
2
2
2
7
POs
8
9
10
11
12
PSOs
1 2
3
3
3
3
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L T
P
C
UME2742
SURFACE ENGINEERING
3 0
0
3
Objectives: To develop fundamental understanding of surface engineering basics and
different group of surface engineering processes.
Unit I
FUNDAMENTALS OF SURFACE ENGINEERING
9 Periods
Introduction: Engineering components, surface dependent properties and failures,
importance and scope of surface engineering; Surface and surface energy: Structure and
types of interfaces, surface energy and related equations; Surface engineering: classification,
definition, scope and general principles
Unit II
WELDING ASSISTED PROCESSES
9 Periods
Hard facing, Cladding, Overlaying by Shielded metal arc welding, flux cored arc welding,
submerged arc welding, gas tungsten arc welding, plasma transferred arc welding, laser beam
welding techniques, Electron beam hardening, consumables for weld surfacing, Friction
based deposition processes.
Unit III
THERMAL SPRAY TECHNIQUES
9 Periods
Principles, Process Parameters, Coating Properties and Applications of: Flame Spraying (FS)
- Spray and Fuse Coating (S&F) - Detonation-Gun Spraying (D-GUN) - High-Velocity Oxy
Fuel (HVOF) Spraying, High Velocity Air Fuel Spraying (HVAF), Arc Spraying (AS) Atmospheric Plasma Spraying (APS) - Vacuum Plasma Spraying (VPS) - Cold-Gas
Spraying Method (CGSM) - Electro Spark Coating (ESC). Thermal evaporation, Arc
vaporization.
Unit IV
PLATING PROCESSES
9 Periods
Fundamentals of Electro deposition, plating of nickel, chromium, tin and copper - pulsed
plating – electroless plating - electrochemical conversion coating, metallizing, selective
plating for repair, Hard anodizing. Sputtering, Ion plating -Chemical vapor deposition, Physical
vapor deposition.
CHARACTERIZATION OF COATINGS AND SURFACES
Unit V
9 Periods
Measurement of coatings thickness; porosity & adhesion of surface coatings; dilution measurement;
Measurement of residual stress & stability; Characteristics of coatings-macro and microstructural
analysis; Evaluation of mechanical properties.
Total Periods 45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Explain the various failure micro mechanisms occurring at different service conditions
(K2)
CO2: Explain the various welding processes in surface modification techniques (K2)
CO3: Explain the various thermal spray processes in surface modification techniques (K2)
CO4: Explain the various plating processes in surface modification techniques (K2)
CO5: Explain the appropriate testing approaches to evaluate service performance (K2)
Text Books:
1.Kenneth G.Budinski, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliff, Surface Engineering for Wear
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Resistance,2000. [ISBN-10: 0138779376]
2. Ohio, Surface Engineering, ASM Metals Handbook”, 2004. [ISBN: 0-87170-706-3]
References:
1. Emest Rabinowicz, Friction and Wear of Materials, John Wiley & Sons, New York,
2004 [ISBN: 978-0-471-83084-9].
2. R.S. Parmar, Welding technology and processes, Khanna publishers, New Delhi, 2006.
[ISBN: 8174091262]
3. Lech Pawlowski, Science and Engineering of Thermal Spray Coatings, Springer Verlag
Publications, Berlin, 2005. [ISBN: 978-0-471-49049-4]
COs
1
2
3
4
5
1
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
4
5
6
7
POs
8
9
10
11
12
PSOs
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L T P C
UME2743
INDUSTRY 4.0
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
• To make the students familiarize with the concepts of Industry 4.0 and its physical
structure and interconnectivity. To understand the architecture of Industry 4.0 and
associated concepts like cloud computing , IOT
INTRODUCTION
Unit I
9
Introduction to Industry 4.0 - Comparison of Industry4.0 Factory and Today's Factory –
Need for Industry 4.0 – Internet of Things (IoT) - Industrial Internet of Things (IIoT) –
Characteristics of Industry 4.0– Industry 4.0 Value chain - Support System for Industry 4.0
- Smart Logistics–Miniaturization- Cyber-physical systems requirements - Industry 4.0
Design Principles - Building Blocks of Industry 4.0 – Infrastructure of Industry 4.0 –Cloud
Computing -The Cloud and Fog - Big Data and Analytics – M2M Learning and Artificial
Intelligence- Architecture of Industry 4.0 – Trends in Predictive Analytics for Intelligent
Manufacturing
ARCHITECTURE AND DESIGN OF IIOT AND ITS PROTOCOLS
Unit II
9
IIOT Architecture: Industrial Internet Architecture Framework - Functional Domains of
IIOT – Architecture Topology – Three Tier – Edge Tier – Platform Tier – Enterprise Tier Gateway-Mediated Edge – Internet Information Service: Communication transport layer and
Connectivity Framework layer. Design of Industrial Internet of things: Concept of IIOT –
Proximity Networks – WSN Protocols – Open system interconnections - Legacy Industry
Protocols – Modern communication protocols – Wireless communication Technologies –
Proximity Network communication Protocols – Heterogeneous Networks
IIOT MIDDLEWARE PLATFORMS
Unit III
9
Introduction to Middleware Platforms - Examining the Middleware Transport Protocols :
TCP/IP –Unreliable Data Protocol -Reliable Transport Protocol - Constrained Application
Protocol – Middleware Software Patterns - Publish/Subscribe Pattern – Message Queue
Telemetry Transport MQTT- Extensible Messaging and Presence Protocol (XMPP) - The
Advanced Message Queuing protocol - The Data Distribution Service (DDS)- Delay
Tolerant Networks (DTN) – Middleware Industrial Internet of Things Platforms- IIoT WAN
Technologies and Protocols
SMART FACTORIES
Unit IV
9
Introduction to Smart Factories - Evolution of Production line in Smart Factories –Cloud
Manufacturing Systems – Scheduling in Industry 4.0 – Introduction to Concept of Digital
Twin- Digital Twin Modeling and Technologies – Digital twin shop floor – Production
planning and control - Digital Twin driven Prognostics -Environmentally Conscious
Manufacturing and its Need-Sustainable Development in Industry 4.0 - Development of
Process Based Framework Model for Industry 4.0
Unit V
APPLICATION OF IOT
9
The Role of the Internet of Things for Increased Autonomy and Agility in Collaborative
Production Environments - Resource Management in the Internet of Things: Clustering,
Synchronization and Software Agents - Industry 4.0 in Car Manufacturing – Electronics
Manufacturing – IOT Based Building Automation - Agricultural Automation
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Acquire knowledge and explain on the fundamental components of Industry 4.0 (K2)
CO2: Acquire knowledge on the topology , layers and protocols of IIOT (K2)
CO3: Acquire knowledge on the middleware platforms to create seamless interface between
systems (K2)
CO4: Acquire knowledge on the significant components of Smart Factories and Digital Twin
concept employed in current day Industries (K2)
CO5: Explain the Application of IOT (K2)
Text Books:
1. Alasdair Gilchrist, “Industry 4.0: The Industrial Internet of Things, APress” , 2016, 9781-4842-2046-7
2. Fei Tao Meng Zhang A.Y.C. Nee, “Digital Twin Driven Smart Manufacturing” ,First
Edition ,2019, Academic Press- ISBN: 9780128176306
References:
1. Kiran Kumar Pabbathi, “Quick Start Guide to Industry 4.0: One-Stop Reference Guide
for Industry 4.0”, Createspace Independent Publishing Platform, 2018 ; ISBN-13 9781718978614
2. K. Jayakrishna, Vimal K.E.K., S. Aravind Raj, Asela K. Kulatunga, M.T.H. Sultan, J.
Paulo Davim, “Sustainable Manufacturing for Industry 4.0: An Augmented Approach,
First edition , CRC Press, 2021, ISBN 9781138606845
3. Nayyar, Anand, Kumar, Akshi, “A Roadmap to Industry 4.0: Smart Production, Sharp
Business and Sustainable Development , 2021 , Springer ISBN 9783030145446
4. Sokolov, Boris, Ivanov, Dmitry, Dolgui, Alexandre, “Scheduling in Industry 4.0 and
Cloud Manufacturing” ,Springer , 2021, ISBN : 9783030431778
COs
1
1
2
3
4
5
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
4
1
1
1
2
2
5
3
3
3
3
3
6
7
2
POs
8
9
10
11
12
PSOs
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L T P
C
UME2744
MACHINE LEARNING ALGORITHMS
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
• To introduce students to the basic concepts and techniques of Machine Learning.
•
To study the various probability based learning techniques and graphical models of
machine learning algorithms
Unit I
INTRODUCTION
9
Learning – Types of Machine Learning – Supervised Learning – The Machine Learning
process – Testing Machine Learning algorithms – Turning data into probabilities – Some basic
statistics – The Brain and the Neuron – Perceptron – Linear Separability – Linear Regression.
Unit II
LINEAR MODELS
9
Multi-layer Perceptron – Going Forwards – Going Backwards: Back Propagation Error –
Multi-layer Perceptron in Practice – Examples of using the MLP – Overview – Deriving BackPropagation – Radial Basis Functions and Splines – Concepts – RBF Network – Curse of
Dimensionality – Interpolations and Basis Functions – Support Vector Machines
Unit III
TREE AND PROBABILISTIC MODELS
9
Learning with Trees – Decision Trees – Constructing Decision Trees – Classification and
Regression Trees – Ensemble Learning – Boosting – Bagging – Different ways to Combine
Classifiers – Probability and Learning – Gaussian Mixture Models – Nearest Neighbour
Methods – Unsupervised Learning – K means Algorithms – Vector Quantization – Self
Organizing Feature Map
Unit IV
DIMENSIONALITY REDUCTION AND EVOLUTIONARY 9
MODELS
Dimensionality Reduction – Linear Discriminant Analysis – Principal Component Analysis –
Factor Analysis – Independent Component Analysis – Locally Linear Embedding – Isomap –
Least Squares Optimization – Evolutionary Learning – Genetic algorithms – Genetic
Offspring: - Genetic Operators – Using Genetic Algorithms – Reinforcement Learning –
Overview – Getting Lost Example – Markov Decision Process
Unit V
GRAPHICAL MODELS
9
Markov Chain Monte Carlo Methods – Sampling – Proposal Distribution – Markov Chain
Monte Carlo – Graphical Models – Bayesian Networks – Markov Random Fields – Hidden
Markov Models – Tracking Methods
Total Periods 45
Course Outcomes:Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Explain various basic concepts and techniques in Machine Learning (K2)
CO2: Explain the concepts of Multi-Layer Perceptron and Radial basis functions and splines (K2)
CO3: Explain the concepts of Learning with trees and Unsupervised learning (K2)
CO4: Explain dimensionality reduction and evolutionary learning (K2)
CO5: Explain the systems that uses the appropriate graph models of machine learning (K2)
Text Books:
1. Stephen Marsland, ―Machine Learning – An Algorithmic Perspective‖, Second Edition,
Chapman and Hall/CRC Machine Learning and Pattern Recognition Series, 2014, ISBN:
978-1466583283.
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
2. Tom M Mitchell, ―Machine Learning‖, First Edition, McGraw Hill Education, 2017.
ISBN: 978-1259096952.
References:
1. Peter Flach, ―Machine Learning: The Art and Science of Algorithms that Make Sense of
Data‖, First Edition, Cambridge University Press, 2012, ISBN: 9780511973000.
2. Jason Bell, ―Machine learning – Hands on for Developers and Technical Professionals‖,
First Edition, Wiley, 2014, ISBN: 978-1-118-88906-0
3. Ethem Alpaydin, ―Introduction to Machine Learning 3e (Adaptive Computation and
Machine Learning Series)‖, Third Edition, MIT Press, 2014, ISBN: 978-0262028189.
COs
1
1
2
3
4
5
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
4
5
6
1
1
1
1
1
7
POs
8
9
10
11
12
PSOs
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course
Code
Course Title
L
T
P
C
PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS
3 0 0
3
MANAGEMENT
Objectives: To understand the production and operation management functions, planning
functions, design of product, material planning, and layout design
UME2745
Unit I
INTRODUCTION TO PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS
MANAGEMENT
9
Production Systems –Nature, Importance and Types. Characteristics of Modern Production
and Operations function. Recent Trends in Production and Operations Management. Role of
Operations in Strategic Management. Production and Operations strategy –Elements and
Competitive Priorities. Nature of International Operations Management
Unit II
FORECASTING, AGGREGATE PLANNING AND CAPACITY
PLANNING
9
Demand Forecasting –Need, Types, Objectives and Steps. Overview of Qualitative and
Quantitative methods. Aggregate Planning and Master Production schedule – Approaches.
Overview of Material Requirements Planning (MRP), Manufacturing Resource Planning
(MRP II) and Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP). Capacity Planning – Types, Capacity
Requirements Planning (CRP), Developing capacity alternatives
DESIGN OF PRODUCT, WORK MEASUREMENT AND
9
METHOD STUDY
Product Design –Influencing factors, Approaches, Legal, Ethical and Environmental issues. Process
–Planning, Selection, Strategy, Major Decisions. Service Operations –Types, Strategies, Scheduling
(Multiple resources and cyclical scheduling). Work Study – Objectives, Procedure. Work
Measurement and Productivity –Measuring Productivity and Methods to improve productivity.
Method Study and Motion Study
MATERIALS MANAGEMENT
Unit IV
9
Unit III
Materials Management –Objectives, Planning, Budgeting and Control. Overview of
Materials Management Information Systems (MMIS). Purchasing –Objectives, Functions,
Policies, Vendor rating and Value Analysis. Inventory Management – Nature, Objectives,
and Control techniques
PROJECT AND FACILITY PLANNING
Unit V
9
Project Management – Scheduling Techniques, PERT, CPM, Crashing CPM networks –
Simple Problems. Facility Location –Theories, Steps in Selection, Location Models –Simple
Problems. Facility Layout –Principles, Types, Planning tools and techniques.
Total Periods 45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Understand the basics of production and operation management (K2)
CO2: Explain about forecasting methods, aggregate planning and capacity requirement
planning (K2)
CO3: Summarize the method study and work study (K2)
CO4: Discuss about the materials management system (K2)
CO5: Explain about project management and facility planning (K2)
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Text Books:
1. Pannerselvam R, Production and Operations Management, Prentice Hall India, 3rdEdition,
2013 [ISBN: 9788120345553]
2. Aswathappa K and Shridhara Bhat K, Production and Operations Management, Himalaya
Publishing House, 6thEdition, 2010 [ISBN: 10: 8184880901]
References:
1. Kanishka Bedi, Production and Operations Management, Oxford University Press, 2007
[ISBN: 0470813091]
2. Russel and Taylor, Operations Management, Wiley, 7thEdition, 2010 [ISBN: 0470646233]
3. Chary S. N, Production and Operations Management, Tata McGraw Hill, 5thEdition, 2008
[ISBN: 0070410232]
4. Mahadevan B, Operations Management Theory and practice, Pearson Education,
2ndedition, 2010 [ISBN: 8131730700]
COs
1
1
2
3
4
5
2
1
1
1
1
1
3
4
2
5
6
7
POs
8
9
10
11
2
2
2
2
3
12
1
1
PSOs
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE VI (VIII semester)
Course Code
Course Title
L T P C
UME2821
NUCLEAR ENGINEERING
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
• To make the students understand the mechanism of nuclear reactions, working of
nuclear reactors and their safety systems
Unit I
NUCLEAR PHYSICS
9
Atomic and nuclear structure – mass and energy – radioactivity and decay rate – half life –
energy from nuclear reactions – fission and fusion – binding energy – nuclear models
Unit II
NUCLEAR REACTIONS AND FUELS
9
Mechanism and characteristics of nuclear fission and fusion reaction – reaction rate – chain
reactions – critical mass – neutron interactions and neutron flux – nuclear reactor fuels –
nuclear fuel cycles – spent fuel characteristics and reprocessing – radioactive waste disposal
Unit III
NUCLEAR REACTOR THEORY
9
Neutron diffusion theory: Diffusion equation - Solution of Diffusion Equation – Thermal
Diffusion Length – Diffusion In Multiplying Systems - Slowing Down of Neutrons - Neutron
Transport Equation and its approximation
Unit IV
NUCLEAR REACTOR COMPONENTS AND TYPES
9
Components of nuclear reactors: nuclear fuel rod – coolant – control rod – moderator –
cladding – reflectors – Power reactor systems: Pressurised water reactors – Boiling water
reactors – Gas cooled and High temperature Gas cooled reactors – Pressurised Heavy water
reactors – Fast breeder reactors – LMFBR & GCFBR
Unit V
RADIATION SHIELDING AND REACTOR SAFETY
9
Radiation dose – radiation shielding materials – types of radiation and shielding – radiation
protection barriers – nuclear reactor safety – safety systems – nuclear reactor accidents –
radiation hazards and their prevention – nuclear proliferation – treaty and safeguards
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Explain the structure of atomic nucleus and energy from nuclear reactions (K2)
CO2: Explain the mechanism of nuclear reactions and characteristics of nuclear fuels (K2)
CO3: Explain the theory of neutron diffusion in a nuclear reactor (K2)
CO4: Explain various components of a nuclear reactor and its types (K2)
CO5: Explain types of radiation, shielding, shielding materials and reactor safety systems
(K2)
Text Books:
1. S. Glasstone & A. Sesonske, Nuclear Reactor Engineering – Reactor Design Basics –
Volume one, CBS Publishers and Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Fourth edition, 2001. [ISBN:
978-8123906478]
2. J. R. Lamarsh, A. J. Baratta, Introduction to Nuclear Engineering, Pearson, Third edition,
2001. [ISBN: 9780201824988]
References:
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
1. Thomas J. Connolly, Foundations of Nuclear Engineering, John Wiley & Sons, 1978.
[ISBN: 9780471168584]
2. M. M. El-Wakil, Power Plant Technology, McGraw Hill Education, First edition, 2017.
[ISBN: 9780070702448]
3. J. K. Shultis, R.E. Faw, Fundamentals of Nuclear Science and Engineering, CRC Press,
Third Edition, 2016. [ISBN: 9781498769297]
4. Robert E. Masterson, Nuclear Engineering Fundamentals: A Practical Perspective, CRC
Press, First edition, 2017. [ISBN: 9781482221497]
COs
1
2
3
4
5
POs
1
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
4
5
6
7
2
8
9
10
11
12
2
1
2
1
1
1
2
PSOs
1 2
1
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course
Course Title
L T P C
Code
UME2822
SOLAR ENERGY TECHNOLOGY
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
• To make the students understand the concepts solar radiation, solar thermal,
photovoltaic technologies and passive solar architecture
Unit I
SOLAR RADIATION
9
Basic laws of radiation and components of sun’s radiation. Sun-earth relationships, sun-path
diagram, Extraterrestrial radiation, air mass, measurement of solar radiation-pyranometer,
pyrheliometer and sunshine recorder, solar angles- Sunrise, sun set time and day length,
Estimation of solar radiation on horizontal and tilted surfaces.
Unit II
SOLAR THERMAL COLLECTORS
9
Flat plate collectors – construction and materials. Efficiency of flat plate collectors,
concentrating collectors, concentration ratio, Compound parabolic concentrators, parabolic
trough concentrators, concentrators with point focus – Heliostats. Evacuated tubular
collectors. Solar tracking systems.
Unit III
SOLAR THERMAL APPLICATIONS
9
Solar heating systems – water and air heating systems. Solar vapour absorption cooling
system. Thermal Energy storage systems. Solar Desalination, Solar pond, Solar cooker and
Solar drying systems.
Unit IV
SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAICS
9
Semiconductor and Solar cell, solar cell characteristics, efficiency limits, variation of
efficiency with band-gap and temperature, high efficiency cells. Solar module and array,
Storage autonomy, centralized and decentralized SPV systems, stand alone, hybrid and grid
connected system. Balance of system.
Unit V
SOLAR PASSIVE ARCHITECTURE
9
Thermal comfort, bioclimatic classification. Passive heating concepts- direct and indirect
heat gain, isolated gain and sunspaces. passive cooling concepts- evaporative cooling,
Radiative cooling, shading, cavity walls, roof radiation traps, earth air-tunnel, energy
efficient landscape design.
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Explain the fundamentals of solar radiation and solve simple problems (K2)
CO2: Explain the working of various solar thermal collectors and tracking systems (K2)
CO3: Explain the applications of solar thermal systems (K2)
CO4: Explain the working of various solar photovoltaic systems (K2)
CO5: Explain passive heating as well as cooling concepts and various solar passive
techniques (K2)
Text Books:
1. S. P. Sukhatme, J. P. Nayak, Solar Energy: Principles of Thermal Collection and Storage,
McGraw Hill Education, Third edition, 2009. [ISBN: 9780070142961]
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
2. G. N. Tiwari, Solar Energy: Fundamentals, Design, Modelling and Applications, Narosa
Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., 2012. [ISBN: 9788184872774]
References:
1. H. P. Garg, and J. Prakash, Solar Energy: Fundamentals and Applications, McGraw Hill
Education, First edition, 2017. [ISBN: 9780074636312]
2. D. Y. Goswami, F. Kreith, J. F. Kreider, Principles of Solar Engineering, CRC Press,
Second edition, 2000. [ISBN: 9781560327141]
3. Chetan Singh Solanki, Solar Photovoltaics: Fundamentals, Technologies and
Applications, PHI Learning Private Limited, 2015. [ISBN: 9788120351110]
4. J. A. Duffie and W. A. Beckman, Solar Engineering of Thermal Processes, Wiley, Fourth
edition, 2013. [ISBN: 9780470873663]
COs
1
2
3
4
5
POs
1
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
2
1
1
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
1
1
1
1
9
10
11
12
1
1
1
1
PSOs
1 2
1
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L T P C
UME2823
MOBILE ROBOTICS
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
The student should be made:
• To understand the concepts associated with the design, locomotion, components and
applications of mobile robots through research platforms
• To learn about analyzing robot kinematics and kinematic control of mobile robots
• To study about sensors used in robotics for perception and localization application
• To apply various motion planning techniques and implications of AI and
• To study various design aspects of a WMR robot and quadcopter
Unit I
FOUNDATION FOR BEGINNERS
7
Introduction – Types of mobile robots based on locomotion, hardware and software
requirements of robots for legged and wheeled mobile robots; Case studies on mobile robot
research platforms
Unit II
ROBOT KINEMATICS AND CONTROL
9
Introduction – Representing robot position – Forward kinematic models- Simulation using
Gazebo, kinematic constraints – Degree of mobility, Degree of steerability, DOF,
Holonomic robots; Kinematic Control, Open loop control, Feedback control, Behaviour
based control
Unit III
PERCEPTION AND LOCALIZATION
11
Sensors for Mobile Robots, Representing Uncertainty, Feature Extraction - using OpenCV:
Localization-Based Navigation, Map Representation, Probabilistic Map-Based Localization,
Autonomous Map Building, SLAM
Unit IV
NAVIGATIONAND PATH PLANNING
9
Path planning and Reacting, Obstacle avoidance, motion planning methodologies,
optimization algorithms for navigation, Application of Machine learning, ROS for simple
navigation application
Unit V
MOBILE ROBOT DESIGN
9
Mechanical design aspects of WMR; design case study – Rocker Bogie robot. Design and
Fabrication of Quadcopter, Design of components - Quadcopter frame, BDC Motor,
Propeller, ESC, Battery. Weight, Payload, side thrust and TOF estimation, Multi-rotor LCD
Flight Controller
Total Periods 45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Explain the concepts of mobile robots in terms of classification, specifications and
application of robots (K2)
CO2: Solve the kinematics of motion for robots along with the control architectures adopted
for robot motion planning (K3)
CO3: Examine different sensors for applications like maze solving and self-driving cars (K3)
CO4: Explain navigation and path planning techniques (K2)
CO5: Design a WMR for a given application (K3)
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Text Books:
1. Roland Siegwart, Illah Reza Nourbakhsh, Introduction to Autonomous Mobile Robots,
MIT Press, 2011
2. Ronald C. Arkin, Behavior-based Robotics, MIT Press, 1998
References:
1. Robin Murphy, Introduction to AI Robotics, MIT Press, 2000
2. Richard David Klafter, Thomas A. Chmielewski, Michael Negin, Robotic engineering:
an integrated approach, Prentice Hall, 1989
3. K.S. Fu, R.C. Gonzalez and C.S.G. Lee, Robotics: Control, Sensing, Vision and
Intelligence, McGraw-Hill, 1987.
4. Wesley E Snyder R, Industrial Robots, Computer Interfacing and Control, Prentice Hall
International Edition, 1988.
COs
1
2
3
4
5
1
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
3
2
2
3
3
2
2
2
1
2
4
1
5
6
1
7
1
POs
8
9
1
10
11
12
1
PSOs
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L T P C
UME2824
NON DESTRUCTIVE TESTING
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
• To make the students familiarize with the principles , techniques and methods
involves in inspection of materials for defects
Unit I
INTRODUCTION AND VISUAL INSPECTION
9
NDT versus Mechanical testing – Need for NDT, Relative merits and limitations, various
physical characteristics of materials and their applications in NDT. Visual Inspection –
Unaided, Aided – Borescopes – Videoscopes , Special features in Borescopes , Selection of
Borescopes, Optical sensors, Microscopes & replication Microscopy Technique and
applications, Holography, Case study
LIQUID PENETRANT & MAGNETIC INSPECTION
Unit II
9
Theory: Penetrant systems: Principles - Process – Liquid penetrant materials – Emulsifierscleaners developers – sensitivity – Advantages – Interpretation of results– Limitations and
Applications. Magnetic methods: Advantages – Limitations – Methods of generating fields:
magnetic particles and suspending liquids Magnetograph – field sensitive probes:
applications. Measurement of metal properties– Magnetic Barkhausen Noise Analysis
(MBN) – advantages and limitations – case study. Practice: Inspection of welds using–
solvent removable visible dye penetrant, fluorescent dye penetrant, Magnetic Particle
Testing– Dry method, wet method
THERMOGRAPHY AND EDDY CURRENT TESTING
Unit III
9
Thermography – Introduction, Principle, Contact & Non-Contact inspection methods, Active
&Passive methods, Liquid Crystal – Concept, example, advantages& limitations.
Electromagnetic spectrum, infrared thermography- approaches, IR detectors,
Instrumentation and methods and Applications, Case study.
Eddy current Testing – Principle, properties of eddy currents, Eddy current sensing elements,
probes, Instrumentation, Types of arrangement, Advantages & Limitations, Interpretation of
Results& applications, Case study
ULTRASONICS AND ACOUSTIC EMISSION TESTING
Unit IV
9
Ultrasonic Testing-Principle, Basic Equipment, Transducers, couplants, Ultrasonic wave,
Variables in UT, Transmission and Pulse-echo method, Straight beam and angle beam, AScan, B-Scan & C Scan, Phased Array Ultrasound& Time of Flight Diffraction, Advantages
& Limitations, Interpretation of Results& Applications, Case study Acoustic Emission
Technique – Introduction, Types of AE signal, AE wave propagation, Source Location,
Kaiser effect, AE transducers, Principle, AE parameters, AE instrumentation, Advantages &
Limitations, Interpretation of Results, Applications, Case study
RADIOGRAPHY AND MICROWAVE TESTING
Unit V
9
Theory: Principles of radiography - sources of radiation - Ionising radiation - sources-X-rays
- Alpha - Beta and Gamma rays - Recording of radiation - Radiographic sensitivity - special
techniques - Fluoroscopy/Real-time radioscopy - Principle of neutron radiography attenuation of neutrons - direct and indirect technique - advantages and limitations –
Principle and application of in-motion and flash radiography– Basics of Microwave NDT Design of Sensors for Microwave NDT – Case study
Total Periods
45
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Comprehend the differences between the various visual inspection techniques and
apply the same to the components to be inspected (K2)
CO2: Acquire knowledge and explain on the principles and techniques involved in Liquid
penetrant and magnetic particle testing (K2)
CO3: Acquire knowledge and explain on the principles and techniques involved in
Thermography and Eddy Current testing (K2)
CO4: Acquire knowledge and explain on the principles and techniques involved in
Ultrasonics and Acoustic Emission testing (K2)
CO5: Acquire knowledge and explain on the principles and techniques involved in
radiographic and Microwave Non destructing testing (K2)
Text Books:
1. Baldev Raj, T.Jayakumar, M.Thavasimuthu “Practical Non-Destructive Testing”, Narosa
Publishing House, 2009. ISBN - 10 : 8173197970
2. Paul E Mix, “Introduction to Non-destructive testing: a training guide”, Wiley, 2nd
edition New Jersey, 2005. ISBN: 978-0-471-71913-7
References:
1. Krautkramer. J., Ultra Sonic Testing of Materials, 1st Edition, Springer – Verlag
Publication, New York, 1996, ISBN 978-3-662-02357-0
2. Jayamangal Prasad, Krishnadas Nair C.G., Non-Destructive Test And Evaluation Of
Materials, Tata McGraw Hill, 2008, ISBN : 9781259007217
3. Peter J. Shull, Non Destructive Evaluation: Theory, Techniques and Application, Marcel
Dekker, ISBN: 0 824 788 729
4. Reza Zoughi Microwave Non-Destructive Testing and Evaluation Principles, Kluwer
Academic Publisher ,Springer; 2000th edition .ISBN : 978-94-015-1303-6
COs
1
1
2
3
4
5
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
5
2
2
2
2
6
1
3
3
3
3
7
Pos
8
9
10
11
12
PSOs
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L
UME2825
MACHINE TOOL DESIGN
3
Objectives:
• Make students to learn different machine tools used for machining.
• Make students to learn the design criteria for machine tool structures.
T
2
P
0
C
4
Unit I
INTRODUCTION
10
Classification of machining processes, machine tools – machine tool construction – factors
– performance criteria – trends in modern machine tool – kinematic arrangement of different
types of machine tools – work holding and tool holding devices – calculation of cutting
forces and power requirements for turning, milling, boring and grinding – force distribution
on different parts of drilling, milling and grinding machine tools.
Unit II
STRENGTH AND RIGIDITY OF MACHINE TOOL
10
STRUCTURES
Basic principles of design – comparison of materials used in machine tool construction –
dependence of process capability on rigidity – static compliance – design of lathe beds –
materials – typical construction – torsional modulus of regangular and box sections –
methods of increasing rigidities.
Unit III
SLIDEWAYS
9
Slide ways – types – materials – constructions – clearance adjustments – Hydrostatically
lubricated slide ways – slide way design – pressure distribution – antifriction ways – design
– construction.
Unit IV
SPINDLES AND SPINDLE SUPPORTS
8
Spindle units – materials – spindle design – spindle bearings – types of materials –
constructions.
Unit V
MACHINE TOOL DYNAMICS
8
Dynamic system – elastic system – working processes – vibration in machine tools – self
excited vibration and dynamic stability – basic principles of chatter – effects of vibration –
vibration elimination – damping – isolation of vibration – dynamic absorber with damping.
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Explain the construction features of machine tool structure (K2)
CO2: Apply the design concept to machine tools based on strength and rigidity (K3)
CO3: Explain the mechanism of slide ways (K2)
CO4: Explain the construction features of spindles and spindle supports (K2)
CO5: Explain the principles of machine tool dynamics (K2)
Text Books:
1. Sen. G.C., and A.Battacharya, “Principles of machine tools”, New central book
agency, 2009.
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
2. Metha. N.K., “Machine Tool Design and Numerical control”, Tata McGraw Hill
publishing company, 2012
References:
1. Myer Kutz, Mechanical Engineers' Handbook: Materials and Mechanical Design,
Volume 1, Third Edition John Wiley & Sons, 2006.
2. Manfred week, “Hand Book of Machine Tools – Vol1, Vol 2, Vol.3" John Wiley &
Sons, 1984.
3. Acherkan. N, “Machine Tool Design”, Vol 3, MIR publishers, 1978
COs
1
2
3
4
5
Pos
1
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
5
6
7
2
2
2
2
2
8
9
10
11
12
PSOs
1 2
3
3
3
3
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L T P C
UME2826
ADVANCED STRENGTH OF MATERIALS
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
• To know the fundamentals of mechanics of materials under various loading
conditions.
• To understand the elastic theories in determining the stresses relating to contact
bodies, non-circular shafts and rotary sections
Unit I
ELASTICITY
9
Stress-Strain relations and general equations of elasticity in Cartesian, Polar and spherical
coordinates differential equations of equilibrium-compatibility-boundary conditionsrepresentation of three-dimensional stress of a tension generalized hook’s law - St. Venant’s
principle - plane stress Airy’s stress function.
Unit II
SHEAR CENTRE AND UNSYMMETRICAL BENDING
9
Location of shear centre for various sections - shear flows. Stresses and deflections in beams
subjected to unsymmetrical loading-kern of a section.
Unit III
CURVED FLEXIBLE MEMBERS AND STRESSES IN FLAT 9
PLATES
Circumference and radial stresses - deflections-curved beam with restrained ends-closed ring
subjected to concentrated load and uniform load-chain links and crane hooks. Stresses in
circular and rectangular plates due to various types of loading and end conditions, buckling
of plates
Unit IV
TORSION OF NON-CIRCULAR SECTIONS
9
Torsion of rectangular cross section - S.Venants theory - elastic membrane analogy Prandtl’s
stress function torsional stress in hollow thin walled tubes
Unit V
STRESSES DUE TO ROTARY SECTIONS AND CONTACT
9
STRESSES
Radial and tangential stresses in solid disc and ring of uniform thickness and varying
thickness. Methods of computing contact stress-deflection of bodies in point and line contact
applications
Total Periods 45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Formulate the governing differential equations describing the elastic behavior of
three dimensional systems (K3)
CO2: Determine the stresses in cases of unsymmetrical bending (K3)
CO3: Formulate analytical techniques in determining the stresses in cases of curved
flexible members (K3)
CO4: Apply the elastic theories in determining the stresses relating to non-circular shafts
(K3)
CO5: Apply the elastic theories in determining the stresses relating to contact bodies, and
rotary sections (K3)
Text Books:
1. Sadhu Singh, “Strength of Materials”, Khanna publishers, New Delhi, 2013.
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
2. L. S. Negi, “Strength of Materials”, Tata Mc Graw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd, 2010 106
References:
1. Sadhusingh, “Theory of Elasticity”, Hanna Publishers, 2003.
2. Timoshenko and Goodier, “Theory of Elasticity”, McGraw Hill, 2010
3. Robert D. Cook, Warren C. Young, “Advanced Mechanics of Materials”, Mc-millan
pub. Co., 1985.
4. Seely and Smith, “Advanced Mechanics of Materials”, John Wiley International Edn,
1952.
COs
1
2
3
4
5
Pos
1
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
2
2
2
2
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
PSOs
1 2
3
3
3
3
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L T P C
UME2827
LEAN MANUFACTURING AND SIX SIGMA
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
• Summarize the basics of Lean and Six Sigma.
• Describe the need and the process of integrating Lean and Six sigma.
• Identify and select the resources required for LSS Projects and selection of projects
including Team building.
• Infer the DMAIC process and study the various tools for undertaking LSS projects.
Relate how to institutionalize the LSS efforts
Unit I
INTRODUCTION TO LEAN AND SIX SIGMA
9
Introduction to Lean- Definition, Purpose, Features of Lean; Top seven wastes, Need for
Lean Management, The philosophy of lean management, creating a lean enterprise, Elements
of Lean, Lean principles, the lean metric, hidden time traps. Introduction to quality,
Definition of six sigma, origin of six sigma, Six sigma concept and Critical success factors
for six sigma; Case analysis
Unit II
INTEGRATION OF LEAN AND SIX SIGMA
9
Evolution of lean six sigma, the synergy of Lean and six sigma, Definition of lean six sigma,
the principles of lean six sigma, Scope for lean six sigma, Features of lean six sigma. The
laws of lean six sigma, Key elements of LSS, the LSS model and the benefits of lean six
sigma. Initiation -Top management commitment – Infrastructure and deployment planning,
Process focus, organizational structures, Measures – Rewards and recognition, Infrastructure
tools, structure of transforming event and Launch preparation; Case study presentations
Unit III
PROJECT SELECTION AND TEAM BUILDING
9
Resource and project selection, Selection of Black belts, Training of Black belts and
Champions, Identification of potential projects, top down (Balanced score card) and Bottom
up approach –Methods of selecting projects – Benefit/Effort graph, Process mapping, value
stream mapping, Predicting and improving team performance, Nine team roles and Team
leadership; Case study presentations
Unit IV
THE DMAIC PROCESS AND TOOLS
9
The DMAIC process – Toll gate reviews; The DMAIC tools; Define tools – Project
definition form, SIPOC diagram; Measure tools – Process mapping, Lead time/cycle time,
Pareto chart, Cause and Effect matrix, FMEA; Idea – generating and organizing tools –
Brainstorming, Nominal group technique, Multi-voting and Cause and effect diagram, Data
collection and accuracy tools- Check sheet, Gauge R&R; Understanding and eliminating
variation- run charts, control charts and process capability analysis; Analyse tools - Scatter
plots, ANOVA, Regression analysis, Time trap analysis; Improve tools – Mistake proofing,
Kaizen, set up time reduction (SMED), TPM, DOE and the pull system. Control tools –
statistical process control.
Unit V
INSTITUTIONALIZING AND DESIGN FOR LSS
9
Institutionalizing lean six sigma – improving design velocity, creating cycle time base line,
valuing projects, gating the projects, reducing product line complexity, Design for lean six
sigma, QFD, Theory of Inventive Problem solving (TRIZ), Robust design; Case study
presentations
Total Periods 45
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: The students will be able to understand what is Lean and Six sigma and their
importance in the globalised competitive world (K2).
CO2: The students will be able to understand the importance of integrating Lean and Six
sigma and also the process of their integration (K2)
CO3: The students will be able to plan the Resources required to undertake the LSS
projects and also acquire how to select the suitable projects and the teams. (K2).
CO4: The students will be able apply DMAIC methodology to execute LSS projects and in
this regard they will be acquainted with various LSS tools. (K2).
CO5: The students will be able to understand the process of institutionalizing the LSS
effort and also understand the Design for LSS (K2).
Text Books:
1. Ronald G.Askin and Jeffrey B.Goldberg, Design and Analysis of Lean Production
Systems, John Wiley & Sons., 2003.
2. Michael L. George, Lean Six Sigma, McGraw-Hill., 2002.
References:
1. James P. Womack, Daniel T. Jones, Lean Thinking, Free press business, 2003
2. Salman Taghizadegan, Essentials of Lean Six Sigma, Elsevier, 2010.
3. Michael L. George, John Maxey, David T. Rowlands, Malcolm Upton, “The Lean
Six Sigma Pocket Toolbook: A Quick Reference Guide to Nearly 100 Tools for
Improving Quality and Speed” McGraw-Hill Education, 2004
4. Pyzdek, “ The Six Sigma Hand Book” , McGraw-Hill Education (India) Pvt Limited
Third Edition ,2010
5. James P. Womack, Daniel T. Jones, Lean Thinking, Free press business, 2003
COs
1
1
2
3
4
5
2
2
2
3
2
2
4
2
2
5
3
3
6
7
Pos
8
9
10
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
2
2
11
2
2
2
2
2
12
PSOs
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L T P C
UME2828
ENGINEERING ECONOMICS
3 0 0
3
Objectives:
To enable students to understand the fundamental economic concepts applicable to
engineering and to learn the techniques of incorporating inflation factor in economic decision
making
Unit I
INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS
8
Introduction to Economics- Flow in an economy, Law of supply and demand, Concept of
Engineering Economics – Engineering efficiency, Economic efficiency, Scope of
engineering economics- Element of costs, Marginal cost, Marginal Revenue, Sunk cost,
Opportunity cost, Break-even analysis, V ratio, Elementary economic Analysis – Material
selection for product Design selection for a product, Process planning.
Unit II
VALUE ENGINEERING
10
Make or buy decision, Value engineering – Function, aims, Value engineering procedure.
Interest formulae and their applications –Time value of money, Single payment compound
amount factor, Single payment present worth factor, Equal payment series sinking fund
factor, Equal payment series payment Present worth factor- equal payment series capital
recovery factor-Uniform gradient series annual equivalent factor, Effective interest rate,
Examples in all the methods.
Unit III
CASH FLOW
9
Methods of comparison of alternatives – present worth method (Revenue dominated cash
flow diagram), Future worth method (Revenue dominated cash flow diagram, cost
dominated cash flow diagram), Annual equivalent method (Revenue dominated cash flow
diagram, cost dominated cash flow diagram), rate of return method, Examples in all the
methods.
Unit IV
REPLACEMENT AND MAINTENANCE ANALYSIS
9
Replacement and Maintenance analysis – Types of maintenance, types of replacement
problem, determination of economic life of an asset, Replacement of an asset with a new
asset – capital recovery with return and concept of challenger and defender, Simple
probabilistic model for items which fail completely
Unit V
DEPRECIATION
9
Depreciation- Introduction, Straight line method of depreciation, declining balance method
of depreciation-Sum of the years digits method of depreciation, sinking fund method of
depreciation/ Annuity method of depreciation, service output method of depreciationEvaluation of public alternatives- introduction, Examples, Inflation adjusted decisions –
procedure to adjust inflation, Examples on comparison of alternatives and determination of
economic life of asset.
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Explain the basic concepts of engineering economics and types of costs (K2)
CO2: Explain make or buy decision, value engineering and apply different interest formulae to
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
solve engineering economics problem (K3)
CO3: Explain various methods of comparison of alternatives and evaluate the best alternative
method (K2)
CO4: Explain various types of maintenance and determine the economic life of an asset (K3)
CO5: Calculate depreciations using different methods and explain the impact of inflation in economy
(K3)
Text Books:
1. Panneer Selvam, R, “Engineering Economics”, Prentice Hall of India Ltd, New Delhi,
2013.
References:
1. Chan S.Park, “Contemporary Engineering Economics”, Prentice Hall of India, 2015.
2. Donald.G. Newman, Jerome.P.Lavelle, “Engineering Economics and analysis” Engg.
Press, Texas, 12th Edition, 2013
3. Degarmo, E.P., Sullivan, W.G and Canada, J.R, “Engineering Economy”, Macmillan,
New York, 10th Edition, 1997
4. Grant.E.L., Ireson.W.G., and Leavenworth, R.S, “Principles of Engineering Economy”,
Ronald Press, New York, 1990
COs
Pos
1
1
2
3
4
5
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
2
2
10
11
3
3
3
3
3
12
PSOs
1 2
1
1
1
1
1
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
ELECTIVES FOR B.E. HONOURS
Course Code
Course Title
L
T
P
C
UME2H21
MANUFACTURING AUTOMATION
3
0
0
3
Objectives:
• Define automation and justification in manufacturing. Explain the control technologies in
•
•
automation.
Explain the concept of fixed automation using transfer lines. Describe the programmable
automation such as CNC and industrial robotics.
Use of automated material handling, storage and data capture .Measure the work content in
jobs, tasks, workstations, work environment, and work systems, and how to design,
• Identify techniques used in the evaluation of work systems,
• Introduce you to the various methods to obtain a time standard for a job and when each
method is appropriate.
Unit I
MANUFACTURING OPERATIONS
9
Automation in production systems, principles and strategies, Product/production
relationships, Production concepts and mathematical models, manufacturing economics
Unit II
CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES
9
Automated systems – elements, functions, levels, Continuous Vs discrete control, Computer
process control, Sensors, Actuators, ADC, DAC, Programmable logic controllers – ladder
logic diagrams
Unit III
TRANSFER LINES
9
Automated production lines – applications, Analysis – with and without buffers, automated
Assembly systems, line unbalancing concept.
Unit IV
NUMERICAL CONTROL AND ROBOTICS
9
NC - CNC – Part programming – DNC – Adaptive control – Robot anatomy – Specifications
– End effectors – Industrial applications.
Unit V
AUTOMATED HANDLING AND STORAGE
9
Automated guided vehicle systems, AS/RS, Carousel storage, Automatic data capture - Bar
code technology
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Selection of automated equipment with cost justification. (K2)
CO2: Ability to understand control technologies. (K2)
CO3: Selection of buffer size and location in transfer lines. (K2)
CO4: Ability to prepare a simple CNC program, select a robot configuration for given
application. (K2)
CO5: Recommend an appropriate automated material handling, storage and data capture
method. (K2)
Text Books:
1. Mikell P.Groover, Automation, “Production Systems and Computer Integrated
Manufacturing PHI, 2008.
2. Mikell P.Groover, Emory W. Zimmers, Jr., “CAD/CAM: Computer - Aided Design and
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Manufacturing”, PHI, 2007.
References:
1. Groover M.P., “Industrial Robotics -Technology Programming and Applications”,
McGraw Hill, 2012
2. lafter R.D., Chmielewski T.A and Negin M., “Robotic Engineering - An Integrated
Approach”,Prentice Hall, 2003].
3. Craig J.J., “Introduction to Robotics Mechanics and Control”, Pearson Education, 2008. 2.
DebS.R., “Robotics Technology and Flexible Automation” Tata McGraw Hill Book Co.,
2013..
4. Marcelo M. Soares and Francisco Rebelo, Ergonomics in Design: Methods and Techniques
(Human Factors and Ergonomics), CRC Press; 1st edition, 2019. [ISBN: 978-0367356903].
COs
1
1
2
3
4
5
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
3
3
3
3
5
1
6
7
POs
8
9
10
11
1
12
PSOs
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
UME2H22
Course Title
INDUSTRIAL ROBOTICS
TECHNOLOGY
L
3
T
0
P
0
C
3
Objectives:
After completing this course, students should be able to:
• Define automation and justification in manufacturing. • Explain the control technologies in
automation. • Explain the concept of fixed automation using transfer lines. • Describe the
programmable automation such as CNC and industrial robotics. • Use of automated material
handling, storage and data capture .Measure the work content in jobs, tasks, workstations,
work environment, and work systems, and how to design,
• Identify techniques used in the evaluation of work systems,
• Introduce you to the various methods to obtain a time standard for a job and when each
method is appropriate.
Unit I
FUNDAMENTALS OF ROBOT
9
Robot - Definition - Laws of Robot- Robot Anatomy –Manipulators, Coordinate Systems,
Work Envelope, Types and Classification-Specifications - Pitch, Yaw, Roll, Joint Notations,
Speed of Motion, Pay Load - Robot Parts and their Functions - Need for Robots-Different
Applications - Material Handling, Processing and Assembly
Unit II
END EFFECTOR
9
Robot Drive systems-End Effectors - Grippers - Mechanical Grippers, Pneumatic and
Hydraulic -Grippers, Magnetic Grippers, Vacuum Grippers; Two Fingered and Three Fingered
Grippers; Internal Grippers and External Grippers; Selection and Design Considerations-End
effector commands -Design of end effector.
Unit III
SENSORS AND ROBOT MACHINE VISION
9
Requirements of a sensor, Principles and Applications of various types of sensors – contact
sensors - touch sensors, position & displacement sensors - potentiometers, encoders, LVDT,
pneumatic sensors, force & torque sensors, wrist sensors, joint sensors, tactile array sensors,
slip sensors for robot grippers, Proximity & Range sensors, optical sensors, Electro-optical
imaging sensors –Advanced sensors for robot-Sensor commands-Robot Machine visionTraining of vision system-Case study
Unit IV
ROBOT KINEMATICS AND DYNAMICS
9
Forward Kinematics and Inverse Kinematics, Forward Kinematics and Reverse Kinematics of
manipulators with Two, Three Degrees of Freedom (in 2 & 3 Dimension)- D-H Parameters
Coordinate reference frame, Velocity and Forces - Manipulator Dynamics, Trajectory
Generator, Manipulator Mechanism Design - Derivations and problems
Unit V
ROBOT INTELLIGENCE & ECONOMIC
9
ANALYSIS
Lead through Programming, Robot programming Languages-VAL Programming-Motion
Commands and simple Programs-Other languages-Introduction to Advanced programmingC,C++, python- Artificial Intelligence: Basics – Goals of artificial intelligence - Machine
learning Basics-Cabot-HMI-RGV, AGV: Implementation of Robots in Industries - Various
Steps; Safety Considerations for Robot Operations - Economic Analysis of Robots.
Total Periods
45
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Describe the basic concepts in a robotic system. (K2)
CO2: Design an end effector considering the selection and design criteria. (K2)
CO3: Recognize the use of sensors and machine vision for robots. (K2)
CO4: Acquire knowledge on robot kinematic and dynamic system (K2)
CO5: Discuss the applications of robot intelligence (K2)
Text Books:
1. King-Sun Fu , C.S.George Lee and Ralph Gonzalez , “Robotics Control, Sensing, Vision
And Intelligence”, International Edition, McGraw Hill., United States, 1987. ISBN-10:
0071004211
2. Groover M.P., “Industrial Robotics (SIE): Technology, Programming and Applications”,
2nd edition, McGraw Hill., United States, 2012. ISBN: 9781259006210.
References:
1. Abbeel P., “Machine Learning for Robotics”.In: Flach P.A., De Bie T., Cristianini N. (eds)
Machine Learning and Knowledge Discovery in Databases. ECML PKDD 2012, Lecture
Notesin Computer Science, vol. 7523, Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, 2012. ISBN: 978-3642-33459-7,978-3-642-33460-3.
2. Craig J.J., “Introduction to Robotics Mechanics and Control”, 3rd Edition, Pearson
Education,India, 2008, ISBN: 8131718360, 978-8131718360
3. Deb S.R., “Robotics Technology and Flexible Automation”, 4th Edition, Tata Mc Graw
Hill Book Co., United States, 2009, ISBN: 9788120308428
4. Klafter R.D., Chmielewski T.A and Negin M., “Robotic Engineering - An Integrated
Approach”,Prentice Hall, United States, 2010. ISBN: 0134687523, 978-0134687520.
COs
1
1
2
3
4
5
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
4
5
6
7
POs
8
9
10
11
12
PSOs
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
L
T
P
C
UME2H23
MACHINE VISION
3
0
0
3
Objectives:
After completing this course, students should be able to:
To impart knowledge about the elements and techniques involved in Machine Vision
systems which are very much essential to understand the emerging field of automation.
Unit I
INTRODUCTION
9
Human vision – Machine vision and computer vision – Benefits of machine vision – Block
diagram and function of machine vision system
Unit II
IMAGE ACQUISITION
9
Scene constraints-lighting sources, types and setups – Lighting parameters – working principle
– Analog and Digital Cameras – General problem in capturing the image – selection of camera
– optics in camera
Unit III
IMAGE PROCESSING
9
Image formation – filtering technique – Pixel processing – Processing of binary and grey scale
images – Operators – types – segmentation – edge detection – Morphology.
Unit IV
IMAGE ANALYSIS
9
Feature extraction-decision making – pattern recognition – colour image processing – 3D
image processing.
Unit V
MACHINE VISION APPLICATION
9
Machine vision applications in manufacturing, electronics, printing, pharmaceutical, textile
and Bio medical field - Case studies
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Discuss the human vision system and basic machine vision system. (K2)
CO2: Discuss the components and principle used in image acquisition. (K2)
CO3: Discuss the techniques involved in image processing. (K2)
CO4: Explain the various techniques involved in image analysis and colour image processing
(K2)
CO5: Discuss the various applications of Machine Vision system using the knowledge
acquired through the course (K2)
Text Books:
1. Rafael C.Gonzales, Richard.E.Woods, Digital Image Processing, Pearson
Education, 4thedition, 2017.
2. Milan Sonka, Vaclav Hlavac, Roger Boyle, Image Processing Analysis and
machine vision, Cengage Learning, 2014
References:
1. Springer, Digital Image Processing, 2003
2. Richard.O.Duda, Peter.E.Hurt, Pattern Classification and Scene Analysis, John
Wiley & Sons, 2000.
3. Rafael C. Gonzalez, Richard E. Woods, Steven L. Eddins, Digital Image
Processing Using MATLAB, Third Edition Tata Mc Graw Hill Pvt. Ltd., 2011.
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
4. Nello Zuech, Understanding and Applying Machine Vision, Marcel dekker Inc.
2000
COs
1
1
2
3
4
5
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
4
5
2
2
2
2
2
6
7
POs
8
9
10
11
12
PSOs
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
UME2H24
BIOMECHATRONICS
Objectives:
After completing this course, students should be able to:
L
3
T
0
P
0
C
3
•
•
To familiarize the fundamentals of biomechanics.
To characterize and relate the behaviors of skeletal and muscular systems for
engineering solutions.
• To understand the servomechanism of biological systems.
• To design artificial structural elements for replacements.
• To simulate and develop the applications of biomechatronics
Unit I
BIOMECHANICS
9
Introduction to Bio-Mechanics, Relation between Mechanics and Medicine, Newton”s Laws,
Stress, Strain, Shear Rate, Viscosity, Visco-Elasticity, Non-Newtonian Viscosity, Soft Tissue
Mechanics, Mechanical Properties of Soft Biological Tissues - Bio Fluid Mechanics –
Introduction to Biomechatronic Systems
Unit II
MECHANICS IN SKELETAL AND MUSCULAR
9
SYSTEM
Bones, types and functions - Axial and Appendicular Skeleton. Joints: Definition, Types and functions,
Mechanical properties of bones. Kinetics and Kinematics relationship of skeletal and muscular system.
Unit III
CONTROL MECHANISM OF BIOLOGICAL
9
SYSTEMS
Skeletal Muscles Servo Mechanism, Cardio Vascular Control Mechanism, Respiratory Control
Mechanism – Interfacing Techniques with Natural Servo Mechanism.
Unit IV
PROSTHETIC AND ORTHOTIC DEVICES
9
Analysis of Force in Orthopaedic Implants, Hand and Arm Replacement, Different Types of
Models for Externally Powered Limb Prosthetics, Lower Limb, Upper Limb Orthotics, and
Material for Prosthetic and Orthotic Devices, Functional Electrical Stimulation, Sensory Assist
Devices. Exoskeletons, Exomusculatures, Space Suits, Physical Therapy and Rehabilitation,
Wheelchairs and other Mobility Assistance.
Unit V
SIMULATION AND MODELLING OF
9
BIOMECHANTRONICS
Physics-Based Modelling and Simulation of Biological Structures - Variables Of Interest –
Geometry - Introduction to Model the Skeletal System Using Open Source Software –
Human Leg Prosthesis And Normal Gait vs. Prosthesis Leg Analysis - Upper Extremity
Kinematic Model – Application in Sports, exercise, entertainment
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Know the fundamentals of biomechanics. (K2)
CO2: Describe and relate the behaviors of skeletal and muscular system. (K2)
CO3: Realize the servomechanism of biological systems for biomechatronic development.
(K2)
CO4: Design the artificial biomehatronics systems. (K2)
CO5: Establish and develop the applications of biomechatronics. (K2)
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Text Books:
1. Susan J.Hall, “Basics Bio-Mechanics”, McGraw-Hill, 2002..
2. Jacob Segil, “Handbook of Biomechatronics”, Acadamic Press, 2018
References:
1. Fung .Y.C, “Biomechanics: Mechanical Properties in Living Tissues”, Springer
Verlag, 1981
2. Dawson .D and Right, “Introduction to Bio-mechanics of Joints and Joint
Replacement”, Mechanical Engineering Publications Ltd., 1989.
3. Gillian Pocock & Christopher D.Richards, “The Human Body”, Oxford University
Press, 2009..
4. Ranganathan T S, “Text Book of Human Anatomy” S. Chand and Company, 1994.
COs
1
1
2
3
4
5
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
4
5
6
7
POs
8
9
10
11
12
PSOs
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
UME2H25
ANALYTICAL ROBOTICS
Objectives:
After completing this course, students should be able to:
L
3
T
0
P
0
C
3
• To know the structure of robots and grippers in details
• To familiar the various approaches of kinematics solution of manipulator
• To accomplish the understanding of dynamics analysis of manipulator.
• To acquire the knowledge of AI techniques in robotics.
• To learn the computer oriented Modelling of Robots
Unit I
INTRODUCTION
9
Definition, Types and Classifications of Robots – Control Loops, Controls and Intelligence,
Specify Degrees of Freedoms, Actuators and End Effectors – Grippers, Force Analysis, Serial
and Parallel Manipulators
Unit II
ROBOT KINEMATICS
9
Introduction – Representation of A Rigid Body – Mappings and Operators – Homogeneous
Transformation, Position Analysis - Forward Kinematics – Geometric Approach, Algebraic
Approach, Denvit–Hartenbers Representations – Inverse Kinematics. Velocities – Differential
Motion and Velocity of Frames – Jacobian
Unit III
ROBOT DYNAMICS AND TRAJECTORY
9
PLANNING
Lagrangeon Mechanics, Dynamic Equations for Single, Double and Multiple DOF Robots –
StaticForce Analysis of Robots, Trajectory Planning – Joint Space, Cartesian Space
Description and Trajectory Planning – Third Order, Fifth Order - Polynomial Trajectory
Planning
Unit IV
ROBOT PROGRAMMING AND AI
9
Types of Programming – Teach Pendant programming – Requirement of Robot Programing
Language, Structure of Robot Programming Language – Offline Programming Systems –
Basic concepts in AI Techniques – Concept of Knowledge Representations and Inference –
Robot Learning
Unit V
MODELLING AND SIMULATION
9
Modelling and Simulation of Robotic Joints - Position, Velocity and Acceleration Analyses
of Simple Mechanisms and Robots, -Synthesis of Robots - Simulation of Robot
Configuration.
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Configure the robot and grippers in details. (K2)
CO2: Solve the kinematics solution of manipulator. (K2)
CO3: Analyze the dynamics analysis of manipulator. (K2)
CO4: Use the AI techniques in robotics. (K2)
CO5: Practice the computer oriented Modelling of Robots. (K2)
Text Books:
1. Groover.M.P., “Industrial Robotics”, McGraw Hill, 2004
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
2. Fu.K.S, Gonzalac R.C, Lee C.S.G, “Robotics Control, Sensing, Vision and
Intelligence”,McGraw Hill, 2011
References:
1. John J. Craig, “Introduction to Robotics: Mechanics and Control”, Pearson, 2008
2. Saeed.B.Niku, “Introduction to Robotics, Analysis, System, Applications”, Pearson
educations, 2002.
3. SK Saha, “Introduction to Robotics”, McGraw Hill, 2008..
4. Yoram Koren, “Robotics”, McGraw Hill, 2006..
COs
1
1
2
3
4
5
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
4
1
1
1
1
1
5
2
2
6
7
POs
8
9
10
11
12
PSOs
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
UME2H26
COMPUTER AIDED INSPECTION
Objectives:
After completing this course, students should be able to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Unit I
L
3
T
0
P
0
C
3
To familiar the measurement standards and to know the instruments used and
various errors in measurements
To recognize the use of basic and advanced instruments for measurements.
To learn the applications of opto-electronics device for measurements.
To observe the machine vision based inspections.
To acquire the measurement strategies in inspection using CMM.
FUNDAMENTALS AND CONCEPTS IN
9
METROLOGY
Standards of Measurement – Analog and Digital Measuring Instruments - Comparators –
Limits, Fits and Tolerances – Gauge Design –Surface Roughness – Form Errors and
Measurements.
Unit II
INSPECTION AND GENERAL MEASUREMENTS
9
Linear Measuring Instruments – Evolution – Types – Classification – Limit Gauges – Gauge
Design – Terminology – Procedure – Concepts of Interchange Ability and Selective Assembly
–Angular Measuring Instruments – Types – Bevel Protractor Clinometers Angle Gauges, Spirit
Levels Sine Bar – Angle Alignment Telescope – Autocollimator – Applications - Inspection
of Gears And Threads – Tool Makers’ Microscope – Universal Measuring Machine – Use of
Laser Interferometer in Machine Tool Inspection – Uses of Laser in On-Line Inspection –
Laser Micrometer – Laser Alignment Telescope.
Unit III
OPTO ELECTRONICS IN ENGINEERING
9
INSPECTION
Use of Optoelectronics in Tool Wear Measurements – Microhole Measurement and Surface
Roughness – Applications in In-Process Measurement and On-Line Inspection
Unit IV
MACHINE VISION
9
Fundamentals of Image Processing – Steps Involved in Image Processing – Machine Vision
Applications in Manufacturing and Metrology
Unit V
COORDINATE METROLOGY AND QUALITY
9
CONTROL
Architecture of Coordinate Measuring Machines - Cycle Time Estimation for Measurement
– Applications and Case Studies of CMM in Inspection – Use of Computers in Quality
Control – Control Charts – Reliability.
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Explain the standards in measurements and the various forms of errors in
measurements. (K2)
CO2: Explain the use of basic and advanced metrology instruments for measurements. (K2)
CO3: Acquire knowledge in non-contact opto-electronics device for measurement. (K2)
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
CO4: Acquire knowledge in machine vision based inspections. (K2)
CO5: Apply measurement strategies in inspection using CMM (K3)
Text Books:
1. Anil. K. Jain, “Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt.
Ltd., 2004.
2. Alan S. Morris, “The Essence of Measurement”, Prentice Hall of India, 1996.
References:
1. Beckwith, Marangoni, Lienhard, “Mechanical Measurements”, Pearson Education, 2014.
2. Charles Reginald Shotbolt, “Metrology for Engineers”, Cengage Learning EMEA, 1990.
3. Jain R.K., “Engineering Metrology”, Khanna Publishers, 2012. 6. Robert G. Seippel,
“Opto-Electronics for Technology and Engine.
COs
1
1
2
3
4
5
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
4
5
3
3
3
3
3
6
7
POs
8
9
10
11
12
PSOs
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
Course Code
Course Title
UME2H27
CONTROL SYSTEM DESIGN
Objectives:
After completing this course, students should be able to:
L
3
T
0
P
0
C
3
•
To represent and simplify the mathematical models for various types of physical
systems.
• To recognize the time domain specifications and to analyze of various types of
system and its characteristics in time domain.
• To know the frequency domain specifications and to analyze of various types of
system and its characteristics in frequency domain methods.
• To design compensator and controller using time and frequency domain.
• To evaluate, analyze and design a control system of servomotors for motion
control..
Unit I
SYSTEM REPRESENTATION AND MODELLING
9
Introduction and Need for Control Systems with Examples – Open loop and Closed loop
Systems– Transfer Function Model – System Representation - Mathematical Modelling of
Mechanical, Electrical, Thermal, Fluid Transportation, and Fluid Powered Systems – Block
Diagram Reduction – Signal Flow Graph.
Unit II
TIME DOMAIN ANALYSIS
9
Feedback Systems – Block Diagram – Definition of Process Variable, Set-Point,
ManipulatedVariable and Final Control Element with Examples. Inputs Signals and its Models
- Time Domain Response of First & Second Order Systems – Time Domain Specifications Steady State Errors and Error Constants – Routh Hurwitz Criterion – Root Locus – Root Locus
Approach for Control System Design. Impulse Responses of Various Types of System and its
Stability.
Unit III
FREQUENCY DOMAIN ANALYSIS
9
Performance Measures in Frequency Domain - Bode Plot – Polar Plot – Nyquist Stability
Criterion– Stability Analysis – Experimental Determination of Transfer Functions – Control
System Design nusing Frequency Domain Analysis.
Unit IV
DESIGN OF COMPENSATORS AND
9
CONTROLLERS
Lead, Lag, Lag-Lead Compensation in Time Domain and Frequency Domain. Introduction Characteristics of Analog ON-OFF, P, PI, PD and PID Controllers – Implementation Issues of
PID Controller – Tuning of Controllers - Practical PID Control –Two DOF PID Controllers.
Unit V
CONTROL AND ANALYSIS OF SERVO MOTOR
9
Servo Motor – Mathematical Modelling of Servo Motor – Analysis of Servo Motor System
Using Routh Hurwitz Criterion, Root Locus, Bode Plot, Polar Plot and Stability Analysis –
Implementation of P, PI , PD and PID Controllers for Servo Motor and Analysis - Bumpless
Control Transfer Between Manual and PID Control - Anti-Windup Control Using a PID
Controller – Motion Control System and its Design Challenges.
Total Periods
45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
CO1: Develop the mathematical model of physical systems. (K2)
CO2: Characterize the responses and evaluate the range of stability for the physical systems
Using time domain technique. (K2)
CO3: Describe and assess the range of stability for the physical systems using frequency
domain technique. (K2)
CO4: Design an appropriate control system and compensator for system dynamics.( K2)
CO5: Evaluate and demonstrate the motion control of motors (K2)
Text Books:
1. Asif Sabanovic and Kouhei Oshnishi, “Motion Control Systems” Willey, 2011. 2.
Farid Golnaraghi,
2. Benjamin C. Kuo, “Automatic Control Systems”, Willey, 2009.
References:
1. Nagrath.I.J and Gopal, “Control System Engineering”, New Age international (P)
Ltd., 2006.
2. Nise Norman S., “Control Systems Engineering”, John Wiley & Sons Inc., 2012.
3. William.S Levine, “Control System Fundamentals”, CRC Press, 2011.
COs
1
1
2
3
4
5
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
4
5
2
2
2
2
2
6
7
POs
8
9
10
11
12
PSOs
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
LIST OF OPEN ELECTIVES OFFERED BY OTHER DEPARTMENTS
OPEN ELECTIVE I (VI Semester)
Sl.
No
DEPARTMENT
OFFERING
1
UEC2042
2
3
ECE
4
6
UCS2041
UCS2042
CSE
UCS2043
8
9
UIT2041
UIT2042
10
UIT2043
11
IT
12
14
UIT2046
UBM2041
15
BME
26
Chemical
EEE
Civil
UCH2041
UCH2042
UCH2043
UEE2041
UEE2042
UEE2043
UCE2041
UCE2042
UCE2043
UCE2044
27
28
UBM2042
UBM2043
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
UIT2044
UIT2045
13
16
UEC2043
UEC2044
UEC2045
5
7
COURSE
CODE
UEC2041
MBA
PBA2041
COURSE TITLE
Foundation course on Digital
Signal Processing
Introduction to Communication
systems
Development of Nano sensors
Introduction to Internet of
Things
Introduction to Sensors and
Actuators
Introduction to Data Structures
Object Oriented Programming
Techniques
Problem Solving and
Programming in C
Introduction to AR and VR
Databases and Applications
Development
Introduction to Artificial
Intelligence
Introduction to Data structures
and Algorithms
Introduction to Object-Oriented
Programming and Patterns
Introduction to Data Science
Principles of Biomedical
Instrumentation
Materials for Biomedical
Applications
Hospital planning and Waste
Management
e-Waste Management
Nanoscience for Engineers
Sustainable Development
Autonomous Vehicles
Sensors and Instrumentation
Energy Management
Green Building Design
Sustainable Infrastructure
Integrated Water Resource
Management
Environmental Impact
Assessment
Entrepreneurship
L
T
P
C
3
0
0
3
3
0
0
3
3
0
0
3
3
0
0
3
3
0
0
3
2
0
2
3
2
0
2
3
2
0
2
3
2
0
2
3
2
0
2
3
2
0
2
3
2
0
2
3
2
0
2
3
2
0
2
3
3
0
0
3
3
0
0
3
3
0
0
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
0
0
3
3
0
0
3
3
0
0
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
PBA2042
29
30
PBA2043
UPH2042
34
35
Physics
UPH2044
36
37
38
39
UPH2043
UEN2041
UEN2042
English
UEN2043
Supply Chain and Logistics
Management
Design Thinking
Nanotechnology and Imaging
Techniques
Nuclear radiation hazards and
safety standards
Crystal growth and radiation
detection Measurements
English for Career needs
Word power for Academic
needs
Writing skills for university
admission
3
0
0
3
2
0
2
3
3
0
0
3
3
0
0
3
3
0
0
3
3
0
0
3
3
0
0
3
3
0
0
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021
MECH-Curriculum and Syllabus-UG-R2021
OPEN ELECTIVE II (VIII Semester)
Sl.
NO
1
2
3
4
5
DEPARTMENT
OFFERING
ECE
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
CSE
IT
BME
Chemical
21
22
23
EEE
24
Civil
28
29
MBA
30
Maths
30
31
UCS2044
UCS2045
UCS2046
UIT2047
UIT2048
UIT2049
UIT2051
UIT2052
UIT2053
UBM2044
UBM2045
UBM2046
UCH2044
UCH2045
UCH2046
UEE2044
UEE2045
UEE2046
UCE2045
25
26
27
COURSE
CODE
UEC2046
UEC2047
UEC2048
UEC2049
UEC2051
UEC2052
Physics
32
33
English
34
Chemistry
UCE2046
UCE2047
UCE2048
PBA2044
PBA2045
UMA2044
UPH2045
UPH2047
UPH2048
UPH2046
UEN2044
UEN2045
UCY2041
COURSE TITLE
Foundations of Cryptography
Introduction to Wireless Networks
Introduction to Microcontrollers
Consumer Electronics
Introduction to Bio electromagnetics
Machine learning for signal and image
processing
Introduction to Big Data Analytics
Machine Learning Applications
Web Technology
Introduction to Cyber Security
Introduction to Software Engineering
IoT Architectures and Programming
Introduction to Deep learning
Introduction to Machine learning
Web services and DevOps
Brain Machine Interface
Biomedical Physics
Telehealth Technology
Industrial Safety
Industrial Waste Management and
Audit
Energy Conservation and Audit
Cyber Security in Smart Grid
FEA and CAD for Electromagnetic
Design
Renewable Energy Systems
Experimental Techniques and
Instrumentation
Air Pollution and Control Engineering
Remote Sensing and GIS
Environmental Geo-technology
Innovation and Creativity
Intellectual Property Rights
Random variables and Partial
differential equations
Advanced Functional Materials
Astrophysics
Geophysics
Nanoscience and Nanomaterials
Creative writing
Introduction to Children's literature
Electrochemical energy storage
technology
L T
P
C
3
3
3
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
3
3
3
3
3
0
0
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
0
0
0
0
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
0
0
3
3
3
0
0
0
0
3
3
3
0
0
3
3
0
0
3
3
0
0
3
3
3
3
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
3
3
3
3
2
1
0
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
0
0
3
Approved in the Academic council meeting held on 24.05.2021